The Dime in the Phone Booth: John M. Doris and the Science of Moral Failure

John M. Doris is born in 1963 and raised in Ithaca, New York, a Cornell faculty brat. His father, John L. Doris (1923-2008), is a developmental psychologist in Cornell’s School of Human Ecology, an applied scholar who works on the prevention of child maltreatment. His mother, Marjorie Fouts Doris (1921-1988), is a pediatrician at Cornell’s Student Health Services. She is one of four women in her medical school class at the University of Nebraska and trains as a pediatric cardiologist at Yale. The Cornell job is general practice, not the specialty research career she wanted. Doris says it hurt her. He watches her balance the constraint with raising five children, and the experience trains a lifelong attention to women in philosophy and science. His mother is Presbyterian, from Seward, Nebraska. His father is Irish Catholic, from the Bronx. The household is nominally Christian but rarely attends church. All four of his older sisters earn doctorates. Margaret Doris-Pierce earns her Ph.D. from Boston University School of Theology in 2014 and settles in Newtonville, Massachusetts. Ellen Doris (b. 1957) earns a doctorate in education, joins the faculty at Antioch University New England, and directs its Nature-based Early Childhood program from Colrain, Massachusetts; she writes Doing What Scientists Do: Children Learn to Investigate Their World and the Real Kids/Real Science series for young readers. Sara K. Doris (b. 1958) earns a Ph.D. in art history, teaches contemporary art at the University of Memphis, and writes Pop Art and the Contest over American Culture (Cambridge University Press, 2007), which locates American Pop within the class, taste, and generational anxieties of the postwar period. Joan Doris earns a Doctor of Social Work and practices in Morgantown, West Virginia.
Doris grows up in the woods near the Cornell Laboratory of Ornithology. He fishes the gorges and jumps off cliffs into the reservoirs. He plays heavy basketball through high school and grows to six foot eight, but the sport does not become his career. He graduates high school with a C average. His mother, a worrier, predicts he will bust out of college.
He spends his first two years at Hobart College, a small liberal arts college up the road in Geneva, New York. He chooses Hobart for the basketball and the chance at a smaller environment that might keep him in school. He plays his freshman year, then quits the team because the coach is a bozo. He takes a year off when his closest friends flunk out. He works the pressroom at the Ithaca Journal, feeding grocery flyers into newspapers, drinking buckets of Rolling Rock ponies on payday at Pete’s Cayuga Bar around the corner. The mechanized labor terrifies him into seriousness. He returns to school as a serious student.
A philosophy class with Ben Daise (1942-2020) at Hobart ends the drift. Daise teaches Socratic discussion and gives Cs in introductory courses. Doris drops the econ and law school plan within five seconds of his first class with him. He never considers another major.
He transfers to Cornell after sophomore year, in part to take advantage of the faculty brat tuition program. He arrives during the heyday of Cornell Realism. The atmosphere is electric and bullish on philosophical progress. Terry Irwin (b. 1947) becomes his undergraduate advisor and a luminous influence. He studies ancient philosophy with Gail Fine (b. 1949) and metaethics with Nick Sturgeon (1942-2020), whose naturalism shapes him to this day. He absorbs the seriousness of Norman Kretzmann (1928-1998) and is briefly a theist. He works with the November 11th Committee on anti-nuclear activism, takes out ads in the Cornell Daily Sun opposing military recruiters, and drops out after an engineer in the group dresses him down. He graduates in 1986 with distinction and Phi Beta Kappa.
He goes to the University of Michigan for graduate school over his father’s preference for law school. The Michigan vibe is more irreverent than Cornell, more cynical about philosophical progress. Doris adjusts. He studies under Allan Gibbard (b. 1942), his dissertation director, and Stephen Darwall (b. 1946), who teaches him scholarship and tone. Jim Joyce (b. circa 1958) is the junior member. The outside reader is Richard Nisbett (b. 1941), the social psychologist whose work on situational influence becomes the empirical core of the dissertation. Peter Railton (b. 1950) shapes his methodology even after coming off the committee. He earns his MA in 1990 and his PhD in 1996.
His mother dies suddenly at the start of his second year. He is stricken. Don Loeb, a senior graduate student, keeps urging him to try the Asian Martial Arts Studio in Ann Arbor. He finally goes. Karl Scott Sensei (1953-2024) runs the school and changes his life. Doris trains twenty to thirty hours a week, makes the dojo the center of his existence, and has now studied Okinawan Karate for more than thirty years. He says without the martial arts he might not have finished his degree. He has taught Karate as a physical education course at every institution he has held since.
He works through grad school in construction, as a bouncer at the Blind Pig (where he sees the alt-country band Uncle Tupelo play to a near-empty house), as a group home worker, and as the manager of his apartment complex. He cooks elaborate dinners with Justin D’Arms and Dan Jacobson. He takes time off in the middle of the program and almost leaves philosophy for good. A dissertation fellowship at Michigan’s Institute for the Humanities in 1995-96 brings him back.
He visits Princeton in 1999-2000 as a Laurance S. Rockefeller Fellow at the University Center for Human Values. The visit becomes a critically formative experience. Stephen Stich (b. 1943) becomes his post-doctoral mentor and the biggest methodological influence on his career. The two become regular collaborators and close friends.
His first job is at the University of California, Santa Cruz, where he serves as assistant professor (1998-2002) and then associate professor (2002-2004). The campus sits in redwood forest above Monterey Bay. Dave Chalmers (b. 1966) and Alva Noë (b. 1964) are briefly there with him, making the department a hot spot for philosophy of mind. Doris teaches a course called Wilderness Studies, runs the trails, has long conversations with coyotes, and befriends the eco-warrior Doug Peacock (b. 1942). His political engagement is at its lifetime peak in this stretch.
He moves to Washington University in St. Louis in 2005, joining the Philosophy-Neuroscience-Psychology program as associate professor (2005-2010), then professor (2010-2019). The Wilderness Studies enrollments fall to a tenth of their Santa Cruz numbers. He stops teaching the course. He calls himself shamefully politically inert from this point forward.
In 2003 Stich organizes the founding meeting of the Moral Psychology Research Group at Rutgers. Doris is a co-founder. The 2004 Dartmouth conference run by Walter Sinnott-Armstrong (b. 1955) serves as the group’s coming-out party. The 2010 publication of The Moral Psychology Handbook and the Moral Psychology Research Group, with Oxford, establishes the field as a permanent research program.
In 2019 he moves to Cornell as the Peter L. Dyson Professor of Ethics in Organizations and Life at the Charles H. Dyson School of Applied Economics and Management in the SC Johnson College of Business. He holds a courtesy appointment in the Sage School of Philosophy. The home unit is the business school. He returns to the Ithaca wetland near the Cornell Lab of Ornithology where he was born.
His three single-authored books are the spine of his published work. Lack of Character: Personality and Moral Behavior, published by Cambridge in 2002, argues that situations drive behavior more than stable character traits do, and that character traits are fragmented and local rather than robust and global. Talking to Our Selves: Reflection, Ignorance, and Agency, published by Oxford in 2015, argues that introspective reflection is a poor guide to action, that much of agency runs through unconscious and parallel cognitive processes, and that real agency is collaborative and socially scaffolded rather than individualistic and reflective. Character Trouble: Undisciplined Essays on Moral Agency and Personality, published by Oxford in 2022, collects two decades of refinements. The forthcoming Reasonable Doubt: Rethinking Trust in Science, from Princeton in 2027, applies his empirical sensibility to the replication crisis and the social organization of scientific research.
He has co-edited two field-defining handbooks: The Moral Psychology Handbook with the Moral Psychology Research Group (Oxford, 2010), and The Oxford Handbook of Moral Psychology with Manuel Vargas (Oxford, 2022).
The funding history is elite humanities. The National Endowment for the Humanities four times, Princeton’s University Center for Human Values twice, the National Humanities Center twice, the American Council of Learned Societies, and a declined fellowship at the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences. The Templeton World Charity Foundation funds him as Project Director in 2025 for $257,961. Nancy Snow and Darcia Narvaez once received Templeton money explicitly to counter the Moral Psychology Research Group.
The recognitions accumulate. The Stanton Prize from the Society for Philosophy and Psychology in 2007. The Joseph B. Gittler Award from the American Philosophical Association in 2025. The presidency of the Society for Philosophy and Psychology in 2025-2026. Teaching awards at both undergraduate and graduate levels.
He marries Laura Niemi, a social psychologist at Cornell. They are co-authors on numerous papers and a research team alongside a marriage. They share a household with two Maine Coons named Bangor and Moosie and a Leonberger named Hugo. He has no children. He is a long-friendship ally of Brian Leiter (b. 1963), a fellow Michigan naturalist. He no longer believes in God. His writing day starts at five in the morning. He stands at the back of seminar rooms because his back hurts. He plans to die within five miles of where he was born.
His favorite books are The Book of Five Rings by Miyamoto Musashi (1584-1645), Grizzly Years by Doug Peacock, Ethics and the Limits of Philosophy by Bernard Williams (1929-2003), and After Virtue by Alasdair MacIntyre (b. 1929).
Four books about agency under pressure, from four different angles, none of which is the rationalist Enlightenment picture.
Five Rings is a swordsman’s manual on combat strategy, written in a cave by an old killer who survived sixty duels and wrote about it without sentimentality. Grizzly Years is the memoir of a Vietnam medic who came home broken and rebuilt himself by living for years among grizzly bears in the Yellowstone backcountry. Ethics is the most elegant late-twentieth-century argument that systematic moral theory was a wrong turn and that the Socratic question of how to live has no philosophical answer. Virtue is the most influential argument of the same period that Enlightenment ethics is incoherent rubble and modern moral discourse is the wreckage of a tradition we have forgotten how to inhabit.
Lack of Character is a frontal attack on the virtue ethics that MacIntyre champions, yet MacIntyre sits on the favorites list. The reading is that Doris takes MacIntyre’s diagnosis (modern moral philosophy is in pieces) without taking his cure (return to Aristotle through tradition).
Musashi and Peacock are about embodied competence under conditions of mortal danger. The swordsman who survives because his training has become his body. The bear-watcher who survives because he has learned to read a grizzly’s mood from forty yards, not from a textbook. The argument is that the deepest competence of an agent lives in his trained attention, his cultivated instinct, his immersion in a setting whose features he has learned to feel before he can articulate.
All four books are anti-rationalist in different keys. Musashi: strategy is cultivated instinct, not calculation. Peacock: knowing comes from immersion in wilderness, not from a desk. Williams: ethics is the name for the questions that cannot be resolved. MacIntyre: modernity has lost the wisdom of tradition.
This is consonant with the destructive first half of Talking to Our Selves. It is in tension with the constructive second half. The dialogist proposal, where agency lives in the social negotiation of rationalizations among interlocutors, is a naturalist-social-scientific reconstruction. None of the four favorites would have written that proposal. Musashi and Peacock would say the answer is in the body. Williams would say there is no answer; the question is the lesson. MacIntyre would say the answer is the embedded practice of a community oriented to real goods, not the conversation among colleagues at Washington University.
These favorite books suggest that Doris is a martial artist by training, a wilderness man by inclination, a tragic skeptic by temperament, and a critic of modern moral philosophy by vocation. His private reading suggests he half-suspects the older answers were better, even as his published work tries to rebuild on naturalist foundations. The “Afterwards” of Talking to Our Selves, with its climate panic and despair about the value of theory at the end of the world, fits the portrait.
The romantic-tragic register one hears in Talking to Our Selves, the climate despair, the martial arts, the conversations with coyotes, comes from Beat-generation American romanticism.

Deep Ecology

The “Afterwards” of Talking to Our Selves is a confession of faith and despair. Doris names the sin (the hubris of treating nature as treasure to be plundered), names the priesthood of the false church (the rationalists who justify human dominion), names the eschatology (mass extinction, climate ruin), and names the redemption (re-envisaging humans as animals among other animals). The vocabulary is secular. The shape is religious.
This is the standard shape of the American deep-ecology tradition Doris inhabits. His grizzly bears, his coyotes, his redwoods, his trail-running solitude, all carry the affect of pilgrimage.
Nature for Doris is a sacred whole in the pantheist register. The closer analogue is what Charles Taylor (b. 1931) in A Secular Age (2007) calls the immanent frame: a secular sacrality with no transcendent referent. The worshipper feels reverence, dread, awe, but addresses these feelings to no one. Nature absorbs them.
Doris inherited the wilderness reverence from the cultural water he grew up swimming in: Cornell faculty bohemia, Beat-generation romanticism, the post-Christian American liberal arts. The energy was never religiously deposited and then transferred. It was always in the secular-sacred register. He is not an apostate. He is a native of the immanent frame.
The wilderness sensibility and the dialogist philosophical project pull in different directions. The wilderness tradition values the solo encounter with the non-human: the man alone among grizzlies, alone on the trail, alone with the coyotes. That is not a dialogist picture of agency. The man becomes himself by leaving the human conversation, not by entering it more deeply. So Doris the philosopher and Doris the wilderness man hold different theories of how a self gets made. The wilderness man may be the deeper layer. The philosopher writes the books. The wilderness man writes the “Afterwards.”
The closing line of that Afterwards admits as much: “perhaps there’s a little less reason for hubris.” That is a sentence of religious posture, addressed to nothing. It is the prayer of a man who does not pray.
Doris has not published on deep ecology, environmental ethics, population, climate ethics, or environmental philosophy.
In September 2007, Doris gave the keynote at the Mountain-Plains Philosophy Conference at the University of Denver titled “A Philosopher Goes to the Apocalypse: Moral Psychology at the Twilight of the Anthropocene.” That is a deliberately apocalyptic title for a philosophy keynote, and it suggests he had the climate-eschatology theme prepared as a public lecture as early as 2007, well before the “Afterwards” of Talking to Our Selves. But the talk was never published. There is no journal article or book chapter on the Anthropocene, on apocalyptic moral psychology, or on the philosophy of climate.
The Wilderness Studies course is documented at two institutions, not one. He taught it at UC Santa Cruz (1998-2004) and again at Washington University in St. Louis (2005-2019). Across more than two decades of teaching the course, no publication came out of it.
That absence is the data point.
A philosopher who taught Wilderness Studies for two decades, gave a keynote on apocalyptic moral psychology in 2007, brought a leading radical environmentalist (Doug Peacock) to lecture in his courses, called that environmentalist his hero, cited him in his published work, and devoted the closing pages of his major book to climate panic, did not produce a single refereed publication engaging deep ecology, the population question, or environmental philosophy as a tradition. The interest is documented. The professional commitment in print is zero.
Several explanations are compatible with the record. First, the philosophical labor lane he chose, moral psychology of character and agency, has its own internal momentum. He has been productive in it. Environmental philosophy would have been an additional research program.
Second, the field of environmental ethics is siloed in academic philosophy. Crossing into that space would have meant building a new readership and a new set of citations.
Third, and most likely, engagement with the dark texts of his own friend’s tradition would have been costly. Naming the population-reduction logic, distinguishing his own position from Linkola’s and Foreman’s, articulating where the trail of humility ends and the trail of the body count begins, would have hurt. Most academics avoid such work.
Arne Naess (1912-2009), who coined “deep ecology” in 1973, made human population reduction one of his eight platform principles in his 1984 statement with George Sessions (1938-2016). The platform language was modest, calling for “a substantial decrease of the human population.” Naess suggested a sustainable figure of around 100 million in some writings. The numbers proposed by more militant figures were lower. Pentti Linkola (1932-2020), the Finnish deep ecologist, was explicit that he wanted drastic reduction, was sympathetic to authoritarian means, and welcomed famine and war as ecological correctives. He wrote that another world war “would be perhaps a happy occasion” because of its population effects. He was not an obscure figure in European deep-ecology circles.
The American radical wing said similar things in print. Dave Foreman (1946-2022), the co-founder of Earth First!, gave an interview in the late 1980s in which he said the best response to Ethiopian famine was to let nature seek its own balance and let the people there starve. Christopher Manes, writing in Earth First! Journal in 1987 under the pseudonym Miss Ann Thropy, called AIDS “a welcome development” because of its population effects. David Graber, a National Park Service biologist, wrote in his 1989 Los Angeles Times review of Bill McKibben (b. 1960)’s The End of Nature that until Homo sapiens should decide to rejoin nature, some of them could only hope for the right virus to come along.
Peacock endorsed on his blog in 2014 this Ed Abbey sentiment: “Within a century, I believe and hope, there will be a drastic reduction in the human population.”
Three pieces of evidence place Peacock at the center of Doris’s intellectual life, not on its periphery.
First, the acknowledgments of Talking to Our Selves thank “Doug and Andrea Peacock for years of friendship and inspiration.” Friendship and inspiration is a stronger claim than collegial respect. It places Peacock in the same tier as Sharon Parker, the friend who helped him through “serious uncertainty,” and Karl W. Scott Sensei, his martial arts teacher. These are formation-level relationships, not professional acquaintances.
Second, Doris cites Peacock’s In the Shadow of the Sabertooth: A Renegade Naturalist Considers Climate Change, the Past, and the Future of Pleistocene Peoples (2013) inside the book, in chapter 4 on emotion. The citation is substantive. Doris is using Peacock’s account of Pleistocene predation as evolutionary support for his philosophical claim that fast emotional responses are felicitous in dangerous environments. Peacock is functioning as an intellectual authority within the argument, not just as background friend. The “Renegade Naturalist” subtitle is itself a deep-ecology self-positioning that Doris adopts without comment.
Third, the 2021 APA interview is explicit. Doris says he taught “what I call ‘activist teaching’ in a course I used to teach regularly on ‘Wilderness Studies.’ I invited the great eco-warrior/naturalist Doug Peacock to give some lectures at Santa Cruz when I taught there, and we became friends, and he’s been a big influence on me.” He calls Peacock “an actual living American Hero” and says “I should be more like him. We all should.” This is not critical engagement. It is hagiography.
Now the wider network around Peacock, which is also Doris’s network at one degree of remove.
Peacock was the model for George Washington Hayduke in Edward Abbey’s The Monkey Wrench Gang (1975), the novel that became the founding text of Earth First!. Peacock and Abbey were close friends and kept a sacred Christmas tradition in Cabeza Prieta from 1973 onward. After Abbey’s death in 1989, Peacock helped conduct Abbey’s illegal desert burial.
Peacock contributed the foreword to Dave Foreman (1946-2022)’s 2004 novel The Lobo Outback Funeral Home. Foreman was the founder of Earth First!. He went on to write Man Swarm and the Killing of Wildlife (2011), an explicit population-reduction tract whose title states the thesis. Peacock-to-Foreman is a forewords-and-friendship relationship. Doris-to-Peacock is a friendship-and-influence relationship. Doris is two degrees from the Man Swarm author through a friendship he describes as central to his life.
Peacock has been a lifelong friend of Yvon Chouinard (b. 1938), the Patagonia founder, and is published by Patagonia Books. He is connected to Terry Tempest Williams (b. 1955) and the wider Western radical-environmental literary scene. He has been present at Earth First! gatherings (the 1988 Idaho Rendezvous is publicly remarked) and has been described as a continuing inspiration for the radical environmental movement. The Peacock who wrote the blog post endorsing a drastic reduction in human population within a century, is the same Peacock Doris calls his hero.
Doris’s stance toward deep ecology is admiring and uncritical.
Deep ecology sees humans as the cancer. Nature is the body. The cancer must be reduced. That is genocidal in form whether the proposed means are voluntary or not. Once humanity is positioned as the sinner against the sacred whole, the redemption math pushes toward fewer humans. The voluntary-versus-coercive distinction is consoling but not stable. A man who hopes for the right virus is not relying on voluntary fertility decline.
This is the dark backstop of the tradition Doris sits inside. He does not occupy the dark backstop. There is no population-reduction language in Talking to Our Selves, no welcomes-the-virus posture, no Linkola affect. His “Afterwards” is climate panic in the soft register, the register of fearing for one’s own children, not of welcoming a pandemic that would thin out other people’s.
But the structural logic is the same logic. If nature is the sacred whole and humanity is the agent of its desecration, then the moral pressure of the framework is downward on human numbers and upward on human humility before the non-human. Doris’s version pulls toward humility (“perhaps there’s a little less reason for hubris”) rather than toward reduction. But the framework that produces the humility is the framework that, in harder hands, produces the reduction. It is the same theology with the volume turned down.
This is a real cost of nature-as-substitute-God. The Christian theology that environmentalism replaces had a doctrine of human dignity grounded in the imago Dei that resisted the math of “fewer humans, better world.” Genesis 9:6, “for in the image of God made He man,” is a fence around human life that nature-worship does not have. Once the sacred is relocated to the biosphere, the fence comes down.
Steven Pinker (b. 1954) named the misanthropic strain in Enlightenment Now (2018) and was attacked for it. Bjørn Lomborg (b. 1965) does adjacent work and is treated as an untouchable in mainstream press.
So the observation has been made about the genocidal quality of deep ecology. The question is why it has not entered prestige discourse.
Several reasons run together.
First, coalition discipline. Climate concern is now a center-left coalition position, and the coalition includes the deep-ecology lineage along with mainstream environmental organizations and most academic humanists. Surfacing the misanthropic strain inside the tent weakens the coalition, so the coalition does not surface it. The figures who do surface it are mostly outside the coalition, and their critique is filtered through coalition-defense reflexes by those who hear it.
Second, the right-wing taint. The most persistent critics have been religious conservatives, libertarian economists, and lately the eco-modernists. Each of these groups has a separate set of disputes with mainstream liberal opinion, and those disputes contaminate the narrow critique. The reader who tunes out Wesley J. Smith on assisted suicide tunes out Wesley J. Smith on misanthropic environmentalism. The reader who tunes out Pinker on Enlightenment progress tunes out Pinker on the same point.
Third, the missing concept. To name the deep-ecology problem, the critic needs a robust account of human dignity that distinguishes humans from other species. That account is most readily available in religious traditions, especially the imago Dei line the Catholic critics use. Secular humanism has weak resources for it. The secular liberal critic ends up sounding like he is pleading for human exceptionalism without giving reasons. So the critique falls to religious conservatives by default, and religious conservatives are pre-categorized as out-of-bounds.
Fourth, the sacred-cow logic. Environmentalism has acquired the status of unquestioned moral good in mainstream liberal culture. Naming a dark strain inside it would require reclassifying part of the moral landscape, and most prestige journalists and academics do not have the ideological flexibility for that. The internal architecture of the field rewards extension of the orthodoxy and punishes disturbance of it.
Fifth, the personal incentive. A philosopher in Doris’s position, who lives inside the deep-ecology cultural water and counts eco-warrior friends among his closest people, has no professional or personal reason to publish the indictment. Naming what is wrong with one’s own tradition is the hardest writing, and it carries the highest social cost. Most academics will not pay it.
Doris in his “Afterwards” had an opportunity to do the in-house work. He did not take it. The “Afterwards” reads as if the tradition had no dark texts to reckon with, only the corporate enemy and the civilizational hubris. That is a choice. It is the choice everyone in his position makes.
The transition from “man alone on the trail” to “man as a virus” is a short leap when the “sacred whole” has no room for human exceptionalism. Doris may stop at the trailhead of humility, but the map he uses was drawn by men who followed the path into Khmer Rouge-type ideology.
Doris calls the Oilmen’s ideology “the hubris of elevating humanity above the rest of nature.” He reframes humans as “animals that, alongside other animals, have evolved with a curious assortment of endowments for muddling through the world.” He attacks “rationalisms treating humans, by virtue of their superior cognitive capacities, as entitled to dominion over the natural world.” He warns that “anthropogenic climate instability” threatens “mass extinction” and tells parents to be very afraid for their children. The strongest hostility-to-the-species register he reaches is “little gods with big brains,” which is sarcasm at human pretension, not hatred of human existence.
He stops at the trailhead. The map is the same map.
The body is a humanist philosophical project. It treats humans as the unique site of morally responsible agency. It builds a theory of human selves, human reasoning, human values. Humans are the protagonist throughout. The Afterwards reframes the protagonists as one species among many, with cognition that is “but one of these endowments, not so different than feather, fur, and fang.” The two registers do not reconcile. The body grants humans enough exceptional standing to bear moral responsibility. The Afterwards denies humans the exceptional standing that warrants treating human flourishing as having priority over other species’ flourishing.
The reader is left with a framework that grants humans the unique burden of agency without the corresponding dignity that warrants their preservation. Humans are special enough to be blamed and not special enough to be defended. The first half of that proposition keeps Doris in the analytic philosophy of action. The second half puts him in the deep-ecology lineage. The two halves coexist in his work because no one forces him to reconcile them.
Doris does not walk the path into advocating mass genocide because his analytic-philosopher half restrains him. But the deep-ecology framework he endorses in the Afterwards has its own logic, and that logic does not stop at humility. It stops at the point where humans are no longer the privileged species, and from that point the path runs into population-reduction territory. Doris stays at the first stop. Others walk on.
The genteel deep-ecologist’s structural contribution is to remove the fence around the math. The radical deep-ecologist does the math. They are working on the same project from different ends. Doris is in the first role. Linkola was in the second. The first role looks innocent. It is not. It clears the brush for those who walk further. That is complicity, even when the complicit man is admirable in his personal restraint.

The Dialogist Philosophical Project

Doris’s dialogism is closer to George Herbert Mead (1863-1931) and Charles Taylor than to Martin Buber. The position in Talking to Our Selves is that the unified, transparent deliberative self does not exist. What exists is a narrator who confabulates reasons after the fact, a creature whose actions are shaped by processes opaque to introspection. So how do we get agency? Through what Doris calls valuationism. Agency is expressed through values, and values are discovered, articulated, and stabilized through socially negotiated rationalizations. We learn what we value by giving accounts of ourselves to others, by being held to those accounts, and by acting to maintain coherence with the accounts that have been ratified.
The empirical foundation is the confabulation literature. Michael Gazzaniga (b. 1939) on split-brain interpretation. Daniel Wegner (1948-2013) on the illusion of conscious will. Timothy Wilson (b. 1951) on the adaptive unconscious. Hugo Mercier (b. 1976) and Dan Sperber (b. 1942) on reasoning as argumentative rather than truth-seeking. All of this work converges on the picture of a creature whose self-knowledge is thin and whose reasons are mostly stories told to others.
The philosophical lineage is pragmatist and analytic. Mead’s Mind, Self, and Society (1934) developed the I-Me distinction and argued that the self emerges through taking the perspective of others. Gilbert Ryle (1900-1976)’s The Concept of Mind (1949) attacked the Cartesian inner theater. P. F. Strawson (1919-2006)’s Freedom and Resentment (1962) argued that responsibility is constituted by the social practices of holding people responsible rather than by metaphysical inner facts. Daniel Dennett (1942-2024)’s heterophenomenology and his narrative-self account in Consciousness Explained (1991) developed the same picture. Doris’s Talking to Our Selves is a continuation of this lineage, brought up to date with contemporary social-cognitive evidence.
Charles Taylor is the closest serious philosophical kin and the figure Doris should engage. Taylor developed his dialogical self in Sources of the Self (1989) and The Ethics of Authenticity (1991). The self is constituted through “webs of interlocution,” through the languages and traditions one inherits, through significant others who form one’s sense of self.

From My Lai to Abu Ghraib: The Moral Psychology of Atrocity‘ (2007)

This paper makes no evolutionary sense. Nobody cares about out-groups, except for making status claims (look how virtuous I am for caring), pragmatic alliances (we can use them as allies against a worse enemy), trade benefits (they make things we want), and threat assessments (if we kill them all, others may unite against us).
Doris and Murphy work inside a framework that assumes a universal moral demand that makes no evolutionary sense and then asks why people fail to meet it. My framework starts from the other direction: ask why people would meet a universal demand they have no evolved reason to meet, and the answer is that they don’t.
In-group/out-group asymmetry is an established finding in social psychology and evolutionary anthropology. The Robert Trivers (b. 1943) reciprocal-altruism work predicts altruism within reciprocating networks and indifference outside them. The Tooby-Cosmides coalition-detection literature predicts that humans automatically categorize others as coalition members or non-members and apply different moral standards to each. The Joseph Henrich (b. 1968) work on cooperation shows that cooperative norms operate strongly within in-groups and weakly across groups. The Robert Putnam (b. 1941) diversity research shows that ethnic heterogeneity reduces social trust. The Frans de Waal (1948-2024) primate work shows that even our closest relatives apply moral concern within the troop and indifference or hostility outside it. The empirical record is consistent. Universal moral concern for out-group members is so rare as to be statistically insignificant.
The Vietnamese were out-group. The Iraqi detainees were out-group. The combat conditions stripped away the procedural restraints (rules of engagement, supervision, peer accountability) that civilization installs over the human default. Without those restraints, the default came through. The atrocities are not the puzzle. The restraint is.
The moral psychology of atrocity is the wrong question. The right question is the moral psychology of restraint. Why do soldiers in some conditions refrain from atrocity? What scaffolding is doing the work? When scaffolding holds, what is holding it? This is where the important empirical and philosophical work sits. Doris and Murphy bypass it because their universalist framework treats restraint as the default despite all evidence to the contrary.
Soldiers and police understand in-group/out-group instinctively because they live it. They know who their guys are and who the enemies are. The intellectual move that pretends this is a confusion to be cleared up rather than a structure to be worked with is part of why academic moral psychology has so little purchase on the institutions that run wars and prisons. The institutions know what humans are. The academy prefers to work in a fictional universe.
If you want to assume their fictional universe, then you can say that Doris and Murphy build a bold argument. Combat is awful, the moral psychology of atrocity is bewildering, and the appeal to “a few bad apples” deserves skepticism. The historical record on ordinary perpetrators is well-established, from Browning to Arendt (1906-1975) to Bauman, and the authors handle it well. The descriptions of combat conditions are vivid and sobering.
The trouble is that the argument proves too much, leans on shakier empirical ground than it admits, and ends in a position the authors cannot defend.
Start with the structure. Premise one says cognitive degradation excuses. Premise two says combat degrades cognition. Conclusion: combat excuses. The studies cited (the lawnmower, the dime, the hurried seminarians) show that situational factors influence helping behavior. They do not show that situational factors strip moral agents of normative competence. A man who walks past a stranger to make a meeting still knew the stranger needed help and could have stopped. He chose not to. The dime didn’t make him incapable of moral judgment; it made one option more attractive than another. The slide from “behavior is context-sensitive” to “agents lack normative competence” is the load-bearing step of the paper, and the paper does not do it.
The argument also proves too much. If extreme distraction, exhaustion, sleep deprivation, peer pressure, and a culture of contempt for outgroups excuse (in the technical sense of removing or reducing responsibility) atrocity, then most violent crime is excused. Gang killings, drunken homicides, domestic murder, racially motivated assault all happen under cognitive degradation as the authors define it, including the distal pressures of subculture and ideology. They do not address this. If their argument worked, criminal law would mostly be pointless. That isn’t a reductio they accept; it is a reductio they don’t see.
Hugh Thompson (1943-2006) stopped Calley’s (1943-2024) massacre at considerable risk to himself. The authors say his case is special because he was in a helicopter rather than on the ground. That concession damages the argument. Thompson could see the killing in real time and intervened against superior officers. If the situational degradation in Charlie Company was severe enough to defeat normative competence, Thompson’s flying overhead shouldn’t have saved his. The authors brush off “the argument from individual variation,” but it has real force here. Several Charlie Company members refused to fire. Browning’s ordinary men in Reserve Police Battalion 101 had refusers. The existence of refusers shows that normative competence remained available in the situation. What varied was character, training, prior moral commitments, and grit. That is what we usually call moral responsibility.
The empirical foundation is shakier than the paper admits. The Stanford Prison Experiment has been substantially discredited as a study of situational power; Zimbardo coached the guards, several prisoners later admitted they were performing, and the methodology was a mess. Recent reanalyses by Gina Perry and others show that subjects who continued past 450 volts often did so after being convinced the experiment was safe, not because they were morally crippled. The replication crisis has hit a number of the cited findings hard. A paper that wants to overturn ordinary attributions of moral responsibility should not lean so heavily on a contested literature.
The strict liability move at the end will not hold. The authors concede that perpetrators are not morally responsible but argue we should still punish them. They reach for statutory rape as a precedent. Strict liability for statutory rape is widely contested in American criminal law, defensible only on rough consequentialist grounds about deterrence. Pulling that doctrine into war crimes law produces scapegoating, as the authors half-admit. If Lynddie England did not have the moral capacity to recognize what she was doing as wrong, then hanging her photographs in evidence is moral theater that uses her body to absolve a system. That is not justice. It is sacrificing the powerless to the appearance of accountability.
The paper is structured entirely around perpetrators. The Vietnamese at My Lai and the Iraqis at Abu Ghraib appear as occasions for moral reflection, not as agents whose standing the argument touches. Strawson’s (1919-2006) reactive attitudes, which the authors invoke at the end, include the resentment of victims. A view that systematically excuses perpetrators while remaining silent on what victims may justly demand is an asymmetric moral psychology. It tells the dead and the tortured that the men who did this to them were, in the end, not responsible, and asks them to accept this on the strength of a lawnmower study.

Knowledge by Indifference‘ (2008)

Russell and Doris run a clean inversion argument against Jason Stanley (b. 1969). Stanley’s stakes cases work by intuition pumping. We feel that high stakes warrant epistemic caution, and we read that caution as a raised knowledge bar. Russell and Doris flip the same logic and ask what happens at the other end. If practical interest raises the bar, indifference must lower it. That symmetry is what Stanley owes an answer to, and the paper makes a strong case that he has not paid the bill.
The Deadbeat case is the soft probe. Ded is a slacker, and one might say his indifference is irrational, so clause (3) gets triggered through some normative pressure he ought to feel. Russell and Doris see that move coming and counter with Richboy. Richie has every reason to be indifferent. He could buy the bank if he wanted. Practical rationality cannot get traction against him. So the indifference is rationally pure, and the knowledge result follows.
Jackpot is the killer. It exploits the temporal structure of Stanley’s account. Hannah does not know at moment t. A lottery announcement reaches her at t+1, her evidence about bank hours has not budged a millimeter, and on Stanley’s view she now counts as a knower. The principle Russell and Doris float — no change in epistemic circumstance without change in evidential circumstance — captures the offense cleanly. Knowledge winks in and out as the lottery numbers come up and as the drug-addicted sister drains the account. That is not knowledge as Plato (c. 428-348 BCE) understood it, nor as Williamson (b. 1955) understands it.
The Conscientious Scientist versus Raving Dogmatist twist is the paper’s second sharp move. Stanley’s clause (2) about “serious epistemic possibility” might rescue him from the indifference cases by saying Ded should treat bank closure as a serious epistemic possibility. But the same clause bites the virtue epistemologist. The careful scientist who entertains rival hypotheses satisfies clause (2) and loses knowledge. The dogmatist who dismisses rivals secures it. Epistemic virtue produces ignorance, vice produces knowledge. That is an awkward result for any account that wants to honor the connection between careful inquiry and warranted belief.
The sociological undertone is what struck me hardest. The rich know more about the mundane because mundane stakes do not register for them. The poor know more about luxury goods because they cannot have them. The callous know more about the suffering caused by prejudice. The faithless know more about the steadfastness of lovers. Russell and Doris play this for satire, but it points to something real. On Stanley’s account, knowledge attributions track who can afford to be careless. Money buys knowledge, indifference buys knowledge, callousness buys knowledge. The honorific drains out of the term.
What Stanley might say back: the practical interest account does not have to be drawn this way. He could insist that practical rationality requires considering counterfactuals about future stakes, so even Ded and Richie face latent practical questions. But that move risks making clause (3) trivial in the other direction, and the indifference defense collapses into universal applicability.
What the paper brackets: contextualist alternatives where the conversational standards shift rather than the subject’s interests. DeRose-style contextualism handles Hannah and Sarah by tying knowledge attributions to the attributer’s standards rather than the subject’s stakes. Russell and Doris are aiming at subject-sensitive invariantism, and contextualism takes a different shape of hit.
The principle Russell and Doris float at the end is contestable on its own terms. Modal accounts of knowledge — sensitivity, safety — already let knowledge fluctuate with non-evidential modal facts. So Stanley has company among those who decouple knowledge from pure evidence. The question becomes whether practical interest is a less defensible non-evidential factor than modal robustness. I think it is, for the reasons the paper supplies, but the argument has more work to do there.
Epistemology gets strange fast when you let pragmatics colonize it. Stanley’s instinct — high-stakes Hannah feels less confident, and her hedging language tracks something — is a real psychological observation. The mistake may lie in upgrading that observation into a metaphysical claim about what knowledge is. The phenomenology of stakes-sensitive caution is one thing. The truth conditions for “S knows that p” are another. Russell and Doris show how high the price runs when you fuse them.
Doris’s broader project has a consistent texture: take a tidy philosophical doctrine, apply pressure from cases that the armchair did not anticipate, and watch the doctrine bleed. This paper does that to Stanley with economy. The Jackpot case alone pays for the cover charge.

The Moral Psychology Handbook (2010)

Responsibility is the strongest of the three Doris chapters in the volume. Co-authored with Joshua Knobe (b. 1974), it argues for variantism about responsibility: ordinary judgments of moral responsibility do not follow a single set of invariant criteria. People apply different criteria depending on whether the case is abstract or concrete, whether the behavior is morally good or bad, whether the agent is a friend or stranger, whether the agent acted on emotion, whether the consequences were severe, and whether the agent had moral ignorance. The empirical literature shows persistent asymmetries across all these dimensions. The thesis is descriptive. The normative question, whether variantism is correct, is separated and held in suspense.
Three findings carry the chapter.
The Knobe side-effect asymmetry is the strongest. A corporate chairman starts a program he expects to harm the environment as a side effect, and the program harms the environment. The same chairman starts a program he expects to help the environment as a side effect, and the program helps the environment. Subjects say the chairman intentionally harmed the environment in the first case but did not intentionally help in the second. The asymmetry runs through dozens of replications and across cultures. Moral judgment shapes attributions of intentionality. This finding has held up well through the replication crisis, unlike most of the social-priming literature the character chapter relies on.
The abstract-versus-concrete asymmetry on free will is the second. In abstract framings (is moral responsibility possible in a deterministic universe?), most subjects give incompatibilist answers. In concrete framings (Bill set up a device that killed his family in a deterministic universe, is he morally responsible?), 72 percent give compatibilist answers. The implication is that decades of philosophy presented as expressing “the ordinary intuition” rest on which question got asked. The “ordinary intuition” is two intuitions, deployed in different contexts.
The relationship asymmetry is the third. Members of distressed couples assign more credit to themselves and more blame to their spouses; members of well-functioning couples assign more credit to their partners. Civilians and military personnel apply different standards to coercive orders. Critical standards for a friend’s poetry differ from standards for a stranger’s. Responsibility is a context-sensitive practice, not a context-free principle.
The chapter is built on experimental-philosophy vignette studies, which have their own limitations, but the authors are careful about what the studies can and cannot show. They distinguish psychological competence from performance. They distinguish descriptive findings from normative implications. They refuse to derive the normative conclusion from the psychological one. They use empirical findings to open the debate: If ordinary practice is variantist, the field has to choose between fitting practice and applying invariant principles.
Where the chapter falls short is in its boldness rather than its rigor. The variantist findings have implications the chapter declines to develop. If ordinary people are compatibilists in concrete cases, the foundations of retributive criminal justice are unstable, and Derk Pereboom (b. 1957) and Gregg Caruso have run with that thread to argue for free-will skepticism and the end of retributive desert. The chapter notes the option and steps past. If ordinary people apply different responsibility criteria to friends and strangers, that has implications for nepotism, in-group favoritism, and the institutions designed to enforce impartiality. The chapter notes the option and steps past. If variantism is correct as both description and norm, philosophical theorizing about responsibility may need to be reorganized around context rather than principle. The chapter notes that and steps past.
The variantist thesis here becomes the pluralism in Talking to Our Selves. The chapter is the seed of Doris’s mature view that responsibility attribution is plural and context-sensitive, and that philosophy should accept the pluralism rather than try to abolish it. The 2010 chapter is the empirical groundwork. The 2015 book is the philosophical superstructure.
The chapter’s methodological care contrasts sharply with what we saw in the race chapter. The same volume that decided not to engage the dissenting literature on race produced a chapter on responsibility that engages the dissenting literature on free will (Peter van Inwagen (b. 1942), Derk Pereboom, Robert Kane (b. 1938) on incompatibilism). The difference is which dissenters get cited. The free-will incompatibilists are coalition-acceptable. The race dissenters are not. That is what coalition discipline looks like at the level of which controversies the volume permits and which it declines.
In the altruism chapter, Doris is the apprentice and Stich is the master, and that is to the chapter’s benefit.
Stich, Doris, and Erica Roedder, takes the egoism-vs-altruism question that has run from Plato through Thomas Hobbes (1588-1679), La Rochefoucauld (1613-1680), and Jeremy Bentham (1748-1832) on the egoist side, and Joseph Butler (1692-1752), David Hume (1711-1776), Jean-Jacques Rousseau (1712-1778), and Adam Smith (1723-1790) on the altruist side. The question is whether human beings can be ultimately motivated by the welfare of others, or whether all helping behavior is ultimately self-interested.
The chapter argues two main things.
First, evolutionary theory has not settled the question. The popular line, traceable to Michael Ghiselin (b. 1939)’s “scratch an altruist and watch a hypocrite bleed,” that selection rules out altruism, conflates evolutionary altruism (behavior that reduces inclusive fitness) with psychological altruism (motivation aimed at the welfare of others). They are logically independent. An organism can be a psychological altruist while remaining an evolutionary self-interest maximizer (toward its offspring, for instance). The chapter goes through W.D. Hamilton (1936-2000)’s kin selection, Robert Trivers’s reciprocal altruism, the group-selection debate associated with Elliott Sober (b. 1948) and David Sloan Wilson (b. 1949)’s Unto Others (1998), and Boyd-Richerson on punishment-supported helping. The conclusion: nothing in evolutionary biology decides the philosophical question. Both sides have read evolutionary findings to support their preferred positions.
Second, the experimental work of C. Daniel Batson (b. 1943) on the empathy-altruism hypothesis has made progress on a long-stalled debate. Batson distinguishes empathy (an other-oriented emotional response: sympathetic, compassionate, warm) from personal distress (self-oriented: anxious, upset, perturbed). He argues empathy produces altruistic motivation. The chapter walks through Batson’s experiments testing this against three egoistic alternatives: aversive-arousal reduction (I help because watching suffering distresses me and helping relieves my distress), empathy-specific punishment (I help to avoid guilt), and empathy-specific reward (I help to feel good). The chapter concludes that Batson has substantially undermined aversive-arousal reduction and dealt blows to the others, but that disjunctive egoism (people use different egoistic motivations on different occasions) remains live.
The authors walk through Batson’s experimental designs, and refuse to declare him victorious where the evidence is incomplete. Compare this with the character chapter’s treatment of Bargh-Chen-Burrows priming, which is presented as settled when it was about to fall to replication. The altruism chapter’s caution about the strength of the evidence has aged better. Batson’s empathy-altruism research has held up in subsequent decades, but the chapter’s reservations about disjunctive egoism and about whether the lab paradigms generalize to real-world helping are exactly the caution that proved warranted.
The conceptual apparatus is Stich at his careful best. The distinction between ultimate and instrumental desires. The distinction between psychological and evolutionary altruism. The clear treatment of what would and would not constitute evidence for altruism. The willingness to entertain that the answer might be “yes, sometimes, for some people, in some conditions” rather than insisting on an across-the-board verdict. This is the philosophical method that produced Stich’s From Folk Psychology to Cognitive Science (1983) and his many edited volumes, and it is what Doris took from his mentor.
What the chapter does not engage is also revealing. The Trivers reciprocal-altruism framework has well-known implications for in-group versus out-group altruism, for tribalism, for the structure of human cooperation across kinship, ethnic, and coalition lines. The chapter mentions Trivers and moves on. The deeper question of whether human altruism is evenly distributed across populations and contexts, or whether it is concentrated by kinship and coalition, is the question that connects altruism research to the politics of cooperation, immigration, and social trust. The chapter does not go there. Robert Putnam (b. 1941)’s diversity research is not cited. The behavioral-genetics literature on individual differences in prosociality is not engaged. The chapter operates inside the safe parts of the altruism debate.
Similarly, the implications for moral and political philosophy are gestured at but not developed. If altruism exists but is bounded by kin and coalition, what does that say about cosmopolitan ethics? If genuine altruism is rarer than we like to think, what does that say about institutions designed to elicit prosocial behavior? The chapter raises these questions in section 1 and never returns to them. The caution that produced the methodologically defensible treatment of Batson also keeps the chapter inside its disciplinary lane.
The responsibility chapter (Knobe-Doris) is methodologically tight and politically careful. The character chapter (Merritt-Doris-Harman) is credulous about a priming literature that has aged poorly. The race chapter (Kelly-Machery-Mallon) is cowardly about the consensus it declines to examine. The altruism chapter, by contrast, engages dissenting positions, refuses to overclaim, distinguishes what has been shown from what has not, and credits opponents fairly.
That intellectual honesty is largely Stich’s. Doris is in his mentor’s hands here, and the chapter is better for it.
Doris co-authors the chapter on character, which is the consolidation document of the situationist camp at the moment of its peak influence, and reading it alongside Talking to Our Selves tells you what you need to know about how the project moved from destruction to construction.
The three authors are the three philosophers most identified with the attack on virtue ethics from social psychology. Gilbert Harman (1938-2021) opened the campaign with his 1999 “Moral Philosophy Meets Social Psychology.” Doris. Maria W. Merritt’s 2000 paper provided a third early formulation. By 2010 the camp had won enough of the field to write a victory-lap chapter for the Oxford Handbook. The voice is mostly Merritt and Doris. Harman is the elder statesman whose name supplies authority.
The argument runs the standard situationist circuit. Modus tollens against robust character traits: the experimental record (Isen-Levin dime, Stanford prison, Darley-Batson Samaritan, Milgram, Mathews-Cannon lawnmower) shows the cross-situational consistency virtue ethics requires is not there. The defenders of virtue ethics get steelmanned through John McDowell (b. 1942), Rosalind Hursthouse (b. 1943), Richard Kraut (b. 1944), and Julia Annas (b. 1946). The defenders’ rationalizing replies (Sabini and Silver on fear of embarrassment, Sreenivasan on sanitizing reinterpretation) get rebutted. None of this is novel by 2010. The chapter is consolidating, not innovating.
The empirical engine is in section seven: dual-process theory, automaticity, the Bargh-Chen-Burrows (1996) priming experiments. The polite-versus-rude scrambled-sentence prime, the elderly walking-speed prime, the racial-photo hostility prime. These studies are the load-bearing evidence for the claim that morally important behavior runs through automatic processes that introspection cannot access.
This is where the chapter has aged worst. The Bargh elderly-priming study failed to replicate in Doyen et al. (2012). The broader social-priming literature collapsed in the replication crisis from 2014 onward. By 2026 most of the priming canon the chapter relies on is contested or worse. The chapter does not anticipate this because in 2010 the canon looked solid. A reader coming to it now should treat the priming citations as historically interesting rather than empirically settled. The general claim about automaticity survives even after the specific priming studies fall, but the argumentative weight of the chapter is appreciably thinner today than the prose admits.
The constructive turn, in section nine, is where the chapter most clearly anticipates Talking to Our Selves five years later. The remedial proposal moves responsibility outward from the individual practical reasoner to the social setting: institutions of accountability, role expectations, structured external review. Merritt’s modified virtue ethics, sketched here, becomes the seed of the dialogist account in 2015. The man cannot be trusted to introspect his own values. The social environment can be designed to elicit and enforce them.
The closing example is Donald Rumsfeld (1932-2021)’s December 2002 memorandum authorizing harsh interrogation tactics, drawn from Jane Mayer (b. 1955)’s New Yorker reporting on Abu Ghraib. The chapter ties the situationist case to contemporary atrocity. The material recycles Doris and Dominic Murphy’s 2007 paper “From My Lai to Abu Ghraib.” It also tells you where Doris’s intellectual energy was going at the time: military atrocity, institutional failure, the political conditions of moral collapse. Not deep ecology. Not climate. Not population. The Anthropocene apocalypse that surfaces in the 2015 Afterwards is nowhere here.
What you have, then, is the bridge document. The 2002 book argued that character traits are too thin to do the moral work virtue ethics asks of them. The 2010 chapter sharpens the argument with cognitive-science automaticity and gestures toward a replacement grounded in social settings and institutional accountability. The 2015 book turns the gesture into a theory of agency. Read in sequence the project is clear: the individual reflector cannot be trusted, so structures must be built around him that make good behavior easier and bad behavior harder. The 2010 chapter is the inflection point.
The chapter is squarely inside the analytic philosophy of action and moral psychology. The man who taught Wilderness Studies and counted Doug Peacock) as a hero is invisible here. The 2010 chapter is the academic philosopher at work. The other Doris waits for the closing pages of the next book.
The Handbook’s final chapter on race and racial cognition is by Daniel Kelly, Edouard Machery (b. 1974), and Ron Mallon.
The authors report what they call the “ontological consensus” that thick racialism, the view that races correspond to deep biological, cultural, moral, and emotional differences, has been refuted across biology, anthropology, social theory, and cognitive science. They cite Richard Lewontin (1929-2021)’s 1972 finding on human genetic variation as the foundational evidence. They acknowledge “thin racialism,” the question of whether racial categories track useful epidemiological or forensic differences, and put it aside in a footnote.
This framing has not aged well. The Lewontin argument was contested by A.W.F. Edwards (1935-2024) in his 2003 “Lewontin’s fallacy” paper. David Reich (b. 1974)’s genome-wide association work since Who We Are and How We Got Here (2018) has made the picture more complicated than the “ontological consensus” the chapter reports. By 2026 the consensus is less stable than the chapter implies. The chapter treats a contested empirical position as settled and uses the settling as a constraint on what the philosophical debate can consider. A reader should mentally reopen the question the authors close.
The authors review three evolutionary-psychology accounts of why humans categorize racially. Lawrence Hirschfeld posits a folk-sociology system that essentializes salient social groups, with race as one possible target. Robert Kurzban, John Tooby (1952-2023), and Leda Cosmides (b. 1957) argue that the underlying system is coalition detection, with race serving as a default cue when other coalition markers are absent. Francisco Gil-White proposes an ethnic-cognition system, with race read as ethnic marker.
The Kurzban-Tooby-Cosmides experiment is the most striking piece of evidence in the chapter. When participants saw mixed-race basketball teams without distinguishing uniforms, they categorized speakers by race. When the same teams wore distinctively colored jerseys, racial categorization weakened. The implication is that racial cognition is downstream of coalition detection, and that race becomes salient when it serves as a cue to coalition membership.
Racial-affinity programs that pair junior Black professionals with senior Black mentors may reinforce coalition-coded racial categorization. Cross-race mentoring may not. If Kurzban-Tooby-Cosmides are right, eliminativism is committed to ending the coalition-status of race, which means ending the economic, residential, and institutional segregation that keeps race coalitional. The chapter does not say so directly but the implication is hard to miss: aggressive race-based remediation may entrench what it aims to dismantle.
The third move turns to implicit bias. The Implicit Association Test, the Modern Racism Scale, evaluative priming, the startle eyeblink test. The chapter presents implicit bias research as robust and reports the standard finding: many people who score as racially tolerant on direct measures show racial bias on indirect measures. The implication for conservationism is that reducing explicit racism does not reach the implicit layer.
This section has aged worst. The IAT’s test-retest reliability is poor. Patrick Forscher et al.’s 2019 meta-analysis found weak correlation between IAT scores and discriminatory behavior. The implicit-bias paradigm has been a casualty of the replication crisis. The chapter does not flag any concerns because in 2010 the IAT was riding high. A reader in 2026 should treat this section as a snapshot of a paradigm now contested rather than as established science.
The authors cite Paul Rozin (b. 1936)’s work on moralization, the process by which a behavior gets reframed as not just wrong but shameful and viscerally disgusting (the way smoking and meat-eating have been moralized in some communities). They suggest racism could be moralized in the same way: cast racist biases as not just wrong but shameful, disgusting, and beyond polite consideration. This is the chapter advocating, in 2010, for the moral-disgust strategy that became dominant in the 2010s. It worked in changing speech and reducing some explicit expressions. It also produced the political backlash and polarization that defined the second half of the decade. The chapter is prescient about the strategy and silent about the costs.
The chapter does not address examples in medicine and pharmacogenetics, where racial categories have proven empirically useful in ways the authors footnote and decline to discuss. It does not engage the evolutionary-psychology results: if Hirschfeld is right that race terms automatically trigger essentialization, the eliminativist project faces a structural impossibility, since reformist programs require race terms.
Doris’s role here is editorial. The chapter is by his colleagues, and the footnote thanks him for many insightful comments on earlier drafts. The chapter sits inside the volume he edited and shaped. The methodological framing (philosophers should engage cognitive science) is the volume’s house position and Doris’s longstanding stance. The substantive bounds (thick racialism is settled, dissenters are not in view) are the elite consensus the volume operates inside.
The chapter is cowardly. A few moves earn the diagnosis.
First, the “ontological consensus” framing. The phrase does the work of an argument it does not make. By 2010 the Lewontin (1929-2021) variance argument had already been challenged by A.W.F. Edwards (1935-2024) in his 2003 paper, and the population-genetics literature on continental ancestry was building toward what David Reich (b. 1974) would synthesize in 2018. The chapter cites Lewontin without flagging the challenge. A reader unfamiliar with the genetics literature would close the chapter believing the matter is settled when in fact it is contested. That is not honest framing. That is consensus marking.
Second, the footnote treatment of thin racialism. Whether racial categories track useful biomedical, pharmacogenetic, or forensic differences is the live question by 2010, and it is the question that bears most directly on whether elimination is possible without losing useful information. The chapter relegates it to footnote four and moves on. The footnote is the place academic writing puts what it does not want to engage.
Third, the missing dissenters. The chapter operates as if Charles Murray (b. 1943), Linda Gottfredson (b. 1947), Arthur Jensen (1923-2012), Richard Herrnstein (1930-1994), and the broader behavioral-genetics literature on group differences in cognitive measures simply do not exist. These figures may be wrong. The chapter has the option of saying so and saying why. It instead has the option of not mentioning them. It takes the second option. That is the option of safety.
Fourth, the moralization recommendation. Citing Paul Rozin (b. 1936) and proposing that racism be made viscerally disgusting is a strategy recommendation for changing public discourse. The recommendation sits in the chapter without an examination of who pays the cost when disgust becomes the vehicle for political consensus, what disgust does to truth-finding, what it does to those who hold disfavored views for non-cowardly reasons, or what it does to the academic project of free inquiry. The recommendation is thrown into a closing paragraph and left undefended. A serious treatment of moral-disgust politics would have to engage Jonathan Haidt (b. 1963) and the political-psychology literature on the costs of moralization. The chapter declines.
Fifth, the implicature on race-based affinity programs. The chapter notes, almost in passing, that Kurzban-Tooby-Cosmides predicts race-based mentoring entrenches the coalitional status of race. This is a politically explosive implication. The chapter declines to develop it and declines to say that current race-based programs may be working against their stated purpose. The reader is left to draw the inference. The authors keep their hands clean.
Calling the chapter cowardly is naming a property of the field rather than a flaw of the authors. They are coalition members in good standing producing a chapter that protects the coalition.

Strawsonian Variations: Folk Morality and the Search for a Unified Theory‘ (2011)

Knobe and Doris build a clean argument from a finding. The empirical work they cite, especially the side-effect asymmetry that bears Knobe’s name, has held up across cultures, ages, and patients with frontal lobe damage. The Nichols-Knobe abstract/concrete split also explains a long-running disagreement among philosophers about what undergraduates “really” think about determinism. Both findings deserve the attention they get.
The trouble starts when these findings get loaded onto the larger thesis. The paper sets up a binary: either folk practice fits an invariant theory, or theory must abandon invariance. The dichotomy is too clean.
A theory can have one rule that takes context as an input and still count as invariant. Reasons-responsiveness is a good example. If the relevant reasons differ across cases (overwhelming sympathy versus overwhelming rage, foreseen harm versus foreseen help), the same rule yields different verdicts. Footnote 2 waves this off as a “franger” trick, but the worry is not about gerrymandered predicates. It concerns whether one rule, sensitively applied, generates the asymmetries the authors flag. Wolf (b. 1952) gestures at this for the emotion asymmetry. The paper concedes she might be right, then says “but what about the other three?” That is not an argument; it is a homework assignment.
Take the severity asymmetry. Walster (1966) noticed that people judge responsibility partly by harm caused, not just by negligence shown. Shaver (1970) offered the obvious gloss: responsibility-talk often serves restitution, and severe harms need more restitution. That gloss preserves invariance. The folk track one thing, what restitution the situation calls for, and apply it consistently.
The intention/action asymmetry has a similar reading. People treat bad intentions as closer to bad actions because forming a bad intention against a person is itself a small harm to that person, while merely intending good has not yet conferred any benefit. One principle, asymmetric output.
The side-effect asymmetry is the hardest case, but the literature since 2007 has produced several invariance-friendly explanations. Pragmatic accounts, norm-based accounts, and affective accounts all try to derive the asymmetry from a single underlying competence rather than a switch between criteria. The verdict is unsettled, but it is too soon to declare invariantism dead.
The relationship section is the weakest part. The studies cited show that emotional investment shifts blame attribution. Fine. That tells us nothing about whether the criteria for responsibility shift, or whether people just apply the same criteria to different perceived facts. Spouses see their spouses’ behavior differently. That is not yet a thesis about the concept of responsibility. The authors concede this and pose the question without answering it. Putting the section in anyway pads the case.
There is also a deeper move the paper does not make and probably should. Strawson (1919-2006) is invoked at the end as the patron saint of variantism. That reading sits awkwardly with the actual Strawson, who thought our reactive attitudes had a structure we could articulate, and who treated the abstract-concrete gap as a sign that abstract metaphysical worry collapses when we re-enter the practice. Strawson was not arguing that the practice has no rules. He was arguing about which rules govern it. Knobe and Doris use Strawson’s name to license a position closer to relativism than anything Strawson endorsed.
Survey responses to vignettes measure something, but it is not clear they measure what Strawson cared about. He was after the reactive attitudes, resentment, indignation, gratitude, as those operate in actual relationships. Asking undergraduates how much blame Jeremy Hall deserves for robbing Fidelity Bank in 2195 is closer to a meta-linguistic exercise than to the practice of holding responsible. The inferential leap from “subjects checked a box” to “the folk practice does not run on invariant criteria” is large.

Talking to Our Selves: Reflection, Ignorance, and Agency (2015)

The book is Doris’s (b. 1963) follow-up to Lack of Character, and the project moves the same skeptical artillery from character to agency. There he argued that situationist social psychology dissolves stable virtues. Here he argues that the same evidence dissolves the philosopher’s standard picture of agency: what he calls reflectivism, the idea that a person counts as exercising agency only when he consciously inspects his reasons, gets them right, and acts from them. The first half shows reflectivism cannot survive contact with the empirical literature on automaticity, confabulation, and unreliable introspection. The second half builds a replacement he calls collaborativism (in reasoning) and dialogism (in agency): we exercise agency through socially negotiated rationalizations that express our values, and the values are ours whether or not we can introspect them.
If reflection is rare and introspection unreliable, an account of agency that requires either is a theory for angels, not humans. Doris is right to refuse the Platonist’s exit, where the verdict is just “people are not agents.” He is also right that the social setting does much of the work philosophers credit to the introspecting individual. We often learn what we want by saying it to others and watching what they say back. We arrive at our reasons in conversation and only later relabel the result as private deliberation. This is closer to how life looks than the Cartesian closet.
The dedication to Stephen Stich locates the book in a lineage running through Richard Nisbett and Daniel Wegner (1948-2013), the empirically-minded philosophers who took introspection illusion seriously before it was respectable. The frame from P.F. Strawson (1919-2006) with reactive attitudes as the doorway into responsibility, is sturdy. The eighth chapter, on Ishi (c. 1860-1916) and Plenty Coups (1848-1932), pushes the social-constitution thesis into striking territory: a self can predecease its body when the surrounding culture is destroyed. The “Afterwards,” with its raw climate panic and Doris’s confession that BP and he both failed to cap their respective leaks, is unusual for an OUP analytic title, and unusually honest.
Now the trouble.
First, the empirical foundation has aged poorly. Doris was writing in the late 2000s and early 2010s, before the replication crisis hit hardest. A lot of what he leans on, such as the more dramatic situationist studies and the older automaticity claims, has been challenged or has failed to replicate. The case is not destroyed, but it is thinner than the book reads. A reader coming to it cold should bring 2026 skepticism to its 2014 evidence base.
Second, the constructive program risks emptying agency of normative content. If agency is the expression of values, and the values are mine whether I know them or not, and the social process of rationalization counts as exercising agency, then the bar is low enough that almost any persistent behavior pattern qualifies. A man whose values express themselves through cruelty is exercising agency on this account. Doris will say yes, and that is the point of the pluralist concession at the end. But a theory that cannot distinguish the embezzling book collector from the saint, except by saying both express their values, is not doing much philosophical work. The reflectivist had a story about why some expressions of value count more than others: they came from accurate self-inspection. Doris removes that without putting much in its place.
Third, the social-process picture is too cheerful about the social. The same conversational negotiation that helps a man find his values can lock him into a bad coalition’s values, can manufacture rationalizations to launder appalling conduct, can make him more confident of nonsense the more he hears himself say it to friends who agree. Doris notes this in passing but his theory does not absorb it. Replacing private reflection with public dialogue is not a gain when the public is corrupted.
Fourth, there is a performative problem. Talking to Our Selves is 275 pages of careful reflection arguing that careful reflection is rarely what drives behavior. The “Afterwards” is the moralizing rationalization the theory tells us to view with skepticism. If Doris is right that introspection is unreliable, why trust his introspective verdict that BP is the enemy and humanity has lost its way? This is the standard reflexive bind for any anti-reflectivist book, and Doris does less to escape it than one might hope.
Fifth, the Ishi and Plenty Coups chapter is moving, but Doris admits the Plenty Coups quotation is contested, possibly invented by the white interpreter Frank Linderman (1869-1938). Building a thesis about the social constitution of selves on disputed ethnography is a thin reed. The chapter persuades by emotional weight, not by evidence, which is awkward in a book that wants to be empirically grounded.
Doris is a central node in the Moral Psychology Research Group along with Joshua Knobe, Shaun Nichols, Jesse Prinz, Stich, Walter Sinnott-Armstrong, and Joshua Greene (b. 1974). Within that network, his lane is the empirically aggressive, situationism-friendly skeptic who keeps trying to rebuild moral concepts on naturalist foundations. Talking to Our Selves is the agency installment of a longer project, with Character Trouble (2022) as the third volume. It belongs on the shelf next to Manuel Vargas, Tamler Sommers, and Bruce Waller on responsibility, and next to Eric Schwitzgebel on introspective unreliability.
I suspect that Stephen Turner would ask what is the “social negotiation of rationalizations” doing causally that the brains of the participants are not already doing? Is the dialogue an emergent process with its own properties, or just two cognitive systems exchanging signals? Doris talks as if the social process supplies something individual psychology cannot, and Turner would want a precise causal story about what that something is. Without it, dialogism risks becoming a sociological gloss on an individualist account that has not been spelled out.
He would press on the “values” language. Doris says a man’s behavior expresses his values, even when the man cannot introspect them. Turner has been suspicious of value-talk for a long time. Values function as black boxes, explanatory placeholders that hide the absence of a causal account. If a value is a stable disposition plus a social legitimating story, fine, but then call it that and trace its sources. If a value is something more, Turner would want to know what, in cognitive-scientific terms.
Doris dedicates the book to Stephen Stich, and Stich and Turner are intellectual cousins. Both are naturalists, both skeptical of normativity as a sui generis category, both willing to follow cognitive science wherever it leads. Turner would notice that Doris is in the family but has drifted toward a softer position than the family allows. The collaborativist move is the kind of compromise with sociality that a naturalist of Stich’s stripe should resist.

Eavesdropping on Character: Assessing Everyday Moral Behaviors‘ (2016)

This paper is notable for what it shows, what it does not show, and what it does not say.
Kathryn Bollich, Doris, Simine Vazire, Charles Raison, Joshua Jackson, and Matthias Mehl use the Electronically Activated Recorder (EAR), a pocket device that captures 30-50 seconds of ambient audio every 9-18 minutes across a weekend. Coders listen to the snippets and tag everyday moral behaviors: showing affection, gratitude, sympathy, helping, apologizing, expressing hope on the positive side; sarcasm, bragging, condescension, complaining, criticism, blame, pessimism on the negative side. They then check whether individual differences in these behaviors are stable across time, comparing to a benchmark of neutral language stability (preposition use, article use) measured by Linguistic Inquiry and Word Count.
eople who behave a particular way at one moment tend to behave that way again. Rank-order stability across two weekends four to ten weeks apart averages r = .47 to .52. Momentary stability across odd-versus-even file aggregates averages r = .42 to .71. These numbers are at least as high as the language-use stability benchmark. Across three samples totaling 186 people, individual differences in everyday moral behavior look as stable as individual differences in how often someone uses prepositions.
Lack of Character was built on the claim that systematic empirical research does not support broad, stable character traits. The Hartshorne-May studies on honesty in children, the Milgram and Darley-Batson experiments, the Walter Mischel (1930-2018) work on cross-situational consistency: these formed the case for situationism. Doris’s 2002 conclusion was that virtue ethics could not survive the data. Now in 2016 he is on a paper that finds stable individual differences in everyday moral behavior at correlations between .4 and .7.
The paper cites Doris (2002) once, in a list of evidence that “even subtle situational manipulations influence moral actions.” The 2016 findings are presented as expanding moral psychology rather than as complicating the situationist case. There is no acknowledgment that “stable individual differences in moral behavior” is exactly what Doris spent a book arguing did not exist.
The paper distinguishes temporal stability (the same person behaves similarly across time) from cross-situational consistency (the same person behaves similarly across different situations). The paper finds the first and explicitly does not test the second. It also concedes that the temporal stability could be driven by stable situations rather than stable traits: “the stability of individual differences in moral behavior is due to the stability of individual differences in situations.” So the paper finds something that looks trait-like and preserves the option that it is situation-like. That move keeps Doris’s 2002 position formally intact while allowing the 2016 findings to land.
Some moral behaviors achieve high agreement (apology = .98, affection = .95) but others are weak (pessimism = .10, condescension = .38, sarcasm = .39). The low-reliability behaviors are also the rarest behaviors, which inflates the disagreement. The “moral behaviors” coded are largely conversational tone (gratitude, complaining, criticism, sympathy) rather than morally consequential action. Whether someone who complains a lot has worse character than someone who complains less is a question the paper assumes rather than examines. The samples are unusual: rheumatoid arthritis patients, breast cancer patients and their partners, meditation-trial participants. Mostly older, mostly female, mostly under stress. Whether the findings generalize to young men in everyday workplaces is not tested. The first sample is N = 11, which produces correlations with confidence intervals so wide they cover most of the possible outcome space.
Simine Vazire (b. 1979) is a leader of the open science movement and a careful critic of social psychology’s overclaiming. Her presence on the paper is consistent with the methodologically conservative framing. She is also a personality psychologist working on individual differences, and the paper is fundamentally a personality psychology paper. Doris’s name is on it, but the paper’s intellectual home is in Mehl’s EAR research program and Vazire’s personality work. The moral psychology framing is grafted on.
The paper establishes that the EAR can detect everyday moral behaviors. It shows that those behaviors have temporal stability comparable to language stability. It provides a methodological foundation for future cross-situational consistency tests.
The paper does not test the cross-situational consistency that the situationist debate is about. It does not engage Lack of Character. It does not say what Doris now thinks about his 2002 argument. It does not distinguish stable traits from stable situations from stable relationships from stable conversational habits.
Doris updates without conceding. The 2002 book argued against stable, cross-situational, behaviorally consequential character traits. The 2016 paper finds stable, temporally consistent, conversationally observable moral behaviors. The two are not the same thing. They could both be true. But the relationship between them is the question, and the paper declines to address it.
I will address it.
I see three possibilities.
The first possibility. What the EAR measures is conversational style, which is stable but is not the consequential character that Lack of Character attacked. People differ stably in how often they complain, apologize, criticize, or show sympathy in everyday speech. This is roughly what personality psychologists call Agreeableness with some Neuroticism mixed in. It does not predict whether the person obeys authority orders to torture, whether they steal when no one is watching, whether they run into the burning building. The big situationist findings (Milgram, Darley-Batson, the prison experiment) were about morally consequential action under situational pressure, not about everyday talk. On this reading, the 2002 book and the 2016 paper are talking past each other. Both can be true.
Some of what the EAR captures (showing sympathy, helping, criticizing, blaming) is morally relevant action, not just talk. And personality psychology has shown that everyday-life trait measures predict morally consequential outcomes. Conscientiousness predicts non-criminal behavior. Agreeableness predicts cooperation in prisoner’s dilemmas.
Second possibility. Stable situations drive stable behavior. People sort themselves into stable relationships, jobs, routines, and social networks. Those stable situations produce stable behavior. Person A complains a lot in his EAR data because Person A is in a marriage and a workplace where complaining is rewarded. Move Person A to a different context and the behavior changes. The 2016 paper itself flags this option.
Behavior genetics consistently finds that personality traits are 40 to 60 percent heritable. Twin studies of separated twins show substantial trait similarity. Stable situations partly cause stable behavior, but stable persons also cause both stable behavior and the selection into stable situations.
The third possibility. Lack of Character was wrong, or more accurately too strong. The 2016 paper finds what personality psychology had been finding for decades: stable individual differences in moral and morally relevant behavior, with cross-time correlations in the .4 to .7 range. Walter Mischel (1930-2018)’s famous .30 ceiling was always misread; once you aggregate across multiple observations and use reliable measures, cross-situational consistency runs much higher. Seymour Epstein (1924-2016) made this point in 1979 and 1980, and the 2016 EAR paper cites him directly. The Big Five trait literature had robust evidence of stable, partly heritable, behaviorally consequential traits long before Lack of Character was published. The book underweighted that literature.
This is, I think, closest to the truth. The personality-psychology tradition (Raymond Cattell (1905-1998), Hans Eysenck (1916-1997), Paul Costa (b. 1942) and Robert McCrae (b. 1949), the Big Five, behavior genetics, longitudinal studies of trait stability) was established when Doris wrote Lack of Character. The book leaned on the Mischel-Hartshorne-May-Milgram-Darley-Batson lineage and underweighted the trait tradition. The Mischel ceiling was treated as decisive when it was already contested. The 2016 EAR paper is consistent with what personality psychologists had long maintained. Doris’s coauthors on the 2016 paper (Simine Vazire (b. 1979), Matthias Mehl, Joshua Jackson, Kathryn Bollich) are personality psychologists, not social psychologists. The collaboration is a quiet defection from the social-psychology framework that produced Lack of Character.
Doris worked inside a social-psychology-vs-personality-psychology fight that personality psychology won by the 2010s. The Big Five literature, behavior genetics, longitudinal studies, and aggregated-measure consistency findings established that personality traits are stable, partly heritable, and behaviorally consequential. Lack of Character was a strong statement of the social-psychology side at the moment when that side was already losing. By 2015 (Talking to Our Selves), Doris had moved to valuationism, which is compatible with stable values producing stable behavior, a softer and more trait-friendly position. By 2016 he is coauthoring papers with personality psychologists finding stable individual differences in moral behavior. The trajectory is from strong situationism toward moderate trait theory without an explicit retraction.
The 2002 book and the 2016 paper are looking at the same phenomenon at different methodological depths. Person A consistently complains more, criticizes more, blames more, and is less sympathetic than Person B across time and across situations. That is what personality psychologists call low Agreeableness. It is partly heritable, partly developmental, partly situational, and substantially stable. Whether you call it “character” depends on how you want to use the word. Doris in 2002 wanted the word reserved for the strong virtue-ethics sense and denied that anything answered to it. Doris in 2016 finds that something less ambitious does answer to most of what people meant when they used the word.
The honest reconciliation: Lack of Character was right about the strong virtue-ethics conception of character (the sage who is wise and virtuous in all things), wrong about the moderate personality-psychology conception (people differ stably in trait-relevant behavior). The 2016 paper provides data for the moderate position. Doris has moved without saying so, which is his most cautious option but not his most candid one.
The deeper question is why the move stayed implicit. Lack of Character made Doris’s reputation. Retracting or substantially softening the position would cost him status in the intellectual coalition that made him. Updating quietly is the move that preserves both the new findings and the old reputation. That is the sociology of how academic positions evolve. It is not unique to Doris, but it is visible in his case.
The most important update is Character Trouble. The book reprints Doris’s older essays alongside two long new pieces. The crucial new piece is “The Future of Character” (pages 189-258), where Doris reassesses the empirical evidence and softens his position in ways the 2002 Doris would not have.
Three changes are visible.
First, the label. Doris drops “situationism” for “character skepticism.” The Duke Philosophical Review reviewer notes the change and observes that he “hews closely to the original thesis,” so the substance is partly preserved while the framing softens. Character skepticism is the view that few people have stable virtues, not that no one does. Situationism was the view that situations swamp dispositions. The first claim is an empirical-distributional point about how many virtuous people there are. The second is a structural point about how behavior is determined. Doris has retreated from the second to the first.
Second, the concession on virtue. Doris now writes that he “does not rule out the possibility of some number of virtuous people” and is “happy to grant that for the truly exceptional few, it may be the case that good character forms an impermeable bulwark against extreme wrongdoing.” That is a concession the 2002 book did not make. Lack of Character attacked the entire Aristotelian research program. The 2022 Doris allows that the program may be right about the rare exceptional case while wrong about general distribution. This is closer to Christian Miller (b. 1971)’s rarity thesis, which Miller had proposed against Doris years earlier, than to the original situationist position.
Third, the new central argument. Felipe Romero’s 2025 Philosophia review identifies what he calls the “disproportion thesis” as the strongest line in the updated view. The claim is that personality variables exert less influence on cross-situational behavior than people intuitively expect, and situational variables more. The argument turns on Cohen’s effect-size benchmarks: the personality coefficient (r ≤ .3) is conventionally small to medium, and Doris reads this as evidence that traits do less work than virtue ethics requires. This argument is weaker than the Lack of Character claim that traits don’t exist at all. It concedes that traits are stable while disputing whether they are strong enough to ground virtue-ethical theorizing.
The companion essay in the same book, “Making Good: Virtues, Skills, and Performance Science” (pages 162-188), develops the skill analogy. Moral improvement looks like skill acquisition: practice, deliberate training, expert performance, regression under pressure. This framing allows for stable individual differences in moral skill (something virtue-like) without committing to Aristotle’s substantive theory of virtue. It is a way of having the moral psychology of cultivated character without endorsing the philosophical anthropology behind it.

The Oxford Handbook of Moral Psychology (2022)

The chapter “Situationism, Moral Improvement, and Moral Responsibility” is the most disciplined statement of the situationist position I’ve seen. It’s a long way from the My Lai paper, and the difference matters. The authors lay out three things in turn: the descriptive claim about character, the prescriptive program of situational management, and the implications for responsibility. They’re careful not to collapse these into each other, and they’re honest about where the strongest moves are and aren’t. That alone makes the chapter better than the My Lai paper.
The strongest move is the effect-size argument. Even if specific studies don’t replicate, the broader fact stands: personality-behavior correlations across psychology rarely exceed .3, with .15 falling below the threshold of casual observation. That bound is independent of any particular experiment. So the descriptive claim, that character has less influence on behavior than common sense supposes, survives the replication crisis. Ahadi and Diener’s quoted line is correct: expecting any psychological variable to correlate with behavior at .5 or above is to deny the complexity of human conduct. This is the empirical foundation the position rests on, and it holds.
The chapter is also fair to opponents. Local trait theory, mixed traits (Miller), CAPS-based approaches (Snow, Russell), socially sustained virtue (Merritt, Pettit), Aristotelian traditionalism (Annas, b. 1946) — each gets a charitable hearing, then a quiet diagnosis of where it falls short. This is good philosophical practice and rare in handbook chapters. The conclusion that both inner states and outer behavior matter, and that the work of moral psychology is to develop accounts of how the two interact, is a sensible synthesis.
The skill analogy section is where the chapter’s honesty starts to cut against its own program. The authors note that 10,000 hours of deliberate practice explains 34% of variance in chess and 4% in education. They note that pattern-recognition skills don’t transfer between domains. They note that implementation intentions become brittle when generalized. They note that talent has a substantial genetic component and that some people may simply be barred from virtue the way most of us are barred from playing professional basketball. They draw the consequence as the Lotta-Little Principle: many small effects, no big ones, optimism bounded.
If the best skill domain we have, chess, has 66% of variance unexplained by practice, and education has 96% unexplained by practice, then moral improvement programs are probably fighting against odds that no amount of effort can fully overcome. The chapter draws a counsel of bounded optimism. The honest conclusion looks closer to bounded fatalism. Most people will never become virtuous. Those who do will be virtuous in narrow domains. The original prescriptive situationist program (focus on situations and institutions, not personal cultivation) starts looking less like a controversial recommendation and more like the only thing left.
The responsibility section is more interesting and also more evasive. The two camps, reasons-responsiveness and self-expression, both face the situationist threat. The chapter offers the standard rescue: distinguish possession of a capacity from its exercise. An agent who has the rational capacity but fails to exercise it is still responsible, because possession suffices. This is a sound philosophical move and lets us preserve responsibility practices.
But it sits awkwardly with the 2007 My Lai paper, which Doris coauthored. There the argument was that combat conditions strip normative competence to such a degree that perpetrators are not morally responsible. Here the argument is that situational pressures might disrupt the exercise of a capacity an agent still possesses, in which case the agent is responsible after all. These two positions cannot both be right. Either the capacity is degraded to the point of absence (My Lai), or it’s preserved while exercise is disrupted (chapter 32). The chapter authors gesture at “highly localized impairments of capacity” as a middle path, but the move is unstable. If capacities can be selectively impaired by situations, then a sufficiently severe situation produces a capacity-absence indistinguishable from My Lai’s claim. If the impairment is just a failure to exercise, then My Lai’s perpetrators were responsible. The chapter doesn’t reconcile its own internal tension on this.
Doris’s collaborativist account argues that values are not a stable inner nugget. They’re constructed forward-looking through social and collaborative reasoning. Responsibility is grounded in the agent’s binding herself to explain, justify, and be called to account on the basis of those values. This is a significant departure from Frankfurt (1929-2023) and Watson, and it has the merit of fitting better with the empirical evidence on confabulation and self-deception.
The trouble is that it relocates rather than solves the problem. If values are constructed dialogically, then the question is which dialogues count, which interlocutors count, and what counts as binding oneself. The chapter calls this “exterior scaffolding” but doesn’t say much about who builds it or on what authority. This is the same difficulty the original prescriptive program had: situational management requires a manager, and the question is who. Doris’s earlier work pushed this responsibility up to commanders and policymakers. The collaborativist view pushes it onto social environments more broadly. In each case the locus of responsibility recedes further from the agent and never quite lands anywhere.
Throughout, the operative meta-philosophical commitment is psychological realism: moral theories that posit psychologically unrealistic agents are inadequate. This is the lever that lets situationist findings have philosophical force. But the commitment is doing a lot of work and never gets defended. An ideal theory of virtue might describe what we should be aiming for, not what we manage to be. Aristotle (384-322 BC) thought few people would attain virtue. The Christian tradition thought all of us fall short. The Stoics thought the sage was vanishingly rare. None of these traditions worried that their virtue theories described unrealistic psychologies. They described psychologies most of us don’t have because most of us aren’t trying hard enough or weren’t trained right. The chapter assumes that any descriptively inadequate theory is a normatively inadequate theory. That assumption is the chapter’s foundation, and it’s never argued for.
The closing notes on Rudy-Hiller and Piovarchy are the most provocative bits, mentioned and dropped. If responsibility is a rare achievement and most of us lack standing to blame others, then much of moral discourse is unwarranted hypocrisy. That conclusion fits the chapter’s premises better than the chapter acknowledges. The authors flag it and move on. A more honest situationism would press it.

The Four Questions

Who does he rely on for status, income, and protection? Doris holds a named professorship split between a philosophy department and a business school at Cornell, which means he serves two masters simultaneously. The Sage School of Philosophy gives him disciplinary legitimacy and protects him from the charge that he has sold out to applied ethics. The SC Johnson College of Business gives him institutional resources, a wider audience, and the kind of relevance that pure philosophy departments rarely offer. Beyond Cornell, his status depends on the interdisciplinary moral psychology network he helped build, the Society for Philosophy and Psychology, the Moral Psychology Research Group, and the Oxford handbook apparatus. These communities need him to remain a credible critic of virtue ethics without becoming so radical that he embarrasses the enterprise. The Templeton World Charity Foundation has also funded his work, which matters. Templeton money flows toward research that takes moral improvement seriously as a genuine possibility.
Who does he need to attract or retain as allies? He needs philosophers who take empirical psychology seriously but do not want to dissolve their discipline into neuroscience. He needs psychologists who welcome philosophical collaboration but retain their own methodological authority. He needs business school colleagues and organizational behavior researchers who want ethical frameworks grounded in how people actually behave rather than how they should. He needs grant-making bodies, Templeton above all, that fund moral psychology as a constructive rather than merely destructive project.
What beliefs and signals mark membership in his coalition? Commitment to empirical constraint on ethical theory. Skepticism of “armchair” moral psychology. Respect for the experimental record even when it embarrasses philosophical intuition. A preserved but modest account of moral responsibility, enough to keep the conversation going without collapsing into determinism. Optimism about moral improvement understood as situation design rather than character cultivation. And a tone that reads as intellectually serious rather than politically motivated. Doris signals constantly that he is not trying to excuse bad behavior or undermine accountability. He is trying to get the science right.
What would he have to give up if he changed his public position? If he went full eliminativist and said character is essentially an illusion, he would lose the philosophers who need some account of agency to preserve their subject matter. If he abandoned situationism and conceded that robust traits do most of the explanatory work, he would lose the psychologists and organizational researchers who built careers on his framework and would have to repudiate his own most influential book. If he turned sharply against the “nudge” and situation-design apparatus his work feeds, he would lose the policy and business school adjacency that gives him relevance beyond philosophy. And if he gave Templeton reason to believe he had become a moral nihilist, the funding would follow a different project.

The CV

The 2019 move is the headline of this CV. Doris left Wash U’s Philosophy-Neuroscience-Psychology program for Cornell’s Dyson School of Applied Economics and Management. The Sage School of Philosophy gets only a courtesy appointment. His home is the business school. The chair title, Peter L. Dyson Professor of Ethics in Organizations and Life, tells you the orientation. The Cornell teaching menu confirms it: Ethics in Business and Organizations, Sports as Society, Organizational Failure, Ethics and Corporate Culture. Almost no traditional moral philosophy.
His thesis travels because it suits b-school taste. Character skepticism says situations drive behavior more than personality does. The management implication writes itself: design better organizations, not better people. A philosopher who tells the business school what it wants to hear about character earns an endowed chair.
The Milgram defense stands out. Gina Perry’s archival work and methodological challenges damaged the canonical reading of the obedience experiments. Doris pushed back in Scientific American (Sept 2024) and Philosophia Scientiae (2024). In May 2025 he co-authored a Nature piece attacking social priming research. He is a selective skeptic. Famous experiments that support his situationist frame get defended. Famous experiments that don’t get treated as cautionary tales.
Templeton funds virtue-friendly, religion-friendly work as a rule. Doris built his career arguing against the explanatory power of virtue. That a character skeptic pulls Templeton money suggests his skepticism is calibrated. He attacks robust trait psychology without attacking moral seriousness, virtue talk, or the value of the field. Templeton can fund the platform without endorsing the deflationary thesis.
Then the karate. He has taught Okinawan Karate as a physical education course at UC Santa Cruz, Wash U, and Cornell. A character skeptic teaches martial arts, a discipline built on the claim that repeated training shapes a man. The contradiction sits there for three decades. Nobody asks about it.
The funding portfolio is elite humanities: NEH four times, Princeton’s University Center for Human Values twice, the National Humanities Center twice, ACLS, CASBS (declined). Few philosophers raise that kind of money. Doris reads as humanities-respectable while doing work that looks like social science from a different angle.
The Stich alliance shapes the field. Doris co-authors with Stephen Stich on the Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy entry on empirical altruism across multiple editions. He edited The Moral Psychology Handbook with a collective called The Moral Psychology Research Group. He co-edited The Oxford Handbook of Moral Psychology with Manuel Vargas. The handbook strategy builds permanent infrastructure that gives the contributors collective authority and a citation pipeline. Add Edouard Machery and Shaun Nichols, and you have the experimental philosophy and empirical moral psychology coalition that built itself a journal presence, a handbook tradition, and an encyclopedia foothold.
The next book is timed well. Reasonable Doubt: Rethinking Trust in Science by Edouard Machery and John M. Doris. This book argues against blanket trust in scientific findings, drawing on the replication crisis and the social organization of research. Princeton, 2027. Science skepticism is the live cultural argument. A character skeptic extending into science skepticism is a coherent brand move. The same epistemic posture (don’t trust the surface story, look at the situation that produces the result) applied to a new target.
Doris writes often on military ethics. West Point, the Naval Academy, the My Lai and Abu Ghraib essay with Dominic Murphy, military misconduct in Military Psychology, and the Journal of Military Ethics. Situationism explains atrocity in the way the military prefers to hear it: ordinary men in extraordinary settings, not evil people. The message sells where the goal is training against the situation rather than screening for character.
The whole CV reads as a man who found the right thesis early (1998 Noûs paper, 2002 book) and rode it into ever-better institutional positions by selling it to audiences for whom it solved a problem. Philosophers got an empirical attack on virtue ethics. Business schools got an argument for organizational design over hiring screens. Military ethicists got an explanation for atrocity that does not condemn the troops. Templeton got a serious moral psychologist whose skepticism stays inside the field rather than dissolving it. The karate is the part that does not fit the story.

Interaction Rituals Chains by Randall Collins

Doris’s emotional energy flows from a specific set of face-to-face encounters: the moral psychology conferences, the interdisciplinary workshops, the Oxford handbook editing sessions, the Society for Philosophy and Psychology annual meetings. These rituals produce the solidarity symbols, the shared intellectual vocabulary, the sense of being at the center of something important. His status depends on remaining a high-emotional-energy node in those networks, the person whose presence at a conference signals that the enterprise is serious.

Doris needs people who will keep showing up to the same rituals, keep citing the same texts, keep producing the shared focus that makes the moral psychology enterprise feel like a movement rather than a collection of isolated papers. He needs graduate students who absorb the framework with enough enthusiasm to transmit it. He needs senior figures like his dissertation committee mentors who lent him legitimacy early and whose reflected status he still carries. He needs the Templeton program officers who attend the right conferences and come away feeling that the money is going somewhere real.

The phrases “situationist challenge,” “robust traits,” “local trait,” “collaborativist agency” mark the in-group. You signal membership by knowing which experiments matter, by citing Milgram and Darley and Batson in the right register, by treating Aristotle with respectful criticism rather than dismissal or reverence.

If Doris said something that cost him his position, it is not just that Doris would lose grants or citations. He would lose access to the interaction ritual chains that generate his emotional energy. The conferences would stop feeling like home. The workshops would produce a different kind of attention, skeptical rather than generative. The graduate students would orient toward someone else. Collins argues that people do not abandon their coalition positions primarily because of argument. They abandon them when the ritual chains that sustain those positions stop producing emotional energy, when the meetings feel flat, when the solidarity symbols lose their charge, when the focused attention disperses.

Doris’s collaborativist account of agency says that people act well not through inner virtue but through embeddedness in supporting systems. His intellectual productivity, his sustained engagement with these questions over decades, his willingness to revise without capitulating, none of that flows from some stable inner character. It flows from the interaction ritual chains that have surrounded and sustained him since Michigan. Remove the chains and you do not get a purer, more autonomous Doris. You get a different person entirely, or no philosopher at all.

Alliance Theory

John M. Doris’s career sits at the intersection of academic philosophy and empirical psychology. His work deploys experimental findings from social psychology to attack a specific tradition in moral philosophy, and the attack serves specific coalition interests inside both the philosophy profession and the broader empirically-minded intellectual formation that has gained ground over the last quarter century. The standard treatments read him as the philosopher who drew on situationist social psychology to argue against Aristotelian virtue ethics in Lack of Character, who extended the argument into questions of moral responsibility and agency in Talking to Our Selves, who has held positions at Washington University in St. Louis and now Cornell, and who has served as a senior figure in the moral psychology subfield that bridges philosophy and experimental psychology. The Alliance Theory reading organizes these descriptions by identifying the specific coalitions Doris serves, the rival coalitions his work opposes, the propagandistic biases that operate across his output, and the truths his coalition position permits him to raise versus the ones it makes difficult to raise.
The primary coalition Doris serves is the empirical philosophy formation, sometimes called experimental philosophy when its methods are most explicit, that emerged in academic philosophy during the 1990s and 2000s. The formation argues that philosophical claims about human cognition, moral judgment, responsibility, and agency should be constrained or revised by relevant empirical findings from psychology, neuroscience, and behavioral economics. The formation has specific institutional features. It has its own journals (Review of Philosophy and Psychology, Philosophical Psychology). It has its own conferences. It has its own tenure lines at specific departments that hired into the field. It has its own intellectual ancestors whose work it claims (Quine’s naturalism, the later work of philosophers like Daniel Dennett who bridged philosophy and cognitive science). It has specific senior figures who have served as coalition builders: Doris himself, Shaun Nichols, Stephen Stich, Joshua Knobe, Edouard Machery, Fiery Cushman, Joshua Greene in his philosophy-adjacent work. The coalition has competed for departmental resources, journal space, and intellectual legitimacy against other philosophical coalitions: the analytic metaphysics tradition, the conceptual analysis tradition, the history of philosophy specialists, the continental philosophy community, and specific subfield coalitions in ethics and political philosophy that treat philosophical method as largely independent of empirical findings.
Doris’s specific position inside this coalition is a senior figure. He trained at the right schools. He published in the right journals. He held appointments at the right departments. His first book, Lack of CharacterLack of Character, was widely cited both inside and outside philosophy and established him as a major figure in moral psychology. His second book, Talking to Our Selves, extended the coalition’s reach into questions of responsibility and agency. His edited volumes and collaborative work have helped build the infrastructure the coalition needs. His Cornell appointment reflects the coalition’s success in placing senior figures at elite institutions. The coalition values him both for his specific contributions and for the institutional legitimacy his presence confers on the broader project.
Pinsof’s four criteria unpack the coalition.
Similarity operates through specific markers. PhD from a strong analytic philosophy program, preferably one with moral psychology or philosophy of mind strengths. Publications in the top philosophy journals and in the specific interdisciplinary venues the coalition has built. Fluency in the specific vocabulary the coalition uses: situationist, character skeptic, experimental philosophy, cognitive science of X, empirically informed, moral psychology proper. Familiarity with the empirical literatures the coalition draws on: social psychology’s situationist tradition (Milgram, Zimbardo, Isen, Darley and Batson), the heuristics and biases tradition (Kahneman, Tversky), the moral psychology experimental literature (Haidt, Greene, Knobe). Appropriate hostility toward rival philosophical formations that treat empirical findings as marginal to philosophical analysis. Doris displays all the markers.
Transitivity clusters him with specific allies. Stephen Stich as a senior figure whose work overlaps with Doris’s across multiple projects. Shaun Nichols as a methodological ally. Joshua Knobe as the most visible experimental philosophy figure. Edouard Machery as a French-speaking bridge into European empirical philosophy. The cluster has specific rivals: the Aristotelian virtue ethics tradition that Lack of Character attacked, represented by figures like Rosalind Hursthouse, Julia Annas, and the broader neo-Aristotelian revival; the analytic metaphysics tradition that treats philosophy as largely independent of empirical findings; the conceptual analysis tradition that predated and competed with the experimental philosophy movement; specific continental figures whose approaches the coalition dismisses as methodologically unserious.
Interdependence runs through the institutional economy. Doris supplies the coalition with senior scholarship, public-facing work, institutional leadership, and the specific credibility his Cornell appointment confers. The coalition supplies Doris with platforms, collaborators, students who extend the work, journal placements, and the professional rewards that flow to senior coalition figures. The interdependence is direct. His career and the coalition’s consolidation are tied at many points.
Stochasticity applies in specific ways that matter. The experimental philosophy coalition did not have to consolidate in its current form. Had the cognitive science revolution not produced the specific methodological tools the coalition now uses, had particular departments not hired into the field during the critical period, had specific senior figures like Stich and Doris not pushed the coalition’s institutional consolidation, the formation might have remained a smaller sub-specialty rather than the major coalition it has become. The consolidation reflected contingent institutional developments that could have gone differently. Doris’s career has benefited from the consolidation. A different sequence of institutional developments would have produced a different career.
The three propagandistic biases run through Doris’s work in identifiable ways.
Lack of Character argues that situationist findings in social psychology show character traits are not the robust explanatory entities virtue ethics requires. The Milgram experiments show that situational pressure produces obedience regardless of the agent’s standing dispositions. The Darley and Batson seminary-student study shows that hurry overrides moral commitments to help others in distress. The Isen and Levin good-Samaritan study shows that finding a dime in a phone booth predicts helpful behavior better than stable character traits. The Zimbardo prison experiment shows that roles override character. The cumulative finding is that situations dominate character in predicting behavior. Therefore virtue ethics, which depends on stable character traits for its theoretical apparatus, is empirically undermined. Therefore moral philosophy should move away from virtue-theoretic approaches toward frameworks that do not require the empirically-doubtful character construct.
Lack of Character serves specific coalition interests and that the specific framings Doris uses display coalition-rational asymmetries.
The coalition Doris serves has had ongoing competition with neo-Aristotelian virtue ethics since the 1980s. Virtue ethics had enjoyed a substantial revival through Alasdair MacIntyre, Philippa Foot, Rosalind Hursthouse, and others who had argued that the analytic ethical tradition had made a specific wrong turn when it abandoned Aristotelian categories. The revival had produced substantial academic infrastructure: journals, conferences, book series, departmental hires. The revival was a rival coalition that had been winning intellectual ground. Lack of Character was a direct hit on this rival coalition, deploying the empirical authority of social psychology to argue that the rival coalition’s theoretical apparatus was empirically unsupportable. The book functioned as coalition warfare even as it operated at the level of philosophical argument.
The situationist findings Doris cites are treated as robust empirical foundations for the theoretical critique. The more recent replication failures in social psychology, including several of the specific studies Doris cited most centrally, have not produced corresponding retractions or revisions in Doris’s position. The Isen and Levin dime-in-the-phone-booth study has not replicated at the effect sizes originally reported. Some Milgram-replication work has complicated the original interpretations of the classic findings. The Zimbardo prison study has been extensively criticized on methodological grounds and its status as scientific evidence has declined substantially. The situationist social psychology literature that Doris’s argument depends on is not the same literature today that it was when Lack of Character was written.
A symmetric analyst would expect Doris to have substantially revised the argument in response to these developments. He has acknowledged some of the empirical complications in later work, but the structural argument has not been retracted or substantially weakened. The asymmetry is coalition-rational. Substantially weakening the argument would damage the coalition’s position against virtue ethics and against the broader tradition that treats character as an important moral category. Maintaining the argument, with selective acknowledgment of complications, preserves the coalition victory while managing the intellectual damage. Pinsof’s framework predicts this asymmetric treatment of supporting versus undermining evidence, and Doris’s trajectory supplies it.
Talking to Our Selves extends the coalition’s reach into the territory of agency and responsibility. The book argues that the Socratic ideal of self-knowledge underlying much contemporary moral philosophy is empirically unsupported by what cognitive science tells us about introspection, self-narrative, and the opacity of our own cognitive processes. The argument draws on literatures from cognitive psychology, social psychology, and philosophy of mind to claim that we are much worse at knowing our own reasons for action than philosophical accounts of responsibility have assumed. Therefore responsibility attributions should be reconfigured to accommodate this cognitive reality, and traditional philosophical accounts that require robust self-knowledge should be revised or abandoned.
The rival coalition includes most of the responsibility literature in Anglo-American philosophy, the existentialist tradition in continental philosophy, and the therapeutic and religious traditions that treat self-knowledge as a difficult achievement. The book’s function is to establish the experimental philosophy coalition’s authority over questions that had previously been treated as proper territory for non-empirical philosophical analysis.
Perpetrator biases protect allies. When psychologists whose work supports the coalition’s arguments produce findings later complicated by failures to replicate, Doris’s treatment emphasizes the broader research program’s robustness and the specific findings’ compatibility with the coalition’s core claims. When philosophers in rival coalitions produce work that cites empirical findings in support of their own positions, Doris’s treatment applies more skeptical scrutiny to the specific findings and their interpretation. The asymmetry is consistent across the output. Specific examples include the differential treatment of social psychology findings that support situationism versus findings that support character-theoretic positions, the differential treatment of neuroscience findings that support the coalition’s account of responsibility versus findings that complicate it, and the differential treatment of philosophical arguments that draw on empirical findings in coalition-congenial versus coalition-uncongenial ways.
The bias also protects Doris from self-audit on his own methodological choices. His work has consistently selected the empirical findings that support the coalition’s philosophical positions. The selection is not random. A scholar who genuinely followed the empirical evidence without coalition preference would produce a corpus with more internal tension between findings that support and findings that complicate the coalition’s philosophical commitments. Doris’s corpus has less such tension than the underlying literature would predict. The lower tension is evidence of coalition-shaped selection. Trivers’s self-deception finding applies. Doris probably experiences his selection as following the evidence where it leads. The experience is the condition under which the coalition work operates effectively.
Victim biases appear in more muted registers in Doris’s work than in coalition-warfare writers in other formations, because his coalition is institutionally dominant in specific corners of the academy. The coalition does not need strong victim narratives because it is winning. But the bias operates in specific registers: the narrative that experimental philosophy has been marginalized by the mainstream philosophy establishment, the narrative that empirical approaches to philosophy face unjust resistance from tradition-bound colleagues, the narrative that the coalition is doing the hard interdisciplinary work that lazier philosophers avoid. Specific resistance to experimental philosophy has been documented. Specific publication and hiring obstacles have existed. The narratives exceed the specific evidence in ways that serve coalition mobilization. The coalition’s current institutional position, including Cornell appointments for senior figures like Doris, is substantial enough to complicate the underdog framing.
Attributional biases govern Doris’s treatment of philosophical arguments and findings. Arguments for coalition positions receive internal attributions for their success: they reflect rigorous engagement with the empirical evidence, methodological seriousness, intellectual honesty about the limits of armchair philosophy. Arguments against coalition positions receive external attributions when they succeed: they reflect rhetorical skill, traditional prestige that predates proper empirical scrutiny, coalition politics inside rival formations. Successes of rival coalitions receive framings that emphasize non-epistemic factors. Successes of the coalition receive framings that emphasize epistemic virtue. The asymmetry is visible once a reader knows to look for it.
The strange bedfellows inside the experimental philosophy coalition include analytic philosophers trained in formal methods alongside philosophers more comfortable with empirical psychology. It contains broadly liberal philosophers alongside specific figures whose political commitments are more heterogeneous. It contains scholars whose primary empirical interest is in moral psychology alongside scholars whose primary interest is in agency, perception, language, or other domains. It contains figures who see their work as revising philosophical tradition from within alongside figures who see it as largely replacing the tradition. It contains methodological purists who insist on experimental evidence alongside figures willing to draw on broader psychological literatures without specific experimental support.
No consistent principle unites these positions. Shared opposition to armchair-method philosophy and shared commitment to empirical constraint on philosophical claims holds the coalition together. The coalition manages its internal tensions through the standard mechanisms: emphasis on external methodological rivals, downplay of internal disagreements about specific philosophical conclusions, and maintenance of a broad coalition vocabulary that permits members to hold specific positions without forcing explicit coalition positions on those disagreements. Doris’s work contributes to the management by producing arguments broad enough to accommodate multiple coalition sub-formations while presenting the overall project as methodologically unified.
The fourth Pinsof question: what truths would Doris have to give up if his current coalition shifted? The answer is specific. His Cornell appointment depends on continued coalition recognition of the subfield he serves. His collaborators, journal editorships, and conference invitations flow through the coalition’s infrastructure. If the coalition fragmented, or if the broader philosophy profession moved away from the empirical-philosophy project, his professional position would become harder to sustain. The coalition’s strength has credentialed his specific positions as legitimate academic contributions. Loss of coalition strength would complicate the credentialing.
Pinsof’s model predicts he will not incur these costs through voluntary position change. The prediction fits the trajectory. Doris’s work has consistently moved in directions that maintain or extend the coalition’s positions, not directions that would create tension with coalition consensus. The absence of coalition-cutting conclusions in a career spanning three decades is the signature Pinsof identifies.
The specific truths Doris cannot say, without damaging his coalition position, include that the replication crisis has damaged the empirical foundations of Lack of Character more than he has acknowledged. He cannot say that the situationist-virtue-ethicist debate has been conducted with asymmetric standards of evidence that favor his coalition’s preferred conclusions. He cannot say that his own theoretical frameworks, like those of his philosophical opponents, depend on dubious empirical claims. He cannot say that the experimental philosophy movement has won more through institutional coalition-building than through winning the philosophical arguments on their merits. He cannot say that the specific alternative to virtue ethics his coalition favors, which emphasizes situation-specific moral guidance over character-based guidance, has its own unresolved theoretical and empirical problems comparable to the ones the coalition identifies in virtue ethics.
Doris is a senior figure in a subfield that consolidated during his career. His senior status reflects both his individual contributions and the coalition’s success in building institutional infrastructure. He trained younger scholars who now hold positions extending his work. His Cornell appointment signals the coalition’s arrival at elite institutional centers. A younger scholar entering the field now would find a different opportunity landscape than Doris did when he was starting. The opportunity landscape reflects coalition consolidation. Beckley’s case, analyzed earlier, showed the same pattern in international relations. The pattern generalizes across coalitions that successfully consolidate during specific periods of their members’ careers.
Rosalind Hursthouse, who represented the neo-Aristotelian virtue ethics tradition Doris attacked, occupied a senior position in that rival coalition. Her work defended virtue ethics against situationist attacks with arguments that drew on both philosophical analysis and alternative readings of the empirical literature. Her coalition had its own institutional infrastructure, its own journals, its own graduate programs. Her specific philosophical claims were not less rigorous than Doris’s. The two scholars were structural equivalents in rival coalitions, both producing serious work that served their coalitions’ positions in the ongoing competition for philosophical territory. Neither is fundamentally more independent than the other. Both are coalition scholars. The framework makes the symmetry visible. Neither coalition grants it because the granting would damage both coalitions equally.
Julia Driver at Washington University (formerly Doris’s colleague there), working on consequentialist ethics with attention to moral psychology, occupies a somewhat different position. Her work has engaged with both virtue ethics and situationist-adjacent empirical material from a consequentialist perspective. Her coalition position is distinct from Doris’s and from Hursthouse’s. The existence of multiple rival coalitions in moral philosophy is typical of mature academic fields. Each coalition produces its senior figures whose work both advances understanding and serves coalition interests.
Shaun Nichols at Cornell, Doris’s close ally and eventual departmental colleague, occupies a parallel position inside the same coalition Doris serves. Their joint work extends the coalition’s reach. Their collaborations strengthen both their individual positions and the coalition’s institutional footprint. The strong alliance between them, visible in co-authored work and joint research projects, reflects the coalition logic Pinsof’s framework predicts: transitivity produces clustering, clustering produces shared projects, shared projects produce mutual amplification.

Strange Bedfellows is the foundational Alliance Theory paper by David Pinsof (b. 1986), David O. Sears (b. 1935), and Martie Haselton (b. 1971). Its central claim is that political belief systems are not principled philosophical positions but ad hoc rationalizations that support coalition interests. People do not first hold abstract values and then choose allies who match. They first have allies and then find values that defend them. The unifying motif of any belief system is coalitional, not philosophical.
Applied to the academic war between virtue ethics and situationism, the paper offers six things.
First, it deflates the philosophical pretensions of both sides. The debate is presented in journals as a clash of empirical findings and philosophical commitments. Alliance Theory says: most of what is happening is coalition-positioning. Each side has allies to defend, rivals to attack, and propagandistic biases to deploy. The truth-claims are downstream of the coalitional alignments.
Second, it makes the strange bedfellows visible. The virtue-ethics coalition includes Catholic neo-Thomists, MacIntyrean traditionalists, character-education entrepreneurs, Christian moral psychologists like Christian Miller (b. 1971) at Wake Forest’s Templeton-funded character lab, military-ethics consultants, classical-philosophy revivalists, and self-help writers who sell cultivable virtue. The situationism coalition includes secular cognitive scientists, deep-ecology-adjacent moral psychologists like Doris, experimental philosophers, anti-essentialist progressives who use situationism against personal-responsibility framings, and social psychologists whose careers were built on the Mischel-Milgram-Darley-Batson lineage. Each coalition is internally incoherent. Religious traditionalists are not natural allies of academic Aristotelians. Marxist-influenced sociologists are not natural allies of cognitive scientists. The coalitions are alliances of convenience.
Third, it predicts the propagandistic biases each side deploys. Perpetrator biases: situationists downplay the priming-literature replication failures, downplay personality-psychology evidence, downplay the methodological problems with Milgram’s experimental setup. Virtue ethicists downplay the cases where traditional virtue formation produced cruel people, downplay the Hartshorne-May children-and-honesty findings, downplay the obvious situational factors in real-world moral failure. Victim biases: each side frames itself as the embattled defender of something important. Situationists are defending empirical rigor against woolly Aristotelianism. Virtue ethicists are defending an embattled tradition against scientism and secularism. Attributional biases: situationists attribute their opponents’ position to nostalgia, religious commitment, ignorance of psychology. Virtue ethicists attribute their opponents’ position to scientism, ideological progressivism, philosophical naivete.
Fourth, it explains the silences. Doris has not engaged the trait-personality literature as fully as the case warrants. Miller has not engaged the religious-conservative coalition that backs his Templeton-funded research. Both have reasons. Doris’s coalition is secular-liberal academic philosophy, and the trait-personality tradition is associated with behavior genetics, individual differences, and (further afield) with race-and-IQ research that the secular-liberal coalition treats as toxic. Miller’s coalition includes religious moral psychologists who would lose status if their religious framings were named as religious. The silences track coalition discipline.
Fifth, it gives the analytical foundation to run your four diagnostic questions. For Doris: the status-and-income coalition is secular-liberal academic philosophy with the Cornell Dyson chair, top journals, fellowships at Princeton and Stanford. Whom he risks angering speaking plainly: fellow situationists, the social-psychology citation network, deep-ecology friends like Doug Peacock, the experimental philosophy program. Who benefits if his framing wins: anti-Aristotelian moral psychology, secular liberal academia, the situationist research program. What truths cost him position: that personality psychology was largely right about cross-time stability of trait-relevant behavior; that priming was contaminated; that deep ecology has misanthropic strains; that Lack of Character was overstated. For Miller: status-and-income coalition is religious moral philosophy at Wake Forest, Templeton funding, character-education networks. Whom he risks angering: secular philosophers, fellow Templeton recipients, the Aristotelian establishment that backed his career. Who benefits if his framing wins: religiously-grounded character research, Aristotelian virtue ethics, the Wake Forest Beacon project. What truths cost him position: that the rarity thesis is closer to Doris’s than to Aristotle’s; that Templeton money has shaped which questions get asked; that the religious commitments behind virtue ethics deserve naming.
Sixth, it explains why the war does not end. Both coalitions have institutional bases, professional rewards, citation networks, career incentives. Resolution would require one coalition to lose, which neither will allow. Doris’s trajectory is what Alliance Theory predicts: update under data pressure, never retract publicly, preserve coalition alignment. Miller’s trajectory is similar: engage critics carefully, concede peripheral points, preserve the central religiously-grounded framing. Each side updates without losing. Each side cites itself heavily. Each treats the other’s evidence as anomalous and its own as decisive. The war continues because the coalitions continue.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

Lack of Character appeared in 2002. The response from virtue ethicists was immediate and has never stopped. Nancy Snow, Darcia Narvaez, Christian Miller, and others have spent two decades producing “trait-revival” literature arguing that the experimental evidence does not establish what Doris claims, that robust character traits exist and that situationism overreads weak findings from artificial laboratory conditions. Doris and his allies respond that the critics are motivated by prior commitment to virtue ethics and are not following the evidence. The critics respond that Doris is motivated by prior commitment to situationism and is not reading the experiments carefully. The argument goes in circles. Neither side converts the other. Both sides produce more papers.
Both sides frame the dispute as a misunderstanding about evidence. Doris says the virtue ethicists would accept situationism if they read the social psychology more carefully. The virtue ethicists say Doris would accept robust traits if he read the philosophical literature on character more carefully. Both sides maintain that more careful attention to the record would resolve things.
The virtue ethicists need robust character to exist. Their courses, their textbooks, their consulting practices, their connections to religious and educational institutions, their whole professional apparatus rests on the claim that character can be cultivated and that cultivating it matters. If Doris is right, not just partly right but substantially right, then character education is a weak technology and the institutions built around it lose their primary justification. That is not a conclusion virtue ethicists can reach by following the evidence because reaching it would dissolve the coalition that makes their professional lives possible. So they do not reach it. They find the methodological objections, the alternative interpretations, the philosophical distinctions that the evidence does not quite foreclose. Those objections are often genuinely intelligent.
The situationist research program depends on character being weak. If robust traits turned out to do most of the explanatory work after all, the entire enterprise of situation design as moral technology loses its theoretical foundation. The nudge literature loses its philosophical backing. The organizational ethics apparatus that Doris’s business school appointment plugs into loses its claim to superiority over simple virtue cultivation. So Doris’s coalition does not follow the evidence toward robust traits either. They find the methodological objections, the alternative framings, the theoretical distinctions that keep situationism viable.
As long as the dispute is framed as a disagreement about how to read Milgram or what the Darley and Batson seminarian study actually shows, both coalitions can keep arguing without acknowledging that the argument is not primarily about the studies.
Doris is unusually self-aware about coalition incentives in others. His work on self-ignorance documents how reliably people mistake their coalition-driven conclusions for truth-tracking ones. His collaborativist account of agency explains how social scaffolding shapes what people believe and why. He has the theoretical tools to see exactly what Pinsof is describing. But he does not apply those tools to the situationism debate itself, does not say in print that his own coalition’s persistence in holding situationism might be as much a function of coalition rationality as the virtue ethicists’ persistence in resisting it.
Doris presents himself as the empirical realist dragging moral philosophy into contact with data. The virtue ethicists present themselves as the philosophical careful readers correcting overreach. Both framings cast the opponent as someone who would agree if they just paid better attention. That framing serves both coalitions because it keeps the conflict in the register of ideas, where neither side has to acknowledge that they are fighting over institutional territory, over who gets to define what moral education means, over who controls the apparatus of character certification that runs through law schools and business schools and military academies and religious institutions. Moving the conflict into that register would require both sides to say things that their coalition positions make unsayable.

Charisma and Social Paradoxes

His public posture is: I did not want these conclusions. The data forced them on me. I would have preferred a tidier picture of human moral life, one where character is robust and cultivable, but the experiments say otherwise and I have no choice but to follow them. The person who presents himself as merely reading what the evidence says, without agenda, without coalition interest, without personal investment in the outcome, occupies a moral position above everyone who has a stake in the answer. Virtue ethicists have a stake. Religious institutions have a stake. Self-help culture has a stake.
The reluctant empiricist who wishes the data were different is more credible than the advocate who wanted this conclusion all along. The presentation of intellectual sacrifice, I gave up the comfortable picture because honesty required it, generates exactly the kind of trust that open status-seeking would destroy. And the concealment is probably genuine. Doris almost certainly does experience his conclusions as forced on him by evidence rather than chosen for coalition advantage. That genuineness is what makes the paradox work.
Doris’s collaborativist account of agency says that the ability to give a polished verbal account of one’s reasons is not the mark of genuine agency or superior responsibility. That is a democratic claim, a leveling of the reflective elite’s status advantage. It is delivered from a named chair at Cornell, published by Oxford University Press, certified by NEH fellowships and Templeton grants and APA prizes. The critique of the reflective elite is itself a performance of reflective elite excellence. A less credentialed critic making the same argument would be dismissed as resentment. Coming from Doris it reads as intellectual courage.
Social paradoxes work because both sender and receiver engage in inference about what the other knows and intends, and the arrangement succeeds when the strategy is concealed from both simultaneously, producing what he calls symbiotic deception. Applied to Doris’s audience, this means his readers are not passively receiving his empirical findings. They are actively inferring that he is the kind of person who would not have a coalition agenda, and that inference is what produces the experience of intellectual authority. The more fluently Doris executes the not-having-an-agenda posture, the more certain his audience becomes that no agenda is present. Both parties benefit. The audience gets an intellectual product, engagement with experimental findings, honest argument about moral psychology. Doris gets the trust and authority that accrue precisely because they are not openly solicited.
Doris is charismatic for his coalition and actively anti-charismatic for the virtue ethics coalition his work targets. For the interdisciplinary moral psychology network, his social paradoxes are legible and credible. His unpopular opinions are unpopular with the right targets. His not-having-an-agenda is believable because he has paid costs, took intellectual risk, and built a career on a contested empirical claim. His methodological seriousness reads as genuine. For the virtue ethics coalition, the same performances read differently. His empirical seriousness looks like philosophy-envy. His reluctance looks managed. His coalition-preserving pullbacks look like bad faith rather than careful reasoning.

The Tacit

John M. Doris wants to drag moral psychology into the explicit. No appeals to cultivated judgment. No reliance on what the virtuous person sees that others cannot. No Aristotelian phronesis floating above specification. Just experiments, results, replications, and conclusions any careful reader can assess. Lack of Character and Talking to Our Selves read as if moral philosophy can and should operate like good empirical science. Data-driven. Publicly checkable. Free of unarticulated insider wisdom.
The readings that drive his arguments rest on a trained perception that is not, and cannot be, fully explicit. Take the Darley and Batson Good Samaritan study. Doris sees situational pressure (the rush) overwhelming putative character. A virtue ethicist sees an artificial setup, a narrow seminarian population, and a crude behavioral measure that tells us nothing about robust traits. No algorithm decides between these readings. A formation does. A culture does. A trained eye does.
That culture was Ann Arbor in the 1990s. Richard Nisbett’s lab. The broader interdisciplinary social psychology environment at Michigan. Nisbett served as the outside reader on his dissertation and, by Doris’s own account, shaped him more than outside members usually do. He came to see social psychology experiments not as artifacts of artificial laboratory conditions but as informative about human nature. Lack of Character gives arguments. The arguments presuppose a prior, trained sense of what counts as good evidence, which effect sizes carry weight, what level of ecological validity to require, and when methodological objections are decisive rather than merely inconvenient. Two readers with different apprenticeships assess the same studies differently. Not because one reasons more rigorously. Because they have been trained to see differently.
Tacit knowledge cannot travel by rule. It requires co-presence, repeated exposure, apprenticeship to a master practitioner making real-time judgments. Situationism traveled through exactly that channel. Doris’s graduate students at Washington University in St. Louis and Cornell did not become situationists by reading the book and computing the right conclusions. They absorbed the practice in seminars, dissertation defenses, and conference hallways. Watching which counterarguments Doris took seriously. Seeing which objections he waved off. Noting which experimental designs he treated as decisive and which he found inert. The published text is the public face of a tacit transmission that happened in rooms with Doris in them.
The situationist tradition is a community of practice. Its members share stable cross-situational dispositions of interpretation. They reliably elevate situational variables. They reliably discount internalist explanations. They reliably treat ecological-validity objections as manageable rather than fatal. They reliably exercise finely tuned judgments about sample sizes, effect sizes, and methodological adequacy that no rulebook captures. Doris might reply that these are trained skills, not character traits, and that the training is in principle explicit and transmissible. Turner’s point is that it is not. The skilled reading of social psychology is exercised, not computed. A newcomer cannot apply it without long immersion in the practice community.
Doris denies robust character at the level of the individual moral agent. He presupposes robust interpretive character at the level of his own epistemic community. Without that second presupposition, the convergence claim collapses. There is no reason to expect careful readers to reach his conclusions unless their training has already disposed them to do so. The rhetoric of Lack of Character says the evidence compels assent. Turner lets us say something different. Assent is produced by training into a practice that makes certain readings feel compelling.
Apply Talking to Our Selves reflexively and the picture sharpens. Doris argues that agency is distributed across social scaffolding and environmental supports. People act effectively through embeddedness, not through transparent self-knowledge. What is the scaffolding that produces good philosophical work of the sort Doris does, and is it fully specifiable? Clearly not. Conference networks. Graduate cohorts. Templeton funding streams. The Cornell dual appointment. The Philosophy-Neuroscience-Psychology program at WashU. Peer-review pipelines. These supports function because the people embedded in them have absorbed, through long co-presence, the unwritten norms and shared perceptual habits that make the system run. The agent producing situationist philosophy is not Doris alone. It is a network. The unit of analysis is the epistemic coalition.
Once the coalition becomes the unit, the function of the text shifts. Lack of Character did not win on deductive force alone. It served as a coordination device. A Schelling point for readers already primed by their own formations to feel the pull of social psychology. The book let them recognize each other, standardize an idiom, train students in a common voice, and build the journals, handbooks, and conferences that sustain a research program. The explicit argument carried the visible banner. The tacit transmission carried the freight.
Doris’s collaborativism points toward this conclusion and stops short. If agency is distributed, so is epistemic authority. Yet Doris still writes as if the authority of his conclusions rests on their explicit, public character. Turner forces the uncomfortable completion. The authority comes from a successfully reproduced practice with stable tacit norms of judgment. The unfinished work in Doris is not a positive moral psychology to round out the negative one. It is the acknowledgment that his own evidential standards, his own sense of what the data show, are products of the same socially scaffolded, tacitly transmitted capacity he uses to dismantle virtue ethics.
That changes the character of the project. It is no longer a replacement of tacit moral judgment with explicit empirical science. It is a contest between practices, each with its own tacit core, for control over what counts as a good explanation of human behavior. Doris has given us a powerful critique of insider judgment in ethics. Turner shows us the critique cannot stand outside the tacit. The situationist demolition of the buffered, sovereign moral self rests on its own form of distributed, apprenticeship-based agency. That is not a refutation of Doris. It is the completion of his picture.

Convenient Beliefs

John M. Doris occupies a coalition position that makes his convenient beliefs legible. He sits at the joint where philosophy meets empirical psychology, with appointments running through humanities department and a business school (Olin at Washington University). His funding history includes Templeton money. His audience includes behavioral economists, policy designers, and organizational consultants who want philosophical license for the situationist program. Each of these positions sets a price on what he can afford to believe.
Turner’s question is not what Doris reasons toward but what his interactional situation makes affordable. Once you map the coalitions that feed Doris’s career, the shape of his beliefs reads as adaptation.
The first convenient belief: situationist evidence is strong enough to license philosophical conclusions. The methodological status of the experiments Lack of Character rests on has degraded. Darley and Batson’s Good Samaritan study had small samples and weak effect sizes. Isen and Levin’s dime study has replication problems. Milgram’s interpretation has been reworked. A philosopher who takes the replication crisis fully seriously has to retract, hedge, or rebuild. Doris cannot afford that. The enterprise of empirically-informed moral philosophy that he helped build rests on the assumption that the experiments deliver something solid. Treating the replication crisis as a manageable tax rather than a systemic problem keeps the project alive.
The second convenient belief: the situationist conclusion empowers the right people. If character is weak and situations drive behavior, institutional designers, organizational psychologists, and policy architects become the new moral engineers. Village priests, classical educators, and traditional moral communities become obsolete. The conclusion follows from his framework, and that conclusion aligns with the coalition that supplies his audience, his speaking invitations, and his joint appointments. Turner asks whether Doris found situationism equally compelling once he saw which coalition it empowered. The question cannot be answered. The asking is Turner’s point.
The third convenient belief: naturalism in ethics stops short of eliminativism. Doris pulls back from the conclusions Galen Strawson, Jenann Ismael, or Sam Harris draw. He keeps responsibility, agency, and moral assessment on the table, reconstructed on more modest grounds. This pullback serves a coalition function. If Doris went to full eliminativism, philosophy departments could not host him as a philosopher. Templeton might withdraw. His graduate students could not place. The reconstructive move keeps the discipline in the conversation and keeps Doris inside it.
The fourth convenient belief: the collaborative mode of empirically-informed philosophy is progressive for both fields. Doris frames psychology-philosophy integration as mutual advance. The alternative framing, that philosophy borrows authority from psychology because philosophy has lost the capacity to settle its own disputes, generates hostility from both sides. Doris consistently chooses the first.
The fifth convenient belief: confabulation theses about self-knowledge do not undermine the philosopher’s own first-person reflection. Doris argues at length that subjects confabulate explanations for their behavior. He does not extend this with full consistency to the philosopher’s own reflective endorsement of his theses. The philosopher remains the buffered observer who sees through other people’s confabulation. Applying the result to himself dissolves the standpoint from which the book is written. So the application stops at the right place.
Now flag the inconvenient beliefs Doris does hold. These are positions he takes coalition cost for, where the cost cannot be fully laundered through a different coalition’s gain.
The first inconvenient belief: virtue ethics is empirically defective at its foundation. When Doris published Lack of Character in 2002, virtue ethics had become a major school in Anglo-American moral philosophy with deep institutional support. Rosalind Hursthouse, Alasdair MacIntyre, Martha Nussbaum, Philippa Foot, and a generation of their students held power in hiring, reviewing, and editing. Doris attacked the empirical premises of the entire program. He paid for this. Hostility persisted across two decades. He did not capitulate. Career risk attached, and the behavioral economics audience could not fully insulate him from the philosophy departments that mattered for tenure cases and prestige journals.
The second inconvenient belief: ordinary character ascriptions do not survive empirical scrutiny. This cuts against ordinary moral discourse, against most ethics teaching, against parenting advice, and against the genre of character education in schools. Almost every audience Doris addresses outside his immediate coalition treats this conclusion as offensive or false. He holds the position anyway.
The third inconvenient belief: the rationalist self-understanding philosophers rely on is largely confabulated. Doris develops this in Talking to Our Selves. The book argues that men often do not know why they do what they do, that introspection runs unreliably, and that the Cartesian self of philosophical tradition is a folk-psychological artifact. This cuts against nearly every branch of philosophy, including the analytic tradition that hires him. He holds it anyway.
The fourth inconvenient belief: moral responsibility cannot be vindicated by the strategies most compatibilists deploy. Doris pulls in the skeptical direction more than the standard Frankfurt-Fischer compatibilist line allows. He sits closer to the hard side than the discipline finds comfortable. He pulls back at the edge, but the pull-back is shallower than careerism dictates.

Cultural Trauma & Watergate as Democratic Ritual

Consensus formed inside a specific carrier community, the interdisciplinary moral psychology network Doris helped build, that virtue ethics as traditionally practiced constituted a kind of armchair pollution. The pollution was perceived as threatening the center, the discipline’s self-conception as tracking truth about human agency. Institutional social control appeared in the form of journal editors, grant-making bodies, and hiring committees who began treating empirical engagement as a marker of seriousness. Differentiated elites mobilized as countercenters, the Moral Psychology Research Group, the Oxford handbook apparatus, the Society for Philosophy and Psychology, all of which provided institutional scaffolding for the new consensus. Ritual symbolic interpretation succeeded through Lack of Character itself, which performed the function of the Senate hearings in Alexander’s account: it created a liminal space in which previously unquestioned authorities, here virtue ethicists rather than Nixon’s aides, had to defend themselves against charges that reframed them from serious scholars into representatives of a discredited approach.
Doris did not win an argument. He performed a ritual that shifted the symbolic classification of a field. Virtue ethics did not lose on the evidence. It lost because a successful ritual relocated it from the sacred center of moral philosophy to the impure periphery, where its practitioners now spend their careers defending themselves against charges of empirical naïveté rather than setting the terms of debate. The ritual does not require the original events to support the symbolic weight placed on them. Watergate, Alexander insists, was empirically unremarkable in 1972. It became symbolically world-historical by 1974 through exactly the ritual process he describes. Lack of Character worked the same way. The experiments it cites cannot bear the philosophical weight Doris places on them, which is what the virtue ethicists keep pointing out.
Alexander is careful to note that modern rituals are rarely complete. His Watergate analysis tracks the 18-to-20 percent of Americans who never accepted the new classification, who continued to see Nixon as the victim of political vengeance rather than as the embodiment of pollution. The virtue ethics coalition, the Nancy Snows and Christian Millers and Darcia Narvaezes of the trait-revival literature, function as Alexander’s unconverted Nixon loyalists. They are demographically and intellectually heterogeneous but politically cohesive in their refusal to accept the new symbolic classification. They are the portion of the field whose formation in religious, Aristotelian, or classical liberal traditions gave them a rigid and narrow conception of what character means, and that formation is dense enough that no amount of situationist ritual can dislodge it.
Alexander’s cultural trauma framework specifies that traumas are not naturally occurring events. They are claims made by carrier groups through sustained symbolic work. The four components of the claim, the nature of the pain, the identity of the victim, the relation of the victim to the wider audience, and the attribution of responsibility, together constitute what Alexander calls the spiral of signification.
The nature of the pain is the moral failure of ordinary people under situational pressure. The dime-in-the-phone-booth experiments, the Milgram shocks, the seminarians stepping over the victim, all of these are rendered as evidence of a systematic wound to the self-conception of modern moral life. People are not what they think they are. Their character is not what they believe it to be. The agency they imagine themselves exercising is scaffolded by forces they do not see and cannot control.
The identity of the victim is everyone, which is what gives the claim its reach. Alexander notes that successful trauma narratives require the victim to be represented in terms of valued qualities shared by the larger collective identity. The victims of situational forces are not a marginal group but humanity itself, or at least the modern agentic subject. Every reader is a potential seminarian who would step over the distressed man. Every reader is a potential Milgram subject who would administer the shocks. The universalization of the victim category is what makes Doris’s work travel into parenting, business ethics, and policy design.
The relation of the victim to the wider audience is total identification. Readers of Lack of Character do not experience the book as describing other people’s failures. They experience it as describing their own. The identification is built into the rhetorical structure. Doris reads the experiments in the register of an empirical reluctant who wishes the findings were different, which cues readers to occupy the same position, to experience the loss of the comforting picture of stable character as their own loss.
The responsibility cannot be located in individuals, because locating it there would reinstate the character framework the trauma narrative is designed to dissolve. Responsibility has to be distributed, which is exactly what the collaborativist account of agency does. The perpetrator of the trauma is the situation itself, the unexamined environment that shapes behavior through channels invisible to the agent. It cannot be prosecuted. No individual can be held accountable for what the situations did. The only response available is situation redesign, which requires new experts, new institutions, and new authority structures.
Doris’s discursive talent is the empirical reluctant posture, the capacity to deliver a radical claim in a register of scholarly care. His institutional resources are the Cornell dual appointment, the Oxford handbook apparatus, the Templeton funding, the conference circuit. His situational opportunity was moral philosophy’s late-twentieth-century anxiety about its own empirical disconnection, which created an audience primed to receive a trauma narrative that validated empirical engagement as the path to disciplinary renewal.
Doris’s situationism treats moral failure as a universal vulnerability produced by situational forces that bypass reflective agency. But the ritual that installed situationism as the sacred framework of moral philosophy was itself a situational achievement that bypassed reflective agency in exactly the way Doris’s theory predicts. The field did not rationally assess the evidence and converge on his conclusions. It underwent a symbolic transformation in which a carrier group succeeded in reclassifying virtue ethics as polluting and situationism as pure.
Doris cannot say this about his own work without dissolving its authority. The empirical reluctant posture requires him to present his conclusions as forced by evidence rather than produced by symbolic labor. Carrier groups cannot recognize themselves as carrier groups because the recognition would interfere with the work. Doris’s theoretical tools, situationism, the collaborativist account of agency, the emphasis on unconscious processes and social scaffolding, are precisely the tools that would reveal his own career as the product of the forces he documents in others.
Watergate produced aftershocks that persisted for years, a culture of post-Watergate morality that shaped every subsequent political scandal through the template the original ritual established. The situationist trauma has done the same work in moral philosophy. Every subsequent scandal in the field, the replication crisis in social psychology, the revelations about Diederik Stapel, the ongoing debates about priming studies and ego depletion, gets processed through the framework Doris helped establish. The framework has become load-bearing for the discipline’s self-understanding in a way that makes it hard to revise even when specific claims come under pressure.

Doris Under Hugo Mercier and John M. Doris

Doris’s experimental evidence comes from situations where subjects’ vital interests were not engaged. The Good Samaritan seminarians had no vital interest in the apparent victim. The Milgram subjects had no vital interest in the confederate’s welfare. The dime-finding subjects had no vital interest in the stranger’s dropped papers. These are exactly the conditions under which Mercier predicts vigilance will not run. Subjects produce whatever behavior the situation pulls because the stakes do not activate the cognitive equipment that would produce considered moral action.
Mercier’s framework predicts Doris’s experimental results without requiring situationism to do the work. The results show what people do when vital interests are absent. They do not show that character fails across situations generally. They show that moral performance is weak when stakes are weak, which is the proportionality principle applied to moral behavior.
This is a substantial problem for Doris’s generalization. He takes stakes-absent experimental situations and generalizes to claims about moral behavior generally. Mercier’s framework says the generalization is unwarranted. Stakes-engaged moral situations should show different patterns than stakes-absent situations. The parent whose child is threatened, the soldier whose unit depends on him, the professional whose reputation tracks his specific conduct, all face moral situations where vital interests engage their vigilance and their behavior. Doris’s experimental evidence does not tell us how these cases work because the experiments deliberately constructed stakes-absent conditions.
The test of situationism would be whether cross-situational consistency holds in stakes-engaged situations. Mercier’s entire book documents that it does. Soldiers track deployment rumors reliably across barracks, mess hall, and patrol because stakes persist. Workers track layoff rumors reliably across water cooler, parking lot, and break room because stakes persist. Parents track child safety information reliably across home, school, and neighborhood because stakes persist. These are not dispositional stability stories. They are stakes-stability stories. Where stakes persist, behaviors persist.
Doris’s situationism taken broadly predicts these consistencies should not exist. They do exist. Mercier documents them extensively. Doris’s framework has to be narrowed to stakes-absent situations to be compatible with Mercier’s evidence. The narrowed framework is much less ambitious than the framework Doris actually defends.
Take the specific experimental design issue. Good Samaritan subjects were seminarians hurrying to give talks. Darley and Batson told half of them they were late. The late ones walked past the apparent victim more often than the unhurried ones. Doris reads this as evidence that situational pressure overrides moral commitment.
Mercier’s framework reads it differently. Seminarians have no vital interest in an apparent stranger’s welfare. The speaking engagement imposes some stake on being punctual. The stranger imposes essentially no stake. When two low-stake considerations compete, minor situational pressure tips the outcome. The experiment tells us what people do when nothing operationally matters. It does not tell us what people do when something operationally matters.
If the same seminarians encountered their own child collapsed on the path, the late condition would not override their stopping. Stakes would engage vigilance and behavior in ways the experiment’s setup deliberately prevented. Doris’s framework cannot make this distinction because his framework treats the experimental results as evidence about moral behavior generally. Mercier’s proportionality principle says the experimental results are evidence about stakes-absent moral behavior, which is a different and much narrower thing.
Take the Milgram studies. Subjects administered shocks to a confederate they had no operational stakes in. The experimental setup deliberately engineered the subjects’ lack of real stake: the confederate was a stranger, the shocks were presented as serving scientific research, the authority of the experimenter substituted for the subjects’ own vigilance. Mercier’s framework predicts exactly this outcome. Where subjects have no vital interest and where an apparent authority substitutes its judgment for theirs, people comply because their own vigilance is not engaged.
Change the stakes and the results change. Subjects told to shock their own children would not comply. Subjects whose own lives depended on getting the shock administration right would evaluate the situation differently. The Milgram studies show what happens when experimental design strips away the stakes that would normally activate vigilance. They do not show that moral character generally fails under situational pressure.
Doris’s framework takes the stripped-stakes experimental outputs and generalizes them. Mercier’s proportionality principle makes the generalization illegitimate.
Take the replication issue. The priming effects that supported extensions of situationism beyond the classic studies were exactly the kinds of findings Mercier’s framework would predict should be weak. Subliminal primes, brief mood manipulations, subtle contextual cues. These are supposed to produce behavioral changes that overwhelm what subjects would otherwise do. Mercier’s framework predicts that vigilance-engaged subjects should resist such manipulations. The replication crisis has shown that the effects are much smaller than the original studies suggested. The smallness is what Mercier’s framework predicts.
Doris built a framework on evidence from stakes-absent experimental situations and generalized to claims about moral behavior generally. Mercier’s proportionality principle says the generalization is wrong in a specific way. Moral behavior in stakes-engaged situations looks different from moral behavior in stakes-absent situations. Virtue ethics, properly understood, concerns stakes-engaged situations where communities have invested in tracking specific behaviors and where individuals have invested in specific reputations. The laboratory evidence does not reach these cases. The evidence Doris generalizes from is specifically about the cases where stakes-driven vigilance is absent.
The Doris situationist literature therefore has a specific structural problem. It cannot reach the cases virtue ethics actually addresses because the experimental evidence is not about those cases. The experiments studied something, but what they studied was stakes-absent behavior, not behavior generally. Mercier’s framework makes this visible in a way Doris’s framework cannot see because Doris does not have a proportionality principle for how vigilance gets deployed.

The Great Delusion

In his 2018 book, The Great Delusion: Liberal Dreams and International Realities, John J. Mearsheimer wrote:

My view is that we are profoundly social beings from the start to the finish of our lives and that individualism is of secondary importance… Liberalism downplays the social nature of human beings to the point of almost ignoring it, instead treating people largely as atomistic actors… Political liberalism… is an ideology that is individualistic at its core and assigns great importance to the concept of inalienable rights. This concern for rights is the basis of its universalism—everyone on the planet has the same inherent set of rights—and this is what motivates liberal states to pursue ambitious foreign policies. The public and scholarly discourse about liberalism since World War II has placed enormous emphasis on what are commonly called human rights. This is true all around the world, not just in the West. “Human rights,” Samuel Moyn notes, “have come to define the most elevated aspirations of both social movements and political entities—state and interstate. They evoke hope and provoke action.”
[Humans] do not operate as lone wolves but are born into social groups or societies that shape their identities well before they can assert their individualism. Moreover, individuals usually develop strong attachments to their group and are sometimes willing to make great sacrifices for their fellow members. Humans are often said to be tribal at their core. The main reason for our social nature is that the best way for a person to survive is to be embedded in a society and to cooperate with fellow members rather than act alone… Despite its elevated ranking, reason is the least important of the three ways we determine our preferences. It certainly is less important than socialization. The main reason socialization matters so much is that humans have a long childhood in which they are protected and nurtured by their families and the surrounding society, and meanwhile exposed to intense socialization. At the same time, they are only beginning to develop their critical faculties, so they are not equipped to think for themselves. By the time an individual reaches the point where his reasoning skills are well developed, his family and society have already imposed an enormous value infusion on him. Moreover, that individual is born with innate sentiments that also strongly influence how he thinks about the world around him. All of this means that people have limited choice in formulating a moral code, because so much of their thinking about right and wrong comes from inborn attitudes and socialization.

Mearsheimer and Doris occupy adjacent territory and arrive there from opposite directions. Both reject the buffered individual that liberal theory presupposes. Doris reaches that rejection through psychology. Mearsheimer reaches it through anthropology and politics. The difference reshapes what Doris’s project amounts to.
Doris’s situationism in Lack of Character argues that character traits do not predict behavior across contexts. Tiny situational variables (a few cents found on a copier, a few minutes of time pressure) produce large behavioral differences. Doris draws the deflationary conclusion: virtue ethics and folk psychology of character rest on a fiction. Behavior tracks situations, not stable inner traits.
If Mearsheimer is right, the situations Doris invokes are not neutral. They are saturated with group-derived meaning. Milgram’s authority experiments work because subjects have been socialized into deference patterns long before they enter the lab. The Good Samaritan study works because helping behavior runs through religious and cultural scripts about what a stranger in distress means. Doris treats the situation as the explanans. Mearsheimer treats it as a derivative phenomenon: the situation triggers responses already laid down by socialization. Doris’s local variables become carriers of deep tribal pattern.
This does not refute Doris. It reframes him. The character trait the lab fails to detect was never the basic causal unit. Neither, however, is the situation. The basic unit is the socialized group member responding to cues that carry group-coded meaning. Doris’s empirical findings survive. His causal story does not.
The deeper problem appears in Talking to Our Selves (2015). There Doris argues that we lack the reflective access traditional accounts of moral responsibility require. Our reasons are confabulated after the fact. Our deliberation does not do the work we think it does. He rescues agency by relocating it in our values rather than in conscious deliberation. Acting from your values counts as agency even if you cannot give a transparent account of why.
Mearsheimer has a sharp question for this rescue. Where do the values come from? Doris points toward developmental processes, social learning, the shaped self. Mearsheimer’s answer cuts harder. The values are mostly the group’s. The long childhood, the value infusion, the innate sentiments shaped by tribal life: these produce what Doris calls your values. Calling them yours is a courtesy. They are the group’s deposit in you.
If that holds, Doris’s rescue of agency saves the word but loses the thing. The values Doris locates agency in are not the individual’s contribution. They are what the group made the individual into. The buffered self has retreated one more step, but it has not arrived anywhere it can stand.
Doris asks whether individuals have the agency moral responsibility requires. The question takes the individual as the unit and asks how much agency he has. Mearsheimer rejects the starting point. The proper unit is the group. Individual agency follows as a derivative phenomenon, sometimes useful as an idealization, often misleading as an explanation. From this angle Doris’s project keeps the wrong question alive even as it gives skeptical answers.
Doris’s recent work gestures toward more social and developmental accounts of agency. He has not stayed where Lack of Character left him. The gesture stops short of the Mearsheimer position. Doris still treats the social as input to the individual. Mearsheimer treats the individual as output of the social. The directionality changes everything.
The implication for Doris’s broader program is unwelcome but clarifying. His critique of folk character psychology lands. His critique of reflective agency lands. What he then offers as a chastened account of individual moral life cannot do the work he wants done. The individual whose agency he tries to rescue is too thin a thing to bear the rescue. If Mearsheimer is right, moral psychology has to start with the group, the long socialization, and the tribal pattern, and only then ask what room is left for the individual. Doris starts at the other end and arrives at a self too hollowed out to occupy.
The shorter version: Doris saw that the buffered self was a fiction at the psychological level. Mearsheimer sees that it is also a fiction at the social level. Doris’s deflation does not go deep enough. The rescue of agency through values fails because the values are not the individual’s to begin with.

Turner Against Essentialism

John M. Doris attacks character. His situationism, laid out in Lack of Character and refined in Talking to Our Selves, takes the social-psychology literature and runs it against the virtue-ethics tradition. Milgram, Darley and Batson, Hartshorne and May, Isen’s dime experiments. Doris reads the data as showing that situational variables predict conduct better than supposed traits. Honesty does not transfer well across settings. Courage shows up under one prompt and vanishes under another. The cross-situational consistency the virtue tradition assumes is missing.
That move is Turnerian in shape. Doris denies that an inner possession explains the pattern. He denies that the pattern is even what the tradition claims. The hidden substrate, character, fails the same test Turner applies to tacit knowledge, habitus, collective representations, and forms of life. Where is the cause? If a man behaves honestly in one setting and not in another, the trait cannot be doing the work the tradition assigned it. Doris and Turner share the question and share the verdict.
The agreement runs deeper than the surface critique. Doris treats variation as the basic fact and consistency as the achievement to be explained, not assumed. Turner does the same with social uniformity. Both invert the standard order of analysis. The dispositional theorist takes character as primary and explains lapses as exceptions. Doris takes the situation-by-situation pattern as primary and asks what produces the rare convergence. Turner takes individual habit as primary and asks what produces the rare collective uniformity. The structural parallel is clean.
Both also reject placeholders that purchase explanation cheap. Character, in the virtue tradition, was such a placeholder. The brave man is brave because of his bravery. The honest man is honest because of his honesty. Turner targets the same circle in social theory. The community shares a worldview because it has a worldview. Doris and Turner break the loop in similar ways. Each demands that the proposed cause be locatable, transmittable, and subject to feedback.
The first place Turner might push Doris further is on the situation side. Doris is excellent at killing character. He is thinner on what fills the vacated space. Situations carry the explanatory load, but situation is itself a category that can swell into a placeholder if left unpacked. A situation is a configuration of public objects, scripts, prompts, others’ conduct, social rewards, and corrective feedback. That is Turner’s substrate exactly. Turner gives Doris a more developed account of what a situation is, and how individual histories of training meet the public objects that anchor conduct.
A second push concerns transmission. Doris’s situationism explains why a given man behaves a given way at a given moment. It says less about how patterns reproduce. If most men cheat under condition X and act fairly under condition Y, why does any society show stable rates of fair conduct over time? Turner’s answer is correction circuits and public objects. Schools, courts, churches, neighborhoods, employers, and peer groups train and correct. The pattern reproduces because the circuits run, not because each man carries the trait inside him. Doris gestures at this in his later work on collaborative agency. Turner supplies the missing apparatus.
A third push concerns reflection and self-knowledge. Talking to Our Selves argues that men are poor introspectors of their own reasons. Reflection rarely tracks the actual causes of conduct. Confabulation is the rule. Doris reaches for cognitive science to ground the claim. Turner adds the social side. Reflection, when it works, is not a private act. It runs on public objects: a confessor, a friend, a journal, a courtroom, a therapist, a tradition’s casuistry. Self-knowledge is a circuit, not a possession. Turner extends Doris without contradicting him.
A fourth point concerns moral talk. Doris struggles with the normative residue. If character is a fiction, what becomes of praise, blame, and moral education? He moves toward a social ecology view: design situations that produce good conduct rather than try to cultivate inner virtue. Turner might not phrase it that way, but the architecture is compatible. Praise and blame are public objects that correct individual habit. Moral education is the training side of the circuit. The Aristotelian picture survives in altered form. The man who behaves well in many settings has had a long history of corrections against many anchors. The achievement is real. The essence is not.
A fifth point concerns coalition behavior, where this analysis bites hardest. Coalition members do not share a moral character any more than they share a worldview. They share public objects, training histories, and circuits of correction. Doris’s situationism predicts that coalition members will behave differently as the public anchors shift. The honest scholar in a department of honest scholars writes one way. The same man in a coalition fight writes another. Not because his trait flickered. Because the situation changed, and the situation includes the audience, the rewards, and the available scripts. Turner and Doris together produce a sharp tool for reading why men talk differently inside and outside their coalitions.
A friction. Doris remains a philosopher and wants the analysis to yield a theory of agency. Turner is austere and refuses to deliver a metaphysics in the place he cleared. Doris’s late work on agency, where he tries to recover a notion of self-control through social scaffolding, leans further toward Turner than the virtue-ethics tradition allows but stops short of Turner’s full deflation. Whether the residual notion of agency Doris keeps is a substantive remainder or a softer placeholder is an open question. Turner’s instinct is to keep cutting.
A second friction. Doris depends heavily on the experimental literature, which has had its own replication troubles. Some Milgram and Stanford Prison findings look weaker than the early framing suggested. Doris’s case does not collapse, but the ground is less solid than it once seemed. Turner’s critique does not depend on any single experiment. It runs on conceptual grounds and on the absence of a transmission story. Turner’s line is more durable.
The composite picture. Doris and Turner work the same vein. Doris breaks character. Turner breaks the broader family of hidden essences that character belonged to. Doris supplies the experimental evidence that essentialist intuitions about persons are wrong. Turner supplies the conceptual apparatus that says why such intuitions keep returning and what to put in their place. Read together, the two close most of the work the virtue tradition once did, and most of the work the cultural-substrate tradition still tries to do. The man as essence and the group as essence fall together. What remains is habit, training, public objects, and feedback. Both traditions of essentialism lose by the same logic.

Explaining the Normative

Doris built his reputation on a single empirical claim turned philosophical lever. The situationist literature in social psychology shows that ordinary people behave differently across small situational variations. The Milgram experiments, the Stanford Prison Experiment, the Princeton seminarian study, the dime-in-the-phone-booth study all suggest that what looks like character is mostly responsiveness to circumstance. Doris took this and argued that virtue ethics has rested on a false picture of human beings. There are no robust traits of the kind Aristotle or his modern revivers posit. Moral psychology has to be rebuilt without character.
That argument lines up with Turner at a surface level. Both men say the philosophical tradition has posited entities that empirical inspection does not find. Both prefer the messier picture of human beings as creatures shaped by circumstance rather than guided by inner principles or stable traits. Both write in a naturalistic register. Both have dry destructive humor about the inflated claims of normative theorists.
The alignment dissolves on closer look. Doris stops where Turner keeps going. Doris dismantles virtue ethics and then tries to save moral psychology by reforming the project. He keeps the apparatus of agency, responsibility, and normative judgment. He just wants the apparatus calibrated to what social psychology has shown about how people behave. His later book, Talking to Our Selves, defends a deflationary account of agency that does not require reflective self-endorsement. The move is clever inside the philosophical conversation. But Turner’s question stays unanswered. What is the causal route by which the normative facts Doris still wants to keep enter individual heads and produce action? Doris has no answer that survives the same scrutiny he applied to virtue ethics.
The deeper problem is Doris’s institutional formation. This group a tacit formation licensing certain moves and disqualifying others. What counts as a good paper inside the group is what looks like science to philosophers and what looks like philosophy to psychologists. The hybrid is the formation’s product. Members share a sense of which experiments count, which philosophical positions can be defended, which old debates can be left aside. None of this lives in a rulebook. It lives in the tacit knowledge of the participants. Turner’s picture predicts what such a community produces and explains its persuasive power among insiders and its limited reach outside.
There is also the empirical wobble. The situationist experiments Doris built his case on have not aged well. The Stanford Prison Experiment turned out to be partly staged. Milgram’s data have been re-examined and look less clean than the original presentation suggested. The replication crisis hit social psychology hard, and many of the small effects the situationist literature treated as discoveries have not survived. Doris’s philosophical conclusions outran his empirical base, which was thinner than he claimed. Turner’s framework does not treat this as a special failing of Doris. It treats it as what happens when philosophers build normative arguments on the latest empirical fashion. The fashion changes. The argument loses its support. A new fashion arrives and a new argument gets built. The cycle continues because the underlying need, to ground ethics in something universal and naturalistic, never gets satisfied and never gets abandoned.
Where Doris is most useful by Turner’s lights is in the negative work. The destruction of virtue ethics’ character picture is progress. People do not have the inner moral architecture virtue ethicists have posited for two and a half millennia. Doris helped clear the ground. The trouble is what he tried to build on the cleared ground. Turner thinks the ground should stay clear. Once you see that character is a theorist’s overlay on trained dispositions and situational responsiveness, the next step is to drop the normative project, not to rebuild it on a more empirically respectable footing. Doris took the next step in the wrong direction.
A Turner-style assessment treats Doris as a transitional figure. He saw far enough to dismantle one normative tradition. He did not see far enough to recognize that the dismantling generalizes. He stayed inside the philosophical conversation his arguments most threatened. The conversation rewarded him with prestige. The reward is itself a sign of what Turner points at. The formation that produced Doris’s career also set the limits on how far his arguments could go before they made him unintelligible to his colleagues. He stopped at the edge of intelligibility. Turner crosses the edge and accepts the cost.

Buffered vs Porous

John M. Doris poses a test for Charles Taylor’s framework because he attacks the buffered self with secular weapons and ends up half-restoring the porous self without admitting what he has done.
Doris is a situationist. His 2002 book Lack of Character argues that empirical social psychology shows behavior tracks situational variables more reliably than character traits. Milgram, Zimbardo, the Princeton Good Samaritan study, the cookies-and-helpfulness experiments. The Aristotelian virtuous man, master of his passions through long habituation, fails to materialize in the data. Put a hurried seminarian past a moaning stranger and he walks past, regardless of his theological commitments. Put a normal man in a Yale lab coat scenario and he shocks the learner. The buffered self, sealed against the world by reflective reason and trained virtue, does not show up when researchers go looking.
Talking to Our Selves extends the attack on agency. We do not know why we do what we do. Our reasons are largely confabulation. The reflective self that Locke and Kant constructed, the self that can step back from its desires, evaluate them, choose its own ends, has small empirical support. We act, then narrate.
Now situate this against Taylor. The buffered self has a clean boundary between mind and world. Meanings sit inside the head. Forces outside the head do not penetrate the agent unless the agent permits it. The man can disengage, evaluate, choose. The porous self has no such boundary. Spirits enter. Charged objects affect him. Curses land. He is constituted by forces he cannot fence out because there is no fence.
Doris demolishes the buffer. His Princeton subjects are constituted by their schedule pressure. His Milgram subjects are constituted by the authority figure’s lab coat. The smell of cookies shapes whether a man helps a stranger pick up dropped papers. None of this can be reasoned away by the subjects, because they cannot see it operating. Their explanations of their own behavior name reasons that the data contradict.
But Doris does not call this porousness. He calls it situationism, and his vocabulary stays inside naturalistic social science. The forces invading the agent are not spirits or charges or divine influences. They are independent variables. The puncturing of the buffer is reframed as a discovery within the buffered framework rather than a refutation of it.
Taylor’s porous self lived in a charged cosmos where meanings existed in the world, not just in heads. Doris’s situated self lives in a behavioristic cosmos where situations exert causal force on subjects who cannot perceive the force operating.
Doris has more empirical evidence for porousness than any pre-modern thinker ever assembled. The Milgram findings are stronger evidence for the porous self than any account of demonic possession ever was. But he refuses the porous metaphysics. He keeps the disenchanted cosmos and accepts that the disenchanted cosmos contains agents who are not what the buffered self pretends to be.
The result is a buffered self whose buffer leaks, named as such by a thinker who still wants the buffer to work. Doris writes as if the situationist findings are bad news for moral responsibility, for character ethics, for our self-understanding. He treats the porousness as a problem to be managed rather than the basic truth about what humans are.
Here the Mearsheimer corrective bites. If the buffered self is a culturally produced fiction masking social constitution, and if porous self-understanding is more accurate about what humans are, then Doris has done the empirical work to confirm the porous picture while continuing to mourn the buffered one. The Milgram subject who shocks the learner is not failing to be a buffered agent. He is succeeding at what humans are: tribal social creatures who track authority cues. The seminarian who walks past the moaning stranger is not failing to be a virtuous Christian. He is succeeding at what humans are: status-seeking, schedule-tracking primates who follow the cues that the immediate environment hands them.
Doris reads the data as showing humans fall short of what they should be. Mearsheimer reads the same data as showing humans are what we should expect them to be, given that we are social tribal creatures whose ancestors survived by tracking coalition signals.
The difference is the implicit ideal. Doris cannot let go of the buffered ideal even after his data have refuted it. He shows the buffer does not work, then writes as if the buffer’s failure is news that should disturb us. The disturbance comes from continuing to hold a standard that his evidence has undermined.
A second observation. His work has been received within professional philosophy as an empirical correction to virtue ethics rather than as a metaphysical assault on the modern self. The reception keeps the findings inside the buffered framework. Virtue ethicists respond by tightening their definitions of character, or by relocating virtue from behavioral consistency to something else. They do not respond by saying: perhaps the porous picture was right all along, and the buffered self that virtue ethics presupposed was always a fiction.
The findings could have been read as restoring the porous picture in secular form. They were not. They were domesticated as a problem within the existing framework. Doris himself participated in this domestication.
Doris is a buffered-self thinker who has produced strong empirical evidence for porousness without taking the porous turn. He stands at the boundary of Taylor’s distinction, with one foot in each camp, refusing to commit. His work shows what the porous self looks like once you strip out the spirits and the charges. It looks like situationism. But he does not say this and does not seem to see it.
The reason he does not see it might be the same reason most secular naturalists do not see it. Admitting that humans are porous in Taylor’s sense requires admitting that the modern self-image is a cultural achievement of unusual fragility, sustained by institutions and disciplines that produce buffered-feeling subjects rather than discovering them. It means accepting that the disenchanted cosmos contains pre-modern creatures who have been told they are modern. Doris is not willing to go there. His situationism stops at the laboratory door.

The Neutralization Theory of Hatred

Sell and his coauthors describe hatred as an evolved adaptation distinct from anger. Anger bargains. Hatred neutralizes. Anger seeks recalibration of welfare tradeoff ratios. Hatred sets a negative WTR toward the target and hunts for chances to impose costs. The triggers include direct cost imposition (especially intentional, revealing low WTR), counterfactual reasoning about a target’s non-existence, social learning from hating peers, and outputs from other emotion systems like envy, jealousy, fear, disgust, and shame. The behavioral toolkit has predatory aggression timed to victim vulnerability, information warfare to lower the target’s status and recruit allies against him, and avoidance.
Three features of the framework cut against Doris in productive ways.
The first is the situationism-character contrast. Doris’s project deflates character. Aristotelian virtue traits do not predict behavior across situations. The neutralization theory deflates character along a different axis. It does not affirm robust virtue traits, but it posits stable evolved architecture: hatred as a system with cues, regulatory variables, and behavioral outputs that activate when conditions are met. Doris does not address this character realism. The features driving Plauché to shoot Doucet at the airport were not situational artifacts of the airport. They were the activation of an evolved system in response to ancestral cues. Doris’s situationism handles ordinary moral failures of ordinary people in ordinary situations. It handles less well the directed, sustained, negative-WTR-toward-particular-persons phenomena Sell and colleagues describe. Predatory aggression timed to victim vulnerability and sustained information warfare are not momentary situational responses. They are orientations toward particular targets that persist across situations.
The second is the collaborativism problem. Doris’s later work in Talking to Our Selves shifts to a collaborativist account. We figure out who we are through dialogic engagement with others. Self-understanding emerges from social interaction. The neutralization theory describes a darker form of that interaction. Hatred is socially learned. The paper calls this hate copying. We copy the hatred of loved ones and peers more readily than the hatred of strangers. Hatred spreads more easily when widespread. And, critically, defenders of hated targets attract the same hatred because the mob lowers its estimate of their association value for protecting a toxic person. This produces a coordination pressure: join the hatred, or attract it. Doris’s collaborativism treats social interaction as cooperative, meaning-making, and identity-conferring. Sell and his coauthors describe the same social field as one calibrated for fitness purposes that include identifying toxic individuals and coordinating hatred against them, with strong contagion forces and strong incentives to silence defenders. Doris’s collaborativism is too rosy. The neutralization theory supplies the missing dark side.
The third is the active aversion to perspective-taking. The paper notes that intense hatred rejects understanding the target. Negotiation is incompatible with neutralization. The Richard Gere example after 9/11 illustrates this. A public figure who suggested understanding why the attackers attacked was booed. Doris’s framework, like much contemporary moral psychology, assumes interlocutors orient toward understanding each other when they engage. The neutralization theory says no. Sometimes refusal to understand is functional. The hateful person refuses to hear the target’s side because hearing it might diffuse the hatred and undercut the neutralization project. This finding cuts deep for any theory of agency that treats social interaction as an arena where reasons get exchanged. Sometimes the reasons-game gets shut down by design.
Situationism explains how ordinary people do bad things. Collaborativism explains how identity emerges from interaction. Neither has much to say about the targeted, sustained, neutralization-oriented hatred Sell describes. That is a gap in Doris’s account, not just a tension.
Doris’s social ontology is too cooperative, too meaning-making, too oriented toward understanding. The social field has coalitional hatred, hate copying, predatory aggression, and information warfare. These are not residual problems for situationism or collaborativism to address eventually. They are central features of human social cognition, with their own evolved architecture, and any moral psychology that does not account for them is incomplete.
The paper claims hated figures get silenced because the larger society wants to prevent them from bargaining their toxicity downward through apologies, caveats, or compensating benefits. If the goal is to neutralize rather than recalibrate, allowing the target a public platform works against that goal. This frames cancellation, deplatforming, and silencing as functional rather than incidental.

Morality is not Nice

Doris’s project, across Lack of Character and Talking to Our Selves, demolishes the virtue ethics picture. Character is situationally fragile. Agency is patchy. Self-reports are confabulation. But Doris stops at the empirical wreckage. He shows the old story is wrong without offering a strong functional account of what morality is doing if not tracking virtue. Pinsof supplies the missing story. Morality is a coalition weapon. The confabulation Doris documents is not random noise; it serves the mean goals that cannot be stated openly.
Reading them together sharpens a question Doris does not press: why do moral self-narratives persist against the empirical evidence Doris himself marshals? Pinsof answers that the nice story has to live on the surface because the mean story cannot rally a mob. Doris’s confabulating subject is Pinsof’s coalitional ape with a public relations problem.
There is also a useful tension. Doris is cautious and academic. He stays close to the empirical psychology and avoids evolutionary just-so stories. Pinsof goes straight to the adaptive logic. So Pinsof exposes the limit of Doris’s project. A careful analytic philosopher can demolish virtue ethics but cannot quite name what morality is for. The naming requires a frame Doris will not adopt: coalition warfare, domination, the mob.
Where does Doris’s debunking stop? At the individual level. He fragments the moral agent but leaves the social function of moral talk untouched. Doris is the empirical phase of the demolition. The coalitional account is the explanatory phase he will not enter.
Pinsof’s claim that 20th-century communications technology enabled the rally of anti-bullying coalitions has a Doris-friendly version. Situational triggers for moral mobilization scaled up faster than individual moral character. The mob is a situation, and Doris’s situationism predicts the mob will swamp the person every time.

‘What’s it like Being a Philosopher?’ (Mar. 11, 2021)

The interview is character work for a character skeptic. That is the simplest reading of why it sits on his faculty page. The CV deflates virtue. The interview reinflates the man. Together they give a balanced presentation. Apart, either looks one-sided.
A reader who comes to Doris through Lack of Character or Talking to Our Selves might wonder what kind of man writes against the explanatory power of character. Is he a cynic? An institutional player? A debunker by temperament? The interview answers those questions before they get asked. He is the son of a frustrated cardiologist mother whose constraint hurt him to watch. He is a brother to four PhD-holding sisters. He is a former bouncer who fed grocery flyers into newspapers and drank Rolling Rocks at Pete’s Cayuga Bar. He is a man whose life turned on a senior grad student pushing him into a dojo after his mother died. He is a thirty-year practitioner of Okinawan Karate who calls Karl Scott Sensei a martial-arts genius. He is a husband, a teacher who reads his evaluations, a man who stands at the back of rooms because his back hurts. None of that man looks like a cynic.
That is the point. The interview produces character credentials that the published work cannot. It pre-empts the obvious critique. A reader cannot easily say Doris dismisses character because he has none of his own after reading about thirty years of dawn martial arts training. The interview is soft armor against the most natural ad hominem.
It also does coalition work. Doris drops the right names in the right configurations. Terry Irwin and Gail Fine and Nick Sturgeon at Cornell. Allan Gibbard and Steve Darwall and Richard Nisbett at Michigan. Stephen Stich as the post-doctoral mentor. Brian Leiter as the old friend. Dave Chalmers and Alva Noë as briefly his colleagues at Santa Cruz. Doug Peacock as the eco-warrior who befriended him. The list places him at every right table he should sit at. He does not posture. The names enter the story naturally as friends and teachers. The effect is the same as if he had postured. The reader learns he is well-networked without him having to say so.
Some of the coalition work is field-protective. He makes a point of saying his Michigan formation gave him viable naturalistic accounts of normativity, so that critics who claim his work distorts the normative cannot land that punch. He scores against the philosophy journals that rejected him with “tldr” referee reports. He scores harder against Nancy Snow and Darcia Narvaez, whom he calls the recipients of a Templeton-funded “ad hominem grant” against his research group. The scoring is mild and laughed off, but it is scoring. The interview lets him land punches he could not land in a journal article.
There is also a class signal. The pressroom, the bouncing, the construction, the group home work, the apartment management: this is a working-class CV underneath the Cornell-Michigan-Santa Cruz-Wash U-Cornell academic CV. He does not labor the point but he includes it. A six-foot-eight basketball player who graduated high school with a C average does not read as the heir apparent of the Ivy ethics tradition. He reads as a regular guy who got lucky and worked. That is a legible American narrative and it suits a character skeptic who wants to talk about how situations shape lives.
The interview functions as graduate recruitment. Doris’s Laws appear in it. The first law: take care of yourself. The third: nobody got famous for reading shit. The seventh: if you cannot say what your dissertation is about in one sentence, you do not know what it is about. A prospective student reading this knows what kind of advisor he will be. He reads close drafts. He cares about Q&A skills. He will tell you to go to therapy. He will not let you ruin your health on the dissertation. This is a soft sell to the right students.
It is also a signal to peers. The interview shows him as a philosopher who does the work and has a life. The marriage to Laura Niemi gets a paragraph. The pets get a paragraph. The cooking with Justin D’Arms gets a paragraph. The lyrics that move him get a paragraph. He is a man with hobbies, friends, a partner, and pets. That is not nothing in a profession that tends to read alienation onto its members.
The genre matters. The Sosis “What Is It Like to Be a Philosopher?” series has a casual, life-history shape. The format itself humanizes the philosopher. Doris benefits from that format. A character skeptic linking to a personal life-history interview is doing the same defensive work the interview does. He is saying: read me through my life, not only through my arguments.
The timing matters too. The interview runs in March 2021, just after his 2019 Cornell move from a philosophy department to a business school. The institutional change needed a personal frame. The interview supplies one. He frames Cornell as a return to the wetlands where he was born, not a salary bump or a coalition shift. He frames the b-school as methodologically pluralistic, not as a flight from philosophy. The interview gives the move a sentimental cover.
The interview is a controlled performance disguised as candor. He answers everything. He drops self-deprecating jokes. He admits being intimidated by Michigan faculty. He admits political inertia since Santa Cruz. He admits the mother’s death broke him. The candor is real and also self-curated. The things he chooses to be candid about are the things that strengthen the story: the wound, the practice, the work ethic, the loyalty to teachers, the grateful marriage. The things he does not discuss are the contradictions a careful reader would press him on. He does not address the contradiction between his character skepticism and his thirty years of martial discipline. He does not address why the b-school move was the right fit. He does not address why a frustrated cardiologist mother and four PhD sisters might generate a man whose intellectual project is the deflation of personal agency.
The interview is the public side of his self-presentation. The CV is the institutional side. The published work is the argumentative side. The dojo, which the interview points to but cannot render, is the private side. The link from the faculty page gives access to three of these four. That is why he keeps it there.

‘2019 McCain Conference, Moral Injury – Dr. John Doris’

The talk is good in places, evasive in others, and what it leaves out is more revealing than what it includes.
Doris makes a sound case in the statistical part. Mischel’s (1930-2018) personality coefficient hovers around 0.3. Cohen’s (1923-1998) thresholds confirm the small-effect picture across psychology and most of medicine. Life is small when you measure it properly. From this Doris draws his negative thesis: character matters, but less than virtue ethicists claim, and atrocity tracks system properties rather than bad apples. My Lai, Abu Ghraib, Tiger Force, the Challenger, BP. Each example shows institutional drift, missing rules, racialized framing, command failure. The bad-apple story misses the structure.
What Doris never examines is what his frame does for him and his guild. The character-skeptic position pays well in academic philosophy, social psychology, military ethics consulting, and the broader regulatory imagination. It de-emphasizes personal moral responsibility and elevates institutional design. The class of people who design institutions, write rules, and audit cultures benefits when “the system did it” displaces “Calley did it.”
Doris was Sturgeon’s undergraduate at Cornell in the 1980s, came up under the Cornell Realism program (Sturgeon, Boyd, Miller), and then turned around and produced a body of work whose effect is to make ordinary moral attribution look naive. Cornell Realism says moral facts are natural facts. Doris says the natural facts about persons don’t sustain the kind of robust moral attribution lay morality assumes. The trajectory is internally coherent: the student takes the teacher’s naturalism and uses it to soften personal accountability.
The Mad Dog and Thunderhorse observation is the best moment. Institutional naming reveals culture, and culture shapes behavior. The oil platform named Mad Dog teaches its crew what kind of place they are in. This is a smaller, more useful version of what Jeffrey Alexander’s cultural trauma framework gestures toward. Symbolic order produces practical order.
The 10,000-hour critique is right. Practice is necessary, never sufficient, skill is heavily domain-limited. Doris’s stronger move, which he doesn’t develop, is that virtue is also domain-limited. The compassionate man might not be the fairest. The brave man might be cruel. The prudent man might be timid. The unity-of-virtues thesis has produced confusion since Plato. Real moral lives are made of trade-offs between domains of goodness, and people specialize.
The prescriptive turn is where the talk gets weak. Bright-line rules, zero tolerance for derogatory speech, the Geneva Convention as inviolable. Each prescription has a coalition behind it. Zero tolerance for speech is cheap for the academic class and expensive for the soldiers, marines, and police it gets imposed upon. Doris draws a tight causal line from Gonzales’s memo to the Abu Ghraib floor, which is tighter than the evidence supports. Abu Ghraib had more proximate causes: a shorthanded reserve unit, no clear chain of command, no doctrine for the prisoner population that materialized.
Doris notices that Plato and Aristotle thought moral education ran through gymnastics, that Western philosophy lost the body somewhere along the line, that Musashi treats valor as a function of preparation rather than a separate inner virtue called courage. He recommends The Book of Five Rings by Miyamoto Musashi. This book argues that mastery of combat is mastery of self, that proper comportment is the substance of virtue, and that there is no inner courage waiting to be expressed apart from training that has either happened or not. Doris closes with Camus (1913-1960): if we lack character we must have a method. The gesture toward embodied moral life is right. Doris sees the gap. He does not fill it.
The unanswered question is the one his own data raises. If most people behave like the average for their situation, why do a few behave well in atrocity contexts? Hugh Thompson at My Lai. The villagers who hid Jews while their neighbors collaborated. The officers who refused. Doris must either attribute their behavior to character, which his thesis denies, or to some hidden situational variable, which his thesis cannot name. The character-skeptic position handles the average case well and the exceptional case poorly.
The book concludes with a chapter on race and moral psychology. It functions as a survey but reads more as a programmatic statement. As survey, it covers a lot of ground in thirteen pages. As statement, it presents one wing of race scholarship as the field.
First, what works. The chapter pulls together a large literature in a small space. The catalog of theoretical frameworks (Realistic Conflict Theory, Social Identity Theory, Social Dominance Theory, Role Incongruity Theory) is useful for orientation. The discussion of moral responsibility for implicit bias raises a real philosophical puzzle: if biases are acquired in early childhood through environmental exposure, in what sense are they the agent’s? Zheng surveys the answers fairly. The treatment of moral luck and constitutive luck in the racism context is good. The bibliographic apparatus is dense and will be useful to anyone entering the area.
Second, what doesn’t. The chapter takes a contested empirical and theoretical claim, that “the historical and ongoing domination of persons racialized as White over persons racialized as non-White… constitutes the basic structure of present-day racial stratification,” and treats it as definitional in the opening paragraph. This is the Charles Mills (1951-2021) thesis. It is a serious position with serious defenders. It is also a position that many scholars, including many Black scholars, dispute. Glenn Loury (b. 1948), Thomas Sowell (b. 1930), John McWhorter, Wilfred Reilly, and Coleman Hughes have argued in various ways that current racial disparities are better explained by a combination of past discrimination’s persistent effects, cultural transmission, family structure, and policy choices than by ongoing White supremacy. None of these scholars appear in the bibliography. Not even as foils.
Zheng notes that special effort was made to highlight scholars of color. The aim is admirable but the execution is selective. Black conservatives and heterodox Black scholars don’t make the cut. The result is a chapter that highlights scholars of color who agree with the editorial frame and quietly omits scholars of color who don’t.
Third, the empirical issue. The chapter relies heavily on implicit bias and stereotype threat research. Both literatures have been hit hard by the replication crisis. The IAT shows weak test-retest reliability and weak predictive validity for individual behavior. Forscher and colleagues’ 2019 meta-analysis found that changes in implicit measures do not reliably produce changes in behavior. Stereotype threat meta-analyses (Flore and Wicherts 2015, Shewach et al. 2019) suggest small or absent effects in well-controlled studies, with publication bias inflating apparent effects. The chapter notes these concerns in a footnote but says critics’ worries are “typical of many other findings” and “rely on a single failure to replicate.” This understates the state of play.
Compare this with the situationism chapter elsewhere in the same Handbook, where the replication crisis gets serious treatment and the .3 ceiling on personality-behavior correlations is invoked to discipline the field’s claims. The asymmetry is notable. When the empirical findings cut against character realism, the Handbook treats replication seriously. When they cut against this chapter’s preferred narrative, replication concerns are deflected to a footnote.
Fourth, the insurrectionist ethics section is striking. Zheng presents a view in which audacity, aggressiveness, tenacity, and guile are virtues for advocates of racial emancipation, while humility, civility, mildness, temperance, and compassion are coded as virtues “inculcated into racially oppressed groups” to render them docile. The view comes from Lee McBride and Leonard Harris and is a real position. It is also a contested one within Black intellectual history. Frederick Douglass (1818-1895) on the discipline of self-mastery, Booker T. Washington on industriousness, Martin Luther King Jr. (1929-1968) on agape and nonviolent love, James Baldwin (1924-1987) on the cost of hatred, the Black church tradition on humility before God. None of these traditions maps cleanly onto the insurrectionist frame. The chapter takes one side of an internal Black debate and presents it as the side. Audre Lorde (1934-1992) on creative anger gets a paragraph. King on the discipline of love gets nothing.
Fifth, a structural problem. The chapter argues both that implicit individual bias matters (large parts of section 50.4.1) and that individual attitudes are “neither necessary nor sufficient for explaining the persistence of racial inequalities” because structures do the work (section 50.4.3). Both can be true in principle, but the chapter doesn’t reconcile them. If individual attitudes don’t drive outcomes, then implicit bias research is interesting but not central to the project. If implicit bias drives outcomes, then individual remediation is part of the answer. The chapter wants the rhetorical force of both moves without paying the price of consistency.
Sixth, the framing. The chapter opens its conclusion with the claim that working to abolish racism is a moral imperative for all of us. As a personal moral conviction this is fair. As the framing for a handbook chapter it forecloses the philosophical questions. What counts as racism, what counts as abolishing it, who decides. The meaning of racism is contested between volitional accounts (Garcia), structural accounts (Mills, Haslanger), and ideological accounts (Fields and Fields, Shelby). What follows from each definition for action is also contested. By starting with the conclusion the chapter skips the work.
Seventh, the underdeveloped material. Du Bois (1868-1963) and Fanon (1925-1961) get short paragraphs. They deserve close engagement. Double consciousness as a phenomenological structure has been worked over by philosophers from Sartre to Lewis Gordon. Fanon’s account of colonial subjectivity is dense and disputed. Treating these as section headers and moving on is a missed opportunity. A handbook chapter that gave thirty pages to Fanon and Du Bois and ten pages to the contemporary social-psychological literature would be a better chapter on race and moral psychology than the one we got.
The chapter exhibits the costs of the institutional pattern: selective citation, deflected empirical concerns, contested claims treated as definitional, internal inconsistencies left unresolved. By the standards of the volume’s better chapters, it does not pass.

‘Doris, Character Trouble’ (May 5, 2023)

The 2023 talk is more revealing than the 2019 one because it lets you see Doris in home territory and watch the audience press where the argument is weakest.
The Templeton story is the first tell. Doris frames it as persecution: “if people are taking out multimillion-dollar ad hominem grants, you’re almost certainly doing something right.” But this reframes a coalition fight as personal vindication. Templeton has its own program: religiously friendly research on virtue, character, free will. Doris was attacking territory those scholars had claimed, and the hostile counter-funding was business as usual in academic warfare, not proof of righteousness. By 2023, Doris is winning. He notes the Moral Psychology Handbook went from 13 chapters and 400 pages in 2010 to 1,100 pages and 50 chapters now. The character-skeptic program has the chairs and the textbooks. The persecuted-underdog framing has stopped fitting the facts.
The Mehl EAR study is the most important empirical addition since the 2019 talk. Researchers tape ambient sound from subjects, code the snippets for moral behavior, then test whether someone’s pattern from one period predicts the next. Doris reports correlations around 0.42 to 0.43. He concedes these run higher than his usual 0.3 ceiling, then explains the bump by noting that the observed situations were similar rather than diverse. Fair as far as it goes. But it’s also an auxiliary move. When the data behaves itself, the 0.3 number is a law of nature. When the data exceeds the number, the situations are insufficiently varied. That kind of move is hard to falsify.
The construct fight is where the audience drew blood. One questioner pressed: if your trait is honesty or lawfulness, does speeding count? Does murder count? Doris answered that consistency is relative to how you build the construct. His example: “My construct of lawfulness could be no homicide, but speed all you want.” He treated this as a clever clarification. It’s a major concession. Once you grant that traits are construct-dependent, the low-correlation story turns into a story about the wrong construct. People in ordinary life don’t say “he’s universally honest.” They say “he’s honest about money.” Those local or highly qualified traits, as Doris calls them, are what the folk theory of character is mostly tracking. He calls reading character that way “a change of subject with respect to the tradition.” But the tradition he names, above all Aristotle, has always read traits as domain-bound. Courage is about fear in battle. Temperance is about appetites. Justice is about distribution. Aristotle might have nodded at the Mehl study, agreed that situations matter, and pointed out that he said as much in the Nicomachean Ethics. The maximalist universal-virtue conception Doris attacks is closer to a Stoic-Christian residue than to any working philosophical tradition.
Sara’s reframing went further. What if character is just “having good moral behaviors that show up more often than average”? Doris answered that this is a different game than the character game. For most people in most contexts, that comparative judgment is precisely the game. Saying “she’s a more honest person than her brother” is the move character talk lets you make. Doris keeps insisting on a maximalist conception so he can defeat it, and treats every reasonable downsizing of the conception as a topic change.
The psychopathy answer is more revealing than Doris seems to notice. He admits psychopaths behave more consistently than the rest of us. Consistency is, he says, “an earmark of psychopathology.” Then he reaches for the recidivism correlation of about 0.3 to bring psychopathy back inside the small-effect tent. Recidivism is a poor measure of psychopathy expression. It picks up only the offenses serious enough to log. Psychopaths are reliably callous, manipulative, and glib. They are not all reliably arrested. The 0.3 reflects the limits of the proxy, not the consistency of the type.
The Milgram answer is more honest than I expected. Doris concedes Stanley Milgram (1933-1984) was “fairly sloppy and self-serving with the debriefs.” He grants Gina Perry’s archival reporting that subjects were traumatized. This complicates the situationist reading. If subjects knew at the time the action was wrong, complied anyway under pressure, and then carried lasting regret, character was active in them. It registered the wrong, fought the situation, lost the fight, and recorded the loss. That is an interactionist picture, not a pure situationist one. The 65% number tells you about the ratio of compliance, not whether character operated in the room.
The phone rings during the talk, and Doris cannot turn it off. He blames an audience member. The situationist gets undone by his own situation, which is funnier than anyone in the room seems to register. Then his father’s epigram: “There’s not much difference between people. But what difference there is makes a lot of difference.” This is the clearest summary of the finding in the talk. Small effects times large populations produce consequences. The aspirin example earlier made the same point. The headline thesis “character matters less than you think” gets the loud half of the truth. The father’s line gets the whole truth.
The integrity-tests passage near the end is the second clearest concession. Doris admits HR integrity tests predict counterproductive workplace behavior well enough that they save the Hotel School’s corporate partner around $60 per employee after costs. He notes the same for intelligence tests in Army personnel decisions at 0.16 to 0.19 incremental validity, which aggregate to “real savings” across half a million yearly hires. So character matters institutionally at scale. The 2019 talk drew the prescriptive lesson “build the rules.” The 2023 talk draws the prescriptive lesson “screen at hiring.” Both move responsibility from persons to systems, the through-line of the project. But by 2023 he is openly endorsing population-level character measurement as a tool of management. The implicit position has become: character is measurable enough to act on, just not robust enough to use as a personal moral identity. That position is a long way from the loud version of the thesis.

Dyson Faculty Research Seminar: John Doris, February 7, 2025

The headline finding is the gap between self-report and ambient measurement. Hofmann and colleagues pinged people on smartphones and got nearly 30% of responses referencing morality. Doris and Matthias Mehl ran the electronically activated recorder study, recording actual ambient speech, and got 3.9%. That is a roughly eight-fold inflation in self-report. People say morality saturates their lives. Their actual talk says otherwise. This maps onto the older sociology-of-knowledge point that what people claim about their own cognition is a poor guide to what their cognition does. It also maps onto a Pinsof-style reading: claiming moral salience is itself a coalition signal, regardless of whether the speaker thinks much about morality.
The asymmetric individual-difference finding is the most striking part of the aesthetic studies. People who weight aesthetics heavily moralize art less. People who weight morality heavily do not moralize art more. So moralization looks less like a feature of “moral” people and more like a near-universal floor that aesthetic commitment can partially suppress. This would explain why almost everyone participates in cancellation rituals when triggered, including people who do not consider themselves especially moralistic.
The political asymmetry got mentioned and then buried. Liberals and Democrats moralized more across conditions. Doris and Liang noted the directional pattern, called it “kind of washed,” and moved on. Yet they used Jesse Graham and Jonathan Haidt’s moral foundations as the coding scheme, and Haidt’s whole research program found exactly this pattern. The casual dismissal is itself data about which findings get pursued and which get parked.
Doris treats Kissinger’s “don’t let a moral peak get in the way of foreign policy” and Milton Friedman (1912-2006) on profit as cases where someone is rejecting moral primacy. The framing assumes primacy is the default and rejection requires justification. A different framing is available: most actual moral codes across history have been thick, parochial, and ranked alongside loyalty, honor, prudence, and survival rather than above them. The thesis of overridingness is a fairly recent philosophical move, not a description of how most humans have ever ranked considerations.
The replication crisis swept through psychology, debunking essays became common, and Doris is now publishing work pushing back against debunkers of Milgram. He frames this as defending good science against popular-press distortion. It can also be read as canon defense, where the field protects its founding studies because the cost of conceding them is high.
One thing missing from the talk is any attention to who decides what counts as a moral violation. The studies treat sexual assault, assault and battery, and financial fraud as stable categories. In actual cancellation episodes, the contested question is usually whether the act counts as a violation at all. The empirical finding that moral framing depresses aesthetic enjoyment is robust. The upstream question of who controls the framing is where the action is.
The Kevin Spacey (b. 1959) IMDB review study is the cleanest piece of real-world evidence in the talk. Reviews of his prior films took a measurable hit after the allegations. A version of this could be done for any moralized public figure where there is a defining event. The audience pushed Doris toward the Carrie Underwood (b. 1983) inauguration question and he declined for grant-funding reasons, which is itself a small data point about which moral encroachments academics will and will not study.
The grant-funding joke was real. Federal funding for social science runs through NSF’s SBE division and NIH’s behavioral programs, with private supplements from Templeton, Russell Sage, and the like. Each has filters, and the filters shape what gets studied at every stage.
Topic selection is the first filter. Studying moral encroachment using sexual assault by Kevin Spacey (b. 1959) is safe because Spacey is permanently cancelled and stays cancelled. Studying it using Carrie Underwood singing at a Trump inauguration is dangerous because half the reviewers will be politically engaged on one side and the other half will be scared of looking partisan if they approve it. The funding flows toward the safer version of the same study. The important findings sit in the unfunded version.
Operationalization is the second filter. Doris and Liang used Jesse Graham and Jonathan Haidt’s moral foundations as the coding scheme. That choice has consequences. Haidt’s framework is established enough to defend in a grant application but it imports a specific theoretical apparatus. A coalition-tribal coding scheme drawn from John Mearsheimer (b. 1947) or from sociology of knowledge work would yield different findings and would also yield no funding because no review panel uses that vocabulary.
Sample selection is the third filter. Undergraduates, MTurk, Prolific. These populations are politically skewed toward college-educated liberals and they self-select into psychology studies. Findings about moral cognition derived from these samples get treated as findings about humans. Different samples might generate different patterns. Funding rewards the cheap, replicable, undergraduate sample.
Findings emphasis is the fourth filter. The political asymmetry got noted in the talk and dropped. Liberals and Democrats moralized more across conditions, directionally. Pursuing this as a headline finding invites a different kind of attention. It might cost a grant cycle or two. It might cost a Cornell colleague’s friendship. The path of least resistance is the path Doris took: mention it, call it washed, move on. The next paper foregrounds the aesthetic-versus-moral individual difference, which has no political valence.
Coauthor and collaborator selection is the fifth filter. Edward Machery at Pittsburgh is senior, safe, and shares Doris’s methodological commitments. The Milgram defense book is a project that protects the canon. Defending the canon has its own funding stream because psychology as a field needs Milgram to remain teachable. Junior coauthors who might want to push findings in politically risky directions get filtered out earlier, often before they become coauthors at all. They learn during graduate school which lines of inquiry get jobs.
Framing is the sixth filter. Doris frames his work as discovering features of moral cognition. He could frame it as discovering features of coalition behavior dressed in moral vocabulary. The first frame is fundable because it sits inside moral psychology. The second frame is harder to fund because it suggests moral psychology is studying the wrong object. Stephen Turner’s point about tacit and convenient beliefs applies here. The convenient frame is the funded frame.
The replication-crisis posture is the seventh filter. Doris is now writing against debunkers of Milgram. This is a coalition move within psychology. The methodological reformers who drove the replication crisis built their careers on tearing down classic findings. The defenders of the canon are building careers on shoring them up. Both sides have funding streams. Doris picked the defensive side, which aligns him with the older guard of social psychology and gives him allies among textbook authors and senior figures whose reputations rest on the canonical studies.
The Tesla and Musk discussion in the talk is the clearest live example. The audience pushed Doris toward studying Musk’s behavior and Tesla sales. He pivoted to talking about products as social signals, which is a generic finding that has been around since Veblen. He did not commit to running the study. The reasons are obvious. Any finding about Musk is a political finding regardless of what the data says, and political findings draw scrutiny that costs more than they pay.
What grant funding does not shape is the underlying intellectual quality of the work. Doris is bright and methodologically careful. The EAR study is clever and the 3.9% finding is important. The aesthetic moralization studies are well-designed. The constraint is on which questions get asked at all. The funded version of moral psychology produces results inside a defined sandbox. The unfunded version, which would treat moralization as coalition policing and would study it across the most politically charged cases available, does not exist as a research program because no agency funds it and no department hires for it.
The cost is invisible because we only see the work that gets done. We do not see the inauguration study, the Musk study, the conservative-versus-liberal moralization study run on a non-undergraduate sample, the replication of Hofmann using audio in real political environments. Those studies might exist if the incentive structure pointed toward them. It does not, so they do not.

Hybrid Vigor and Other Biological Frames

The Doris career shows intellectual heterosis followed by stalled consolidation followed by an unexpected exaptation.
Begin with the parent lineages.
The first parent is late-twentieth-century analytic moral philosophy, and the part of it doing virtue-ethics revival work after Alasdair MacIntyre, Philippa Foot (1920-2010), and Martha Nussbaum (b. 1947). This lineage assumes relatively stable traits, internally coherent agents, and a kind of moral genotype that expresses itself across situations. By the 1990s the lineage shows the marks of inbreeding depression. It cites itself, refines its arguments inside a closed canon, and treats empirical psychology as outside its remit. The Susan Haack complaint about citation cartels fits the picture. Refinement without crossing produces sophistication and brittleness in the same proportion.
The second parent is empirical social psychology, and the situationist branch of it associated with Stanley Milgram (1933-1984), Philip Zimbardo (1933-2024), Walter Mischel (1930-2018), and the smaller experimental literatures on bystander intervention, mood priming, and ambient cues. This lineage is messy, theoretically under-integrated, and rich in disruptive data. It does not know what to do philosophically with its own findings. It ships results into a void.
Doris is the cross. Lack of Character takes the empirical findings of social psychology and forces them into the conceptual framework of virtue ethics, arguing that the cross-situationally robust trait the philosophical tradition assumes does not survive the data. The book lands hard because the criticism is not internal. It is criticism powered by imported material the target tradition cannot easily metabolize. Talking to Our Selves repeats the move on a different target, crossing philosophy of action with empirical work on self-knowledge to argue that agents have far less transparent access to their own reasons than the standard model assumes. Both books are heterosis at the level of critique. The hybrid is sharper than either parent line because each parent supplies what the other lacks. The philosophy supplies conceptual rigor the psychology never had. The psychology supplies empirical traction the philosophy refused to acknowledge.
The route is horizontal gene transfer. Doris is not a philosopher who slowly evolved psychological sensibilities. He is a philosopher who imported the genetic material of an adjacent lineage in a single career. That kind of transfer spreads adaptive traits faster than vertical inheritance ever could. It also disrupts whatever co-adaptations the receiving lineage had built up. Both effects are visible. Within a decade the imported material reshaped the field. Within two decades the philosophical responses to it had become dependent on the imported framework even when arguing against its conclusions.
Niche construction follows, and this is where the institutional success becomes the thing the theoretical absence is hiding behind. The Moral Psychology Research Group, the Moral Psychology Handbook (1,100 pages and 50 chapters in 2022, up from 13 chapters in 2010), Philosophy-Neuroscience-Psychology programs at Washington University and elsewhere, joint appointments between philosophy and psychology departments, founding co-editorship of Philosophers’ Imprint, the Dyson chair in Ethics in Organizations and Life: each of these is the program modifying the academic environment to favor its own descendants. Graduate students who want to do moral psychology must engage with the situationist literature. Reviewers who validate situationist work are products of the program. The niche is not a conspiracy. It is what every successful intellectual coalition does. The organism engineers the environment, and the environment then selects for its descendants. The Templeton-funded counter-network that tried to defend traditional virtue ethics against Doris’s program is the rival organism doing the same construction in the opposite direction. The two coalitions have spent twenty years engineering competing niches in the same intellectual ecosystem.
There is no Doris-school of moral psychology with canonical problems and a training pipeline in the way there is a Boyd (b. 1942) and Sturgeon (1942-2020) school of Cornell Realism, or the school of moral responsibility built around Harry Frankfurt (1929-2023). Collaborativism, the gesture toward a positive view of distributed agency that Doris develops across his work, remains a gesture. It does not become a research program with methods, problems, and successors. The institutional reproduction is robust. The theoretical reproduction never happened. The success of the niche has functioned as cover for the absence at its center.
The reason for the missing positive theory is structural, not personal. Character skepticism is parasitic on its target. Kill the maximalist universal-cross-situational virtue construct and situationism has nothing to attack. The program needs the strawman kept alive. This is why Doris keeps insisting that his target is the robust trait construct even as the field has moved to local traits, conditional dispositions, and CAPS-style if-then signatures. A freestanding positive theory of agency that does not depend on demolishing global virtue might dissolve the parasitic relationship that makes the niche pay. The niche pays for the maximalist target. The positive theory stays gestural because the niche cannot survive its completion.
There is an antagonistic pleiotropy story under this. The character-skepticism that helped the young program survive against entrenched virtue ethics has become the trait that limits the mature program. Doris cannot accept Matthias Mehl’s electronically-activated-recorder data at correlations of 0.42 without immediate auxiliary explanation that the situations were similar rather than diverse. He cannot accept the audience reframing of character as comparative judgment about behavior frequency. He cannot accept the local-trait observation that traits are construct-dependent and that ordinary character talk is mostly tracking domain-bound regularities the data show clearly enough. Each concession might dissolve the headline claim that made the program distinctive. The trait that built the niche is the trait that now keeps the program from updating to the environment the niche helped produce. The young program needed the loud thesis to differentiate itself from the surrounding population. The mature program pays the cost in argumentative flexibility because the loud thesis still has to be defended.
The autoimmune frame catches the response at the moment of firing. The detection system was calibrated against universal cross-situational virtue, the maximalist reading of Aristotle the program was designed to refute. That construct is mostly gone from the academic environment. What remains in audience questions and student reframings is something more modest. The comparative-judgment proposal is not a defense of universal virtue. It is a claim about behavior frequency in repeated situations. The program responds as if the original pathogen has been presented and treats the reframing as a topic change rather than a sensible alternative. Immune memory persists past the threat. The response runs disproportionate to the current stimulus. This is the social equivalent of an allergy to a substance that stopped being dangerous decades ago.
A second crossing might rescue the program from the stall. The natural move is into evolutionary theory, especially the reciprocal-altruism work of Robert Trivers and the broader coalition-management literature. That cross supplies the missing positive account. Agents look fragmented and situationally variable not because they lack structure but because the structure they have is coalition-management hardware running multiple strategies under different reputational stakes. Confabulation in self-knowledge is not a bug. It is a signal. Revealing true motivations in many social environments is costly, so the system evolved cheap, socially acceptable narratives. Local traits are not fragmentary. They are repertoires of strategies stable within recurring social ecologies. Doris’s empirical results stop looking like anomalies in the virtue-ethics framework and start looking like predictions of the coalition framework.
The biology says the second crossing is fit. The institutional environment selects against it. Coalition theory implies that the prestige vocabulary of academic ethics, responsibility, blame, deliberation, autonomy, is itself a coalition signaling system. That conclusion dissolves the social position of academic ethicists. Doris can attack folk character attribution and keep his audience. He cannot embrace coalition theory without cannibalizing his own guild’s claim to special expertise on moral life. The first crossing was costly but bearable. The second crossing is suicide. The trait the biology selects for is the trait the niche cannot hold.
There is also a frequency-dependent selection problem under the surface. Situationism was a high-fitness strategy when it was rare. The bold contrarian claim against the virtue-ethics revival drew attention, recruited graduate students, generated citations, and produced the niche the program now occupies. As the situationist position became the textbook default in moral psychology, its relative fitness declined. The bold thesis that won attention when rare cannot retain its edge once it is institutional consensus. Some of the slight flatness of the later work, compared to the initial impact of Lack of Character, tracks this. The strategy worked because it was rare. It is no longer rare.

Why Do Ethicists Distrust Evolutionary Psychology?

Sociobiology arrived in 1975 with Edward O. Wilson (1929-2021)’s book of that name, and the reaction was immediate and brutal. Richard Lewontin (1929-2021), Stephen Jay Gould (1941-2002), and the Sociobiology Study Group at Harvard published a letter in The New York Review of Books in November 1975 comparing sociobiology to the intellectual lineage that produced Nazi race science. Wilson was protested, had water poured on him at a 1978 AAAS conference, and spent the rest of his career living down associations he never invited. When evolutionary psychology emerged in the late 1980s and 1990s through the work of John Tooby, Leda Cosmides (b. 1957), David Buss (b. 1953), Steven Pinker, and Robert Trivers, the field inherited the sociobiology stigma even though it had narrower claims. Gould attacked it through the 1990s and 2000s. The framing that took hold in academic humanities was that evolutionary psychology was sociobiology repackaged, and sociobiology was racist pseudoscience.
Evolutionary psychology generates claims that cut against several positions central to academic-progressive coalitions. Sex differences in mating preferences, aggression, and risk-taking are predicted by parental investment theory and confirmed empirically across cultures. In-group preference and out-group suspicion are predicted by coalitional psychology and confirmed in the Kurzban-Tooby-Cosmides experiments we discussed in the race chapter. Status-seeking, hierarchy, and dominance are predicted by primate-comparative work and confirmed in the human record. None of these findings entails any particular politics, but each cuts against the blank-slate assumptions that underlie certain progressive policy programs. Academic ethicists whose intuitions run progressive find evolutionary psychology uncomfortable for the same reason academic biologists in 1975 found sociobiology uncomfortable. The findings constrain the policy space.
Academic ethicists are mostly hired, promoted, and tenured by departments staffed by people who treat evolutionary psychology as suspect. Citing evolutionary psychology approvingly in a job talk or a tenure file is a status risk. Citing it critically is safe. The professional incentive is asymmetric. A young ethicist who finds Tooby and Cosmides illuminating learns to keep that quiet, to cite the cognitive-science material that overlaps with evolutionary psychology without naming the evolutionary part, to engage Frans de Waal (1948-2024) on chimpanzee politics rather than the human evolutionary-psychology literature. The discipline produces a cohort that has not seriously read the field it dismisses.
The race-and-IQ layer makes everything worse. Evolutionary psychology is associated, fairly or unfairly, with behavior genetics, and behavior genetics is associated with the race-and-IQ literature. The association runs through shared methods (twin studies, heritability estimates, individual differences) and through shared citation networks. Charles Murray (b. 1943), Linda Gottfredson (b. 1947), and Arthur Jensen (1923-2012) cited evolutionary psychologists. Some evolutionary psychologists, including J. Philippe Rushton (1943-2012), worked on race differences. The contamination is partial, and academic ethicists who would be willing to engage evolutionary psychology in principle find that the citation network leads to places they cannot afford to go.
Analytic moral philosophy has its own established methodologies (conceptual analysis, reflective equilibrium, ideal-theory political philosophy) that do not need evolutionary psychology to function. The field has built its careers, citation networks, and prestige systems without it. Adopting evolutionary psychology would mean rewriting graduate curricula, retooling senior faculty, and accepting the methodological discipline of an empirical field. The field has nothing to gain from this and much to lose. Inertia plus coalition discipline keeps the boundary policed.
Ethicists distrust evolutionary psychology because the field is associated with conclusions their coalition treats as unacceptable, because the methodological worries are selectively applied (mainstream social psychology has had worse replication problems and is treated more gently), because the philosophical worries are sometimes principled but mostly post-hoc, and because the citation-network leads to behavior genetics and race-and-IQ research that the coalition treats as toxic. The distrust is overdetermined. Each layer alone might not produce it. All layers together produce a near-total exclusion of evolutionary psychology from mainstream academic ethics.
Coalition discipline determines what counts as a respectable citation. The cost is paid in incomplete theories. The completion sits in adjacent literatures that the coalition will not let through the door.

Hero System

For Doris, the hero system is the wilderness-reverent debunker.
Two figures sit at its center.
The first is Doug Peacock. Doris in his 2021 APA interview names Peacock as “an actual living American Hero” and says “I should be more like him. We all should.” That is the language of a hero system. Peacock is the Vietnam Special Forces medic turned grizzly tracker, the model for Hayduke in Edward Abbey (1927-1989)’s The Monkey Wrench Gang (1975), the man who helped conduct Abbey’s illegal desert burial, the friend of Earth First! co-founder Dave Foreman (1946-2022), the writer of the foreword to Foreman’s The Lobo Outback Funeral Home (2004). Peacock is the wilderness man who walked through war and came out the other side caring about grizzlies more than about civilization. He is the figure Doris brought to lecture at UC Santa Cruz and Wash U during his “activist teaching” Wilderness Studies courses across two decades.
The second is Stephen Stich. Stich is the dedicatee of Talking to Our Selves and the lead author on the altruism chapter of the 2010 Moral Psychology Handbook. Stich taught Doris how to be empirically careful, how to distinguish what data has shown from what philosophers wish data had shown, how to write the chapter that engages C. Daniel Batson (b. 1943)’s evidence honestly rather than overclaim. Stich is the academic father.
The hero system synthesizes these two figures. The Peacock model is the wilderness man who is anti-pretension about civilization, technology, progress, and human self-importance. The Stich model is the philosopher who is anti-pretension about armchair theorizing and demands engagement with science. The two synthesize into the figure Doris wants to be: the wilderness-reverent philosopher who debunks human moral pretensions using empirical rigor and lives part of his life outside the academy.
The unifying motif is anti-pretension. Peacock is anti-pretension about civilization. Stich is anti-pretension about philosophy. Lack of Character is anti-pretension about virtue. Talking to Our Selves is anti-pretension about reflective agency. The 2016 EAR paper softens the position because the data demand it, but the underlying anti-pretension stance is preserved by switching from situationism to character skepticism. The hero is the man who tells humans they are not who they think they are.
This hero system has its sacred objects. Wilderness is sacred. Grizzlies are sacred. Peacock is sacred. The “Afterwards” of Talking to Our Selves, with its climate panic and its mass-extinction lament, names the sacred. Doug and Andrea Peacock are thanked in the acknowledgments for “years of friendship and inspiration.” The sacred is what cannot be examined critically, and the deep-ecology adjacency in Doris’s life is structurally sacred for him in a way that is visible in what he praises and not visible in what he never criticizes.
This hero system has its dark backstop. Peacock himself has stated on his blog he hopes for a drastic reduction in human population within a century. Foreman wrote Man Swarm and the Killing of Wildlife (2011). The Earth First! lineage from which Peacock comes produced Christopher Manes (writing as Miss Ann Thropy) calling AIDS a “welcome development” in 1987 and David Graber hoping for a “right virus” in 1989. Doris has spent his career two degrees from these positions and has not, in published work, named or analyzed them. The hero system requires this silence. To name what Peacock and Foreman represent at the misanthropic edge would damage the hero figure, and the hero figure is doing too much work in Doris’s life to be damaged.
This is also where his coalition discipline becomes intelligible. The race chapter in the 2010 Handbook is cowardly because the dissenting literature on race threatens nothing in Doris’s hero system, while engaging it would cost him status in the academic coalition that lets him be the wilderness-reverent debunker philosopher. The Bargh-priming credulousness in the character chapter is similar: priming research backed up the situationist hero stance, and questioning it would have cost the hero stance its empirical foundation. The 2024 Milgram defense is the same logic in the other direction: Milgram is load-bearing for the hero system, so Doris fights for Milgram in print.
The hero system also explains the trajectory from strong situationism to moderate character skepticism without explicit retraction. Retracting would damage the anti-pretension hero stance that Lack of Character established. Updating quietly preserves the hero stance while accommodating the data. The same wilderness-reverent debunker shows up in 2002, 2015, 2022, and 2026, in different positions but with the same posture.
The hero system is coherent. It generates Doris’s published work, his teaching, his friendships, his silences, and his trajectory. The cost is the silence itself: the things he cannot say without damaging the hero stance that gives his life its meaning.

What Then Shall We Do?

The deepest unfinished work in Doris is the positive theory. The problem is not that he lacked ideas. He stopped at negation plus suggestive sketches, kept updating without retracting, and never welded the materials into a system that can replace what he dismantled.
Start with the core tension. Lack of Character shows that global traits do not predict behavior across situations. Talking to Our Selves shows that the unified, transparent deliberative self is mostly a post hoc narrator. Put those together and the classical moral agent collapses. Once you collapse it, you owe an account of what is doing the work.
Doris has updated. He has not retracted. The 2016 EAR paper coauthored with Kathryn Bollich, Simine Vazire (b. 1979), Charles Raison, Joshua Jackson, and Matthias Mehl found stable individual differences in everyday moral behavior at cross-time correlations of r = .42 to .71, which is the personality-psychology counter to strong situationism. Character Trouble renamed his position from situationism to character skepticism, conceded the rarity thesis (some virtuous people exist), and reframed the central argument as the disproportion thesis (traits are weaker than people suppose, not nonexistent). The 2022 chapter “Making Good: Virtues, Skills, and Performance Science” is his closest approach to a positive theory: moral improvement as skill acquisition through practice and expert performance. The 2024 paper with Laura Niemi and Edouard Machery (b. 1974) dug in on the Milgram evidence base against the incredulity hypothesis. The forthcoming 2026 book with Machery, Reasonable Doubt, suggests methodological retrenchment amid the replication crisis.
The trajectory is from strong situationism to moderate character skepticism through gradual concession. He has been updating without retracting in the pattern Alliance Theory predicts.
What the positive theory still needs.
A completed collaborativism requires three layers built together rather than gestured at separately. At the bottom, situational triggers and constraints: time pressure, authority cues, framing effects. Doris has this layer. In the middle, local dispositions: not global virtues but if-then profiles tied to domains, with some probability distribution. The work of Christian Miller (b. 1971), Daniel Russell, and the personality-psychology literature on the Big Five and behavior genetics already provides this. The 2016 EAR paper validated it. Doris has not yet integrated it. At the top, coalition alignment: behavior oriented toward maintaining standing within groups. The Pinsof-Sears-Haselton Alliance Theory of Strange Bedfellows is the political-psychology version of this layer. Stephen Turner (b. 1951)’s work on tacit knowledge and convenient beliefs is the philosophy-of-social-science version. Ernest Becker (1924-1974)’s hero systems give the existential motivation. John Mearsheimer (b. 1947) provides the structural-power version. None of this material has entered Doris’s published work.
Build the three layers together and collaborativism becomes a model: behavior as a function of situation, local profile, and coalition incentive. Testable, not just suggestive. Doris stops short of building it.
Why he stops short.
Here the diagnosis must shift from temporal to structural. A reader might think Doris has been lazy. He has not. He has been productive for the entire period in which the project remains unbuilt. The unfinishedness comes from the boundary of what his coalition lets him say. The completion requires four bodies of work his coalition rules out.
The personality-psychology literature. Doris’s own 2016 paper validated it, but the broader trait tradition (the Big Five, behavior genetics, longitudinal stability, heritability) connects to findings that overlap with race-and-IQ research, which is toxic to his secular-liberal academic coalition.
The coalition-theory literature. Pinsof’s Strange Bedfellows paper is the analytical foundation. Doris’s coalition has not engaged it because Alliance Theory is associated with evolutionary psychology, which his coalition treats with suspicion.
Religious-traditionalist resources. The strongest available philosophical alternatives to buffered-self liberal individualism are religious or traditionalist. Doris’s coalition treats these as objects of study, not as resources for theory-building.
The misanthropic strain in deep ecology. The full anthropology the project calls for, with persons porous, status-seeking, norm-sensitive, and partially self-transparent, bumps against the question of whether humans are merely animals among animals. Doris’s friend Doug Peacock and theEarth First! lineage answer “merely.” His sacred hero figure forecloses the anthropological alternative.
What a fearless Doris would investigate.
A Doris unconstrained by coalition discipline would take his own logic to its uncomfortable destinations. Six investigations sit within reach.
Race and behavior. The 2010 Moral Psychology Handbook race chapter by Daniel Kelly, Edouard Machery, and Ron Mallon treated thick racialism as settled by Lewontin (1929-2021)’s 1972 variance argument and footnoted thin racialism. A fearless Doris would engage A.W.F. Edwards (1935-2024)’s 2003 “Lewontin’s fallacy,” David Reich (b. 1974)’s genome-wide work, the behavior-genetic literature on individual and group differences, and the dissenters his field excludes (Charles Murray (b. 1943), Linda Gottfredson (b. 1947), Arthur Jensen (1923-2012), Nathan Cofnas (b. 1990)). He would ask whether the priming literature his character chapter relied on was contaminated by coalition incentives the same way the implicit-bias literature was. He would notice that his own analytical framework predicts coalition-driven citation patterns and would apply it to his own field.
Sex differences in moral psychology. The empirical record on sex differences in aggression, risk preference, empathy, and moral judgment is robust across cultures. A fearless Doris would integrate this into a moral psychology that takes the embodied person as a starting point. His coalition rules sex-difference research out for the same reasons it rules race-difference research out.
Religion as moral formation. The empirical record on religious practice and prosocial behavior, on church attendance and community trust, on religious upbringing and self-control, points to religious traditions as among the most successful character-formation systems humans have built. A fearless Doris would investigate what religious traditions know about cultivating dispositions that secular liberal moral psychology has not figured out. Christian Miller’s Templeton-funded character lab does some of this work. Doris’s coalition treats it as confessionally compromised.
The replication crisis as coalition science. The Bargh priming literature held up as long as it did because it served the situationist coalition. The Implicit Association Test held up as long as it did because it served the anti-bias coalition. Replication failures concentrate in coalition-serving findings. A fearless Doris would name this pattern and apply it to his own evidence base, including the Milgram findings he defended in 2024.
A fearless Doris would notice that the field he shaped is staffed almost entirely by upper-middle-class professionals from a narrow range of cultural backgrounds, and that this homogeneity itself shapes what counts as a moral problem worth studying. The lack of working-class, religious-traditionalist, or rural perspectives in moral psychology is a coalition-formation outcome that the field has not examined.
Deep ecology as ideology. The misanthropic strain in deep ecology, including the population-reduction views held by his friend Peacock and the Earth First! network, is the dark backstop of his sacred figures. A fearless Doris would name what Peacock and Foreman represent, examine the lineage from Arne Naess (1912-2009) through Pentti Linkola (1932-2020) to Christopher Manes and David Graber, and apply his analytical apparatus to his own intellectual formation. He would not have to repudiate his friendships. He would have to acknowledge what the framework requires acknowledging — that the movement favors the end of 99.9 humanity.
Are leading academic ethicists pushing back on the population-reduction core of deep ecology?
The honest answer is: None.
Inside academic philosophy and ethics, the silence is striking. The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy entry on environmental ethics treats deep ecology as a respectable position and does not center the population-reduction question.
The structural reason for the silence is the same one that explains Doris’s silence. Deep ecology is coalitionally aligned with the secular-liberal academic-environmental network. Naming its misanthropic strain would cost academic ethicists status in that network. The critics who have named it are mostly conservative, religious, or outside the mainstream prestige system. The critique has not been absorbed into mainstream ethics because the coalition that controls mainstream ethics has no incentive to absorb it.
The population-reduction foundation of deep ecology is the darkest position held by people in respectable academic and cultural networks, and academic ethics has declined to confront it. The reasons are coalitional. Doris’s silence on the views held by his sacred friend is one specific case of a much wider professional silence.
He cleared the ground. The city remains unbuilt because the architects who could build it work in coalitions Doris cannot join. Personality psychology has the trait-stability layer. Evolutionary psychology has the alliance-theory layer. Religious traditions have the anthropology of the porous, norm-sensitive, partially self-transparent person. Conservative and religious bioethicists have done the deep-ecology critique. The Stich-trained, secular-liberal, deep-ecology academic philosopher who wrote Lack of Character cleared a site for which his coalition has no plans. The completion will come from elsewhere or not at all.

The Set

Gilbert Harman (1938-2021) at Princeton fired the opening shot, arguing that social psychology dissolves the notion of character. Stephen Stich (b. 1943) at Rutgers gave the movement its respectability, after decades spent making philosophy answer to cognitive science. Then the younger cohort. Joshua Knobe (b. 1974) at Yale has an effect named after him. Shaun Nichols runs the determinism experiments with him. Joshua Greene (b. 1974) at Harvard put trolley problems in a brain scanner, joined by Fiery Cushman and Liane Young. Walter Sinnott-Armstrong (b. 1955) works the moral-intuition side. Jesse Prinz carries the sentimentalist banner. Edouard Machery at Pittsburgh and Ron Mallon hold the naturalist line. Adina Roskies works neuroethics, Daniel Kelly works disgust, Valerie Tiberius works well-being, and Maria Merritt defends the situationist reading of character. Owen Flanagan (b. 1949) and Anthony Appiah (b. 1954) are the senior men who blessed the empirical turn. At Cornell a next generation gathers around Laura Niemi.

What they value is science, or the standing that science confers. They want philosophy continuous with the lab. They prize the controlled experiment, the citation that crosses the aisle into psychology, the result that survives replication. They want psychologists to read them, not other philosophers alone. They distrust the armchair. A theory of human conduct, they hold, must answer to evidence about how men conduct themselves.

Their hero crosses the disciplinary border and kills a sacred cow with data. He shows that the comfortable picture fails on contact with the evidence: the virtuous man whose character steers him, the reasoner who knows his own reasons, the free agent who chooses. He publishes the debunking where psychologists will see it. The villain is the philosopher who builds a theory of agency out of introspection and ordinary language and never asks whether real men work that way. To win standing here you overturn an illusion, and you do it with numbers.

The status games follow from that. Co-authorship marks them as scientific in a discipline that worships the solo monograph, so they co-author like a lab. They collect cross-disciplinary citations. They prize the named effect, the Templeton grant, the handbook editorship, the Stanton Prize, the society presidency. And they police method. Your sample is WEIRD. Your study lacks a control. Your finding will not replicate. The replication vocabulary doubles as a weapon against rivals and a shield for friends.

Their normative claims grow from one premise: ought implies can. A morality that demands what men cannot deliver is broken. Blame should soften once you see how much the situation drives the deed. Ethics should engineer better situations rather than preach better characters. Responsibility judgments should track the facts about agency. Greene pushes hardest, treating deontological intuitions as evolutionary residue, which lets him favor a cost-benefit morality on what he presents as scientific ground.

The essentialist claims cut two ways. The set denies that character is real, that a man carries fixed traits from room to room. That denial is its founding anti-essentialism. Yet it runs essentialisms of its own. It treats the data as a fixed arbiter standing outside the dispute. It treats the mind as having a discoverable architecture, modules and two systems and heuristics, and grants that architecture the solidity it withholds from character. It draws a hard line between the empirically serious and the empirically naive, and treats the line as marking a real kind of man.

Their moral grammar repeats a few moves. Show that an intuition shifts with a morally irrelevant factor, the order of the cases, a foul smell, a clean desk, and conclude the intuition cannot be trusted. Show that a faculty is weaker or more divided than folk theory assumes, and conclude the philosophy built on it collapses. Replace the agent’s story about himself with a third-person causal account. Prize the counterintuitive result over the obvious one. The sentence runs: men believe X about themselves; the experiment shows not-X; the old theory falls.

The program overreached. Personality psychologists who study traits for a living think the philosophers misread the evidence, and that traits do predict behavior once you aggregate across many occasions. Worse for the set, the replication crisis tore through social psychology and took down several of the priming and depletion results the situationists had leaned on. The hero who debunked character with experiments now finds that his debunking experiments will not always replicate. John Doris and Machery’s turn toward doubt about science reads in part as a reckoning with that exposure.

This set won. The insurgency became the curriculum. Empirically informed ethics holds the chairs, edits the handbooks, runs the society, trains the students. Doris embodies the victory. The status game has shifted from storming the gate to guarding it.

Posted in John M. Doris, Philosophy | Comments Off on The Dime in the Phone Booth: John M. Doris and the Science of Moral Failure

Amy Wax: Truth, Transgression, and the Modern University

Part Two Part Three

Amy Laura Wax is a pressure point inside the modern university, a figure through whom deeper institutional contradictions become visible. Her biography tracks a classic ascent through the highest tiers of American meritocracy. Having secured that position, she has used it to challenge many of the moral premises now dominant in the very institutions that credentialed her. Understanding what she argues requires understanding where she stands. She argues from inside the system.
Born January 19, 1953, in Troy, New York, to a Conservative Jewish family, Wax took a B.S. summa cum laude in molecular biophysics and biochemistry from Yale, followed by a Marshall Scholarship for study in philosophy, physiology, and psychology at Oxford’s Somerville College. She completed an M.D. cum laude with distinction in neuroscience from Harvard Medical School in 1981, practiced neurology, and then earned a J.D. from Columbia Law School in 1987, editing the Law Review and winning prizes in labor law and jurisprudence.
Wax was formed by the most demanding institutions the country produces. She clerked for Judge Abner Mikva on the D.C. Circuit, then served as an Assistant to the Solicitor General, arguing fifteen cases before the Supreme Court. She taught at Virginia Law before joining Penn in 2001, winning the Lindback Award for Distinguished Teaching in 2015. When she later became a figure of outrage and denunciation, she did so as someone the system had repeatedly certified as exceptional. Her authority did not come from courage alone. It came from occupying one of the most prestigious credentialing institutions in the country while attacking many of the premises on which that institution now publicly rests.
Her early scholarship did not mark her as a culture war figure. It focused on welfare policy, labor markets, and family structure, with sustained attention to reciprocity, incentives, and the unintended consequences of state intervention. She was already skeptical of liberalism’s tendency to abstract away from behavior and norms. She argued that policy built on an incomplete picture of human motivation would fail, especially when it ignored the stabilizing role of family formation and work discipline. Her 2009 book Race, Wrongs, and Remedies, published by Hoover Institution Press, applied this lens to racial disparities. The book argues that the gaps between Black and White Americans in education, income, family structure, and incarceration cannot be closed by outside intervention because the remaining barriers lie in human capital deficits that only Black Americans can repair through their own efforts. Wax builds the argument through an extended legal analogy she calls the parable of the pedestrian. A driver runs over a man and breaks his spine. The driver pays the medical bills. But the victim will never walk again unless he does the painful rehabilitation himself. Past discrimination, on this model, put Black Americans in the hospital. Further transfers from White society cannot finish the recovery. Only the victim can.
The book matters in Wax’s career as the respectable predicate for everything that came after. In 2009 she was a tenured Penn law professor writing within an established conservative tradition running through Thomas Sowell (b. 1930), Shelby Steele (b. 1948), and Glenn Loury (b. 1948). The Hoover imprint, the legal-remedies framing, the careful citation apparatus, and the concessions to liberal priors (she accepts that past discrimination caused current disparities, she grants the presumptive case for reparations on standard tort logic) all mark the book as a work seeking admission to polite debate. She is making an argument a law professor can make. The provocative claim, that cultural and behavioral patterns among Black Americans now drive the gaps and that White people cannot fix this, is wrapped in the cotton wool of remedies doctrine, counterfactual analysis, and Cass Sunstein’s (b. 1954) incompletely theorized agreements.
Read alongside her later career, the book looks like a way station. In 2017 she co-authored the Philadelphia Inquirer op-ed praising “bourgeois culture” that triggered the first major wave of demands for her dismissal. In 2017 she said to Glenn Loury on video at 49:04 that she had rarely if ever seen a Black Penn law student finish in the top quarter of the class. By 2019 at the National Conservatism Conference she argued that American culture benefits from being shaped by people of European descent and endorsed a “cultural distance nationalism” in immigration policy (she hasn’t spoke at a National Conservatism Conference since). By 2021 she was saying on the Glenn Loury podcast that the country had too many Asian Americans. Penn moved to sanction her. The arc runs from a 2009 book arguing that Black Americans must help themselves because no one else can, to claims by the mid-2020s about innate cultural and cognitive differences between racial and ethnic groups that bear on who belongs in America.
The book contains the seeds. Chapter 3 surveys the evidence on the Black-White test score gap and walks through the exogenous explanations, concluding that school quality, funding, teacher race, stereotype threat, and teacher expectations cannot account for much of it. She stops short in 2009 of endorsing a hereditarian explanation. She rests the argument on culture and behavior, on what she calls endogenous factors. But the structure of her later move is already visible. If external causes cannot explain the gap, and if cultural self-help programs also fail to close it (a possibility she entertains), then the argument has only one place left to go. The book does not take that step. Her later career does.
The book reads now like a document of a vanishing moment in American intellectual life, when a careful conservative legal scholar could publish a Hoover book arguing that Black Americans bear the central responsibility for closing racial gaps, and expect the argument to be met with counter-argument. Wax’s subsequent career suggests she either lost patience with the constraints of that register or concluded the constraints had always been a trap. The prose of Race, Wrongs, and Remedies is cautious, lawyerly, hedged. The Wax of the 2020s speaks plainly about group differences, immigration, and cultural hierarchy. One way to read the book is as the last careful statement of a position she came to regard as cowardly. Another is as the honest statement of a position that her critics read as the cover story for something harsher, and who then pushed her, through years of sanction proceedings and public denunciation, into saying the harsher thing out loud. The respectable legal-conservative world of 2009 that could hold Wax Sowell and Steele and Loury, has since contracted or fractured. The coalition she occupies now rewards a different kind of speech. The book marks the moment before that pivot.
The academy of 2009 no longer exists. The intellectual culture that could accommodate Wax’s argument within the bounds of legitimate debate has undergone a transformation that helps explain both her trajectory and the fierce response to her later positions.
In 2009, American academic culture still operated under what we might call the “diversity framework” rather than the “equity framework.” The diversity paradigm, consolidated in the 1990s and early 2000s, accepted racial disparities as problems requiring remediation but maintained space for debate about causes and solutions. Conservatives could argue for cultural explanations, liberals for structural ones. The framework assumed good faith disagreement was possible and that empirical evidence could adjudicate between competing hypotheses. Wax’s book participates in this conversation. She cites liberal scholars respectfully, engages their arguments on the merits, and accepts many of their premises while challenging their conclusions. The Hoover Institution was controversial but not toxic. A Penn law professor could publish there without triggering removal proceedings.
The equity framework that emerged in the 2010s and consolidated after 2020 operates differently. It treats racial disparities not as puzzles requiring investigation but as evidence of ongoing systemic racism that demands immediate structural remediation. The framework is less interested in causal mechanisms than in moral imperatives. Arguments that locate any significant causal weight in the choices or cultures of disadvantaged groups are not incorrect but impermissible—they serve the function of justifying continued oppression regardless of their empirical content. The shift represents a move from what we might call “liberal proceduralism” to “progressive substantivism.” Under the old rules, you could argue anything if you followed proper scholarly method. Under the new rules, certain conclusions are ruled out a priori because they serve illegitimate political ends.
This shift coincided with broader changes in academic culture. The expansion of diversity, equity, and inclusion bureaucracies created institutional incentives to monitor and police discourse around race. DEI administrators, unlike traditional academic administrators, have professional identities tied to advancing particular substantive positions rather than maintaining procedural fairness. The growth of social media created new mechanisms for organizing pressure campaigns against faculty members whose arguments were deemed harmful. The casualization of academic labor—the shift toward contingent faculty with little job security—created constituencies with strong incentives to demonstrate ideological alignment. Graduate students, postdocs, and adjuncts cannot afford to be seen as out of step.
The methodological consensus that supported Wax’s 2009 argument also eroded. The book relies heavily on quantitative social science, particularly economics, to make its case about the limited effects of school quality, spending, and teacher characteristics on the Black-White achievement gap. But quantitative methods themselves came under attack during this period as embodying “White” ways of knowing that marginalize other forms of evidence and experience. Critical race theory, which had been confined to law schools in the 1990s, spread across disciplines and challenged the neutrality claims of empirical research. Scholars argued that seemingly objective studies reflected the biases and interests of their predominantly White male authors and institutions.
The generational turnover in academia accelerated these changes. Faculty hired in the 1970s and 1980s, who had been trained under the older liberal proceduralist model, began retiring. Their replacements, trained in the post-2008 environment, brought different assumptions about the relationship between scholarship and activism. They were more likely to see academic work as a tool for advancing social justice rather than as a disinterested pursuit of truth. This cohort was also more diverse demographically, which changed the lived experiences and political commitments represented in faculty ranks.
The financial pressures on higher education post-2008 contributed as well. As state funding for public universities declined and tuition costs soared, institutions became more sensitive to public criticism and more dependent on donor relations. Controversial faculty members posed reputational risks that cash-strapped universities could not easily absorb. The old norm that tenured faculty should be protected from outside pressure weakened as administrators calculated the costs and benefits of defending academic freedom against well-organized campaigns.
Student culture changed dramatically. The students entering college after 2010 had been educated under No Child Left Behind and Common Core regimes that emphasized measurable outcomes and standardized approaches. They were more likely to see education as credentialing for career advancement rather than as intellectual exploration. Many arrived at college with therapeutic frameworks for understanding social problems that emphasized trauma, harm, and safety rather than argument and evidence. The concept of “emotional labor” entered mainstream student discourse, creating new categories of harm that could be inflicted through classroom discussion.
The rise of intersectionality as an organizing framework also reshaped academic discourse. Where the diversity framework of the 1990s had treated different forms of disadvantage as separate problems requiring separate solutions, intersectionality insisted on their interconnection and on the impossibility of understanding any single axis of oppression in isolation. This made arguments like Wax’s, which focused narrowly on race while bracketing class and other factors, seem not just wrong but theoretically primitive.
The Trump presidency accelerated all these trends. Academic institutions that had maintained studied neutrality on political questions began taking explicit positions on immigration, climate change, and other policy issues. The boundary between scholarship and activism, already blurred, largely collapsed. Faculty members who had previously kept their political views private felt compelled to demonstrate their opposition to Trumpism. In this environment, arguments that could be construed as providing intellectual cover for Trump administration policies faced heightened scrutiny.
Applied to Wax, these changes created a perfect storm. Her 2009 book would likely have faced more criticism if published in 2019, not because the empirical claims had been refuted but because the framework for evaluating such claims had shifted. The equity paradigm treats cultural explanations for racial disparities as inherently suspect regardless of their evidentiary basis. The intersectional framework makes it harder to discuss race in isolation from class, gender, and other factors. The therapeutic framework treats such arguments as harmful to students regardless of their truth value.
Wax herself adapted to these changes by becoming more provocative. Where a 2009 conservative might have responded to increased scrutiny by hedging arguments and multiplying caveats, the Wax of the 2010s moved in the opposite direction. She began making claims about group differences that her 2009 book had scrupulously avoided. She shifted from academic venues to podcasts and conferences that operated outside traditional scholarly norms. She embraced the role of campus provocateur that the new system had inadvertently created for her.
This dynamic reflects a broader pathology in contemporary academic culture. The narrowing of legitimate discourse creates incentives for scholars with heterodox views to exit the system of internal checks and balances that previously constrained academic debate. When careful arguments trigger the same institutional response as incendiary ones, the incentive structure rewards incendiary argumentation. Wax’s trajectory from the measured prose of Race, Wrongs, and Remedies to her recent comments about Asian Americans and European cultural superiority reflects this logic.
The result is a system that has achieved greater demographic diversity and political consensus at the cost of intellectual diversity and robust debate. The academy of 2026 is more committed to racial equity but less capable of investigating the complex causal questions that effective equity policies would require. It can identify and condemn arguments it finds harmful but struggles to generate empirically grounded alternatives. The displacement of scholarly norms by political ones ultimately serves neither scholarship nor politics well. Wax’s case illustrates both the costs of the old system’s tolerance for arguments that many found harmful and the costs of the new system’s intolerance for arguments that challenge reigning orthodoxies.

The Evolution of Amy Wax

The standard narrative treats her evolution as a revelation of pre-existing bigotry, but the timing and pattern suggest something more complex: a reactive radicalization triggered by cultural shifts that felt like civilizational threats.
Obama’s second term marked the moment when what had been elite academic theories began migrating into mainstream institutional practice. The concepts that would later be called “woke”—systemic racism, white privilege, implicit bias training, microaggressions—moved from graduate seminars into corporate HR departments, K-12 curricula, and federal agency guidelines. For someone like Wax, trained in 1980s legal culture that prized colorblind proceduralism and individual merit, this represented not progress but a fundamental category error about how society should operate.
The psychological mechanism appears to be what Jonathan Haidt calls “moral foundations theory” in practice. Wax’s 2009 book operates within a framework that prioritizes fairness-as-proportionality (outcomes should track effort and ability) and liberty-as-non-coercion (institutions should be neutral arbiters). The emerging progressive framework prioritized care-as-protection (institutions must shield vulnerable groups from harm) and fairness-as-equality (disparate outcomes prove systemic bias). These are not mere policy disagreements but conflicts between incompatible moral intuitions about what justice requires.
For people whose moral architecture prioritizes merit and procedural fairness, the new dispensation felt like institutional capture by an alien value system. Wax watched her university adopt bias response teams, mandatory diversity statements, and equity requirements that seemed to her to violate basic principles of academic freedom and scholarly objectivity. The response was not mere disagreement but something closer to moral disgust—the feeling that sacred principles were being systematically violated by people who claimed to speak for justice.
The temporal pattern matters. In 2009, Wax could still frame her argument as operating within shared liberal premises while challenging liberal conclusions. She accepted that discrimination had caused current disparities, endorsed the presumptive case for reparations, and sought common ground through what Cass Sunstein called “incompletely theorized agreements.” But as the cultural ground shifted beneath her, this moderate position became increasingly untenable. The new framework treated cultural explanations for racial disparities not as empirical hypotheses but as sophisticated forms of racism. The space for her style of argument simply vanished.
This created what psychologists call a “reactance” response. When people perceive their freedom of thought or expression as under threat, they often become more extreme in the threatened direction as a way of asserting their autonomy. Wax’s post-2015 trajectory shows classic signs of this pattern: she moved from making careful empirical claims about Black-White achievement gaps to broader assertions about group differences, immigration, and cultural hierarchy. Each round of institutional pressure seemed to produce a more provocative response.
The social psychology research on political polarization suggests that perceived outgroup threat activates in-group loyalty and increases willingness to endorse previously unthinkable positions. As Wax watched colleagues denounce views she considered reasonable, she may have experienced what social psychologist Jennifer Richeson calls “zero-sum thinking”—the perception that gains for other groups necessarily represent losses for her group. This would explain her shift from arguing that Black Americans need to help themselves (a position compatible with racial egalitarianism) to arguing that immigration from non-European countries threatens American culture.
The generational dimension compounds the psychological pressure. Wax represents a cohort that entered academia during the height of liberal proceduralism, when the ideal was colorblind institutions that judged people by individual merit. This cohort experienced the civil rights movement as a successful effort to universalize liberal principles. From this perspective, the new emphasis on group identity, systemic racism, and equity policies represents not progress beyond an inadequate liberalism but a regression to the pre-liberal thinking the civil rights movement had supposedly overcome.
The specific content of woke orthodoxy may have triggered particular psychological vulnerabilities. Wax’s academic identity was built on her capacity to see through convenient rationalizations and identify uncomfortable truths that others preferred to avoid. This identity was central to her self-concept and professional reputation. The new framework treated such “uncomfortable truths” as harmful regardless of their accuracy and elevated emotional safety over intellectual honesty. For someone whose core identity centered on truth-telling, this felt like an attack on the foundation of her professional existence.
The mechanism of enforcement also mattered. Traditional academic disagreement operated through scholarly debate—you published counter-arguments, presented competing evidence, and allowed the community to adjudicate. The new enforcement mechanisms operated through administrative pressure, social media campaigns, and public shaming. For someone socialized into academic norms, this shift from intellectual to political combat may have triggered a fight-or-flight response that favored increasingly confrontational rhetoric.
The isolation dynamic intensified the spiral. As Wax’s positions became more controversial, her access to traditional academic forums diminished. She began appearing on podcasts, writing for online publications, and speaking at conferences that operated outside mainstream academic norms. These venues rewarded provocation over careful argumentation and connected her with intellectual communities that had different standards for evidence and reasoning. The shift in audience changed the incentive structure and pulled her further from her original scholarly identity.
The biographical details of her trajectory support this interpretation. Her 2017 Philadelphia Inquirer op-ed praising “bourgeois culture” still operates within recognizable academic discourse, citing social science evidence and making policy arguments. But her 2021 comments about Asian Americans on the Glenn Loury podcast reflect a different register entirely—more personal, more emotional, more willing to make sweeping generalizations without empirical support. This suggests not a careful intellectual evolution but a reactive spiral that undermined her own scholarly standards.
The sense that fundamental civilizational principles were under attack, that reasonable positions were being ruled out of bounds by an increasingly militant orthodoxy, that the very possibility of rational discourse was being undermined by people who claimed to speak for rationality—all of this could trigger defensive reactions that pushed people toward positions they would not have endorsed under calmer circumstances.
The tragedy is that this reactive spiral served neither Wax’s intellectual interests nor the cause of honest engagement with racial disparities. Her 2009 book contained empirical claims and policy arguments that deserved serious engagement regardless of their political implications. But by allowing the changing cultural climate to push her into increasingly provocative positions, she made it easier for critics to dismiss her entire body of work as motivated by animus. The result is an intellectual landscape where certain questions cannot be asked and certain evidence cannot be discussed, which serves neither scientific progress nor social justice.
This suggests a broader pathology in how American intellectual culture handles heterodox positions. Rather than engaging uncomfortable arguments on their merits, the system now tends to demonize their proponents, which creates incentives for those proponents to become more extreme and less careful. Wax’s trajectory from thoughtful scholar to campus provocateur illustrates the costs of this spiral for everyone.
Wax’s 2017 Philadelphia Inquirer op-ed, titled “Paying the Price for the Breakdown of the Country’s Bourgeois Culture,” reframed a wide range of social problems as downstream of cultural erosion. Thrift, delayed gratification, stable marriage, and respect for authority appear in her argument not as nostalgic virtues but as functional prerequisites for participation in a modern economy. The claim that “all cultures are not equal” in producing these outcomes crystallized the controversy. It took an argument that could be framed as empirical and placed it directly against the normative commitments of contemporary egalitarianism.
At that point Wax ceased to be merely an author of arguments and became a symbol around which others organized themselves. Supporters saw in her a rare willingness to articulate what they believed were suppressed truths about culture, behavior, and group differences. Critics saw a scholar laundering prejudice through the language of empiricism and free inquiry. What is striking is that both reactions rely less on the fine details of any particular article than on what Wax represents in a broader struggle over the boundaries of permissible thought.
Her work on race intensified this. She argued that average differences across groups in outcomes such as academic performance or crime rates cannot be fully explained by discrimination alone. She presents this as realism, a refusal to let policy follow comforting but inaccurate narratives. In a 2017 podcast with Glenn Loury, she observed at 49:04, based on her teaching experience, that she had rarely seen Black students at top law schools graduate in the top quarter or half of their class, an “inconvenient fact” she urged confronting directly. Critics argued that such claims flatten individual variation, invite stigma, and rest on shaky or misinterpreted evidence. Supporters argued that refusing to discuss such patterns produces worse policy and undermines intellectual honesty. The result is not a settled debate but a durable standoff in which the act of raising the question is treated by many as a moral violation.
Her immigration views extend the same framework. What she has called “cultural-distance nationalism” ties together her concerns about family structure, welfare policy, and social cohesion. The core argument is that large-scale immigration from societies with different norms risks importing patterns maladaptive in a high-trust, high-productivity economy. Immigration policy, in her view, should prioritize groups whose existing cultural background aligns with what she sees as the bourgeois prerequisites of prosperity: thrift, deferred gratification, institutional loyalty, stable family formation. The refusal to discriminate based on cultural compatibility, she argues, is not a moral triumph but a form of institutional self-destruction.
Style is central to her impact. Wax does not merely present conclusions. She frames them in a way that merges clinical detachment with deliberate provocation, allowing her to occupy two positions at once. She can claim the authority of a scholar confronting inconvenient facts while also triggering the outrage that ensures those claims will circulate widely. In a crowded intellectual marketplace, transgression captures attention. By framing explosive claims about race or IQ in the language of empirical realism, she forces critics into a dilemma. If they ignore her, her claims circulate unchallenged among her supporters. If they attack her, they provide the outrage that amplifies her voice and confirms her status as a dissident.
The institutional response has been equally revealing. After years of complaints, Penn imposed sanctions in September 2024 that stopped short of termination. She was suspended at half pay, stripped of research funds and her named Robert Mundheim Professor chair, publicly reprimanded, and restricted in how she could represent the university. She retained tenure. This is a distinctly modern solution. It preserves the formal structure of academic protection while signaling moral condemnation and reducing status. It creates a middle category between full membership and expulsion, allowing the institution to say that it has not violated core principles while still responding to internal and external pressure.
This middle category matters. It shows how elite institutions now manage internal deviance. In an earlier era, the choice might have been framed more starkly: protect the dissenter or remove her. Today there is a preference for partial containment. The dissenter is kept within the institution but marked, her authority narrowed, her symbolic capital reduced. This approach reflects competing pressures that the university cannot fully resolve. It still values the prestige associated with intellectual independence, but it is deeply invested in maintaining a moral identity aligned with contemporary egalitarian norms. Wax’s case forces those pressures into the open.
She sued in January 2025, alleging viewpoint discrimination, racial bias in enforcement, and tenure violations. A federal judge dismissed the suit in August 2025, and she appealed to the Third Circuit, with the case ongoing as of May 2026. She filed a parallel state contract claim. She continues speaking publicly, including at the Cornell Law Federalist Society in March 2026, on higher education reform.
There is an internal tension within her project that deserves attention. Realism has its own temptations. To insist on confronting aggregate patterns is to risk treating those patterns as destiny. To emphasize group-level differences is to risk obscuring individual variation and the possibility of change. To reject comforting narratives is to invite a different kind of simplification, one that can slide into fatalism or overconfidence in contested empirical claims. Wax presents herself as someone resisting sentimentality. But the stance of the unsentimental observer carries its own risks, including the temptation to treat one’s own framework as immune to bias.
Her biography sharpens this tension. Wax is a product of extremely rare institutional pathways. Her life has been shaped by access to elite education, mentorship, and professional opportunity at the highest levels. She champions bourgeois normality and the path of the productive citizen from a vantage point that is exceptional by any measure. Yale, Oxford, Harvard Medical School, Columbia Law, the Solicitor General’s office: this is a trajectory available to a tiny fraction of the population. She argues from above about the norms needed below.
Wax’s career exposes a structural contradiction in contemporary academia. Universities still claim to be spaces for fearless inquiry, committed to following arguments wherever they lead. At the same time they operate within a moral framework that treats certain lines of inquiry and certain conclusions as beyond the pale. When a tenured professor uses the protections of the system to challenge those boundaries directly, the institution is forced to reveal which commitment takes precedence.
Amy Wax is the point at which that revelation becomes unavoidable. She is not outside the system criticizing it. She is inside it, using its own protections to press against its limits. The response she has received shows that those limits are real, contested, and actively managed. Her career functions less as a referendum on a single thinker and more as a case study in how modern elite institutions negotiate the tension between truth-seeking and moral legitimacy. Whether one sees her as a necessary dissenter or a harmful provocateur, the conditions that made her possible, and the reactions she has provoked, say some things about the present state of the university.
Tenure now protects the form of academic freedom while hollowing out the substance. Penn could not fire Amy Wax, so it stripped her of required courses, summer pay, her named chair, and standing committees. The procedure became the punishment. Discipline runs through process.
Standards apply by coalition. Faculty who attack religion, conservatives, Whites, men, capitalism, Israel, or America draw no comparable inquiry. Speech that offends progressive coalitions triggers years of investigation. Speech that flatters them passes without notice. The asymmetry is the standard.
Careful empirical argument no longer shields a tenured speaker. Wax cites data on IQ, immigration outcomes, family structure, and criminal justice. Her careful citation does not protect her. The institution reads careful citation as a provocation, because the conclusions cut against the sacred narrative.
Student complaints drive faculty discipline. The customer-grievance model has merged with the harm framework. A student who reports feeling demeaned now triggers procedures that older models reserved for plagiarism or fraud.
Faculty solidarity around free inquiry has collapsed. Few colleagues defended her right to speak. The principle of academic freedom has thin support among the tenured, who treat it as situational rather than categorical.
The university serves as a credentialing brand for elite employers, and Wax embarrasses the brand. Top law firms, federal clerkships, and corporate counsel positions cannot tolerate a Penn imprimatur on views they find toxic. So the university puts distance between brand and speaker even when the speaker has tenure.
The sacred system of the modern university is anti-racism and inclusion. Wax’s heresy runs against that hero system, not against scholarly standards. The charge sheet uses scholarly language, but the underlying offense is theological.
Civility and collegiality work as coalition tools, not neutral procedures. The official charges concentrate on her manner because the substance cannot be charged directly. Tone replaces content as the disciplinary handle.
Donor pressure operates asymmetrically. Faculty and student pressure moves the administration. Donor pressure does not, except where it aligns with the dominant coalition.
The categories “data” and “hypothesis” no longer enjoy protected status. Her claims about group outcomes go unrefuted in the proceeding. They are treated as harms whose truth value is irrelevant.
The modern university has resolved the tension between academic freedom and moral legitimacy by separating them. Freedom gets procedural protection. Legitimacy gets enforcement. You may speak. You will pay. The institution can then claim it did not silence you.
Ivy League law schools sit at a chokepoint of elite legal placement. Chokepoints cannot tolerate public dissent from coalition orthodoxy without losing their position. So the chokepoint disciplines its dissenters quietly while keeping the language of free inquiry.
The university now manages truth-seeking and moral legitimacy by separating them. Truth-seeking gets formal protection. Moral legitimacy gets enforcement. Wax stands at the seam.

Against Nature-On Robert Wright’s The Moral Animal’ (1996)

This piece, the first publication listed on her 5-19-18 CV, presents itself as a book review while building a theory of civilization from Darwinian premises and traces what such a theory implies for law, morality, status competition, and the fragility of cooperative orders. The essay marks an early articulation of themes Wax later develops across her work on family structure, welfare, meritocracy, and social cohesion. Read alongside her subsequent jurisprudence, the piece functions as a foundational statement of her anthropological commitments before public controversy concentrated attention on her conclusions.

Wax accepts Wright’s synthesis of evolutionary biology as a starting point and presses past Wright’s own conclusions to develop a sustained argument about the institutional consequences of evolved psychology. Wright covers natural selection, inclusive fitness, kin altruism, reciprocal altruism, sexual dimorphism, status hierarchy, and the moral sense. Wax extracts from this material a thesis about the fragility of moral ecologies and the limits of social engineering. Her argument runs against assumptions that organize contemporary economics, legal liberalism, and progressive social policy.

The opening move turns on a question economics has set aside. Classical economics, following the formulation Jack Hirshleifer (1925-2005) cites, treats preferences as exogenous givens and models behavior under conditions of given tastes. Sociobiology asks where the tastes came from. Evolutionary psychology, the branch of sociobiology Wright draws on, holds that the biological evolution of our species produced an identifiable repertoire of desires, leanings, and responses to other people. These patterns supply the building blocks for social expectations about moral worth, fairness, obligation, and right. Cultural variation operates on a substrate that culture did not create. The substrate sets the boundary conditions within which cultural variation occurs.

Wax follows Wright in distinguishing evolved psychology from outward behavior. The first refers to programmed cognitive and emotional responses triggered by experience. The second refers to the conduct that results when those responses interact with custom, culture, and circumstance. The distinction lets Wax reject biological determinism and radical social constructivism in the same gesture. Human beings are not infinitely plastic. They are not mechanically fixed. They carry stable motivational patterns that interact with social systems to produce a range of possible behaviors, some easier to elicit than others, some harder to suppress.

This framing has consequences. It places the burden of explanation differently. Reformers who assume behavioral patterns reflect arbitrary cultural impositions face a question they often skip: why are some patterns more stable than others, and why do some require more strenuous cultural intervention to maintain or to suppress? Wax answers by treating evolved psychology as a set of constraints any social order must accommodate. The accommodation might take many forms. The constraints remain.

Sexual dimorphism receives close attention. Wax follows Wright in arguing that the asymmetric reproductive endowments of men and women generated, over evolutionary time, average differences in mating strategy, status competition, sexual selectivity, jealousy, nurturance, and risk tolerance. Women bore high reproductive costs through pregnancy, lactation, and prolonged infant care. Men could in principle father many more offspring than women could mother. From this asymmetry follow predictable average tendencies: greater male competitiveness and sexual opportunism; greater female selectivity and orientation toward offspring investment. The argument about averages does not foreclose individual variation. Some women are more competitive than some men. The averages remain detectable across cultures, or so Wax and Wright argue.

The institution of marriage acquires a different aspect when read through the lens of sexual asymmetry. Lifelong monogamy ceases to look like a purely oppressive convention and starts to look like an arrangement for redirecting potentially destabilizing male impulses toward paternal investment and cooperative childrearing. The institution does not abolish the impulses. It channels them. Wax notes Wright’s observation that polygamy tends to disappear under conditions of political egalitarianism among men, since societies where high-status males monopolize desirable women must contend with large numbers of unattached low-status men who possess at least some political power.

Civilization, on this account, does not liberate human beings from nature. Civilization manages nature through systems of moral restraint. Stable orders require trade-offs, sacrifice, coercion, and the suppression of destructive desires. The dream of maximizing freedom, equality, self-expression, and social stability at once cannot succeed because these goods often conflict. Wax presents this as a counsel of realism. Reformers who proceed without acknowledging the trade-offs end up surprised by the costs.

The phrase Wax draws from Wright captures the formal structure of the argument: it takes a gene to beat a gene. Moral systems do not transcend evolved psychology. They mobilize one set of evolved tendencies against another. The desire for esteem, prestige, and belonging gets enlisted to suppress short-term selfishness, sexual opportunism, and predation. Conscience, guilt, and shame are not impositions on a natural self that would otherwise live at peace. They are themselves features of evolved psychology. Civilization works by setting natural impulses against one another.

The account of moral norms and status hierarchies that follows from this premise represents the analytical core of the essay. Reciprocal altruism alone, on Wax’s reading, cannot sustain large-scale cooperation. Humans evolved not merely to exchange favors but to formulate generalized expectations about how people ought to behave. The deontic urge, the impulse to articulate principles of right conduct that apply beyond immediate kin and direct reciprocity, generates the moral systems that mark all known cultures.

These systems do not enforce themselves. Their effectiveness depends on what Wright calls social firepower: the coordinated capacity of communities to allocate prestige to compliance and to inflict status loss on deviation. Status hunger, the human concern with reputation, honor, admiration, and belonging, supplies the motive force. Communities enforce moral norms not chiefly through formal punishment but through informal sanctions: shame, gossip, stigmatization, ostracism, scorn, and the withdrawal of regard. The argument places Wax in tension with both neoclassical economics and technocratic liberalism. Economics treats individuals as utility-maximizers responsive to material incentives. Wax argues that humans often weight reputation, honor, and standing more heavily than financial outcomes. Legal liberalism assumes formal incentives can manage behavior at scale. Wax argues that informal norms do most of the work, and that formal sanctions falter when the underlying moral consensus thins.

The implications for family policy are direct. Alimony, child support enforcement, welfare transfers, and other formal levers can shift incentives at the margins. They cannot substitute for the moral ecology that once sustained marriage and paternal obligation. Communities historically regulated sexual behavior through shame, stigma, and reputational sanction. Once those systems weaken, the state struggles to reproduce equivalent discipline through bureaucratic means. The argument anticipates Wax’s later writing on family structure and welfare, and it tracks an empirical literature that has continued to develop since 1996, including the work of Linda Waite (b. 1947), Sara McLanahan (b. 1940), and others on the differential outcomes of children raised in two-parent and single-parent homes.

A second analytical move concerns what Wax describes as the asymmetric character of social engineering. Social policy, on her account, performs unevenly across two tasks. It can dissolve traditional restrictions with relative ease. It struggles to construct disciplined behavioral patterns that depend on sacrifice and restraint. The asymmetry follows from the structure of moral enforcement. Norms demanding fidelity, delayed gratification, and stable childrearing depend on dense systems of informal sanction. Those systems can take generations to build. Once elites delegitimize stigma and weaken communal sanctions, the normative architecture erodes faster than it accumulated. Wax cites the phrase associated with Daniel Patrick Moynihan (1927-2003): communities define deviancy down. As a behavior once treated as deviant becomes common, the cost of sanctioning rises and the willingness to sanction falls. Bystander enforcement collapses because the enforcers have to sanction friends, neighbors, and family. The result is normalization, and once normalization sets in, restoring the prior norm proves difficult.

The ecological metaphor Wax deploys carries analytical weight. Longstanding customs operate as evolved equilibria whose functions are not always visible to those who live within them. The benefits often become apparent only after the equilibrium collapses. Once informal prestige systems and sanction networks disappear, they may prove difficult to reconstruct. The argument supports a presumption in favor of caution toward institutional reform programs that assume traditional arrangements can be dismantled and rebuilt at will. Wax does not argue that all traditions deserve preservation. She argues that the costs of dismantling go underestimated and that the difficulty of reconstruction goes underestimated as well.

Wax avoids biological determinism by incorporating cultural evolution. The discussion draws on Robert Boyd (b. 1948) and Peter Richerson (b. 1943) and represents one of the more sophisticated dimensions of the essay. Culture has partial autonomy from genetic fitness. Humans evolved generic tendencies toward emulation, prestige-seeking, and moral aspiration. Those tendencies can be redirected toward goals that do not maximize reproductive success and may even reduce it. Celibate religious orders, military martyrdom, ideological asceticism, and anti-natalist prestige cultures all become intelligible within this framework. Humans evolved to imitate admired figures and to internalize high-status ideals. The flexibility makes them susceptible to manipulation by symbolic entrepreneurs and moral elites who can redirect moral energy toward projects that serve group interests.

The point connects to a darker observation Wax draws from the evolutionary literature: the centrality of self-deception. Humans evolved not merely to deceive others but to deceive themselves. If social cooperation depends on appearing trustworthy, transparent self-interest becomes maladaptive. Creatures consciously aware of their own selfish calculation are easier for others to detect and to distrust. Evolution therefore favors subjective conviction even when underlying motivations remain entangled with self-interest and status striving. Humans become creatures concerned less with virtue than with the appearance of virtue, because perception is what secures cooperation.

The implication unsettles moral self-understanding. If conscience itself partly serves reputation management, introspection becomes unreliable. Public morality acquires an irreducibly performative dimension. Individuals can experience moral indignation while pursuing status advancement and coalition advantage. Wax recognizes the difficulty. A fully Darwinian account of morality threatens to corrode the moral faith civilization depends on. Societies require commitment to norms, sacrifice, obligation, and ideals that present themselves as transcending self-interest. Yet evolutionary demystification risks reducing morality to adaptive signaling. The tension does not resolve, and Wax does not pretend to resolve it. The closing pages of the essay register the worry that scientific self-understanding might erode the conditions under which moral systems function. Few will sustain commitment to a system framed as a manipulation of psychology for the greater good.

The essay treats this difficulty pragmatically. The question is not whether moral systems possess transcendent foundations but whether they stabilize cooperation among flawed creatures. The orientation distinguishes Wax sharply from libertarian individualism and from progressive therapeutic politics. Against libertarianism, she insists that social order depends on thick moral ecologies and informal enforcement that markets alone cannot generate. Against progressive therapeutic culture, she insists that humans carry enduring tendencies toward hierarchy, status competition, sexual asymmetry, and reciprocal conditionality that education and redistribution will not dissolve.

One of the more striking moves in the essay concerns feminism. Wax notes that the social machinery once used to enforce Victorian sexual morality could in principle be redirected to enforce feminist norms of equality within marriage and the workplace. If lifelong monogamy can be enforced “against nature,” so can a more egalitarian division of household labor and a stricter taboo on sexual harassment or paternal abandonment. The argument is consistent. Feminist objectives, on Wax’s account, would profit from the same techniques of consensus-building, prestige allocation, and stigmatization that traditional moralities deployed. The obstacle is not the absence of evolved psychological materials suitable to such projects. The obstacle is feminist ambivalence about the techniques themselves, since those techniques have a long history of being deployed against women’s autonomy. Wax’s observation cuts both ways. It exposes a tension within contemporary feminism between substantive aims and methodological commitments. It also suggests that the conservative-progressive alignment around questions of social control is more contingent than either side often supposes. The same evolutionary anthropology can underwrite different normative programs depending on which trade-offs the analyst is prepared to accept.

The vision of civilization that emerges is precarious by design. Humans are cooperative and selfish, moralistic and opportunistic, tribal and capable of universal aspiration. Stable societies emerge when institutions align evolved motivations with long-term cooperative goals. The alignments are difficult to create and easy to destroy. Several optimistic assumptions of contemporary liberalism look weaker after one accepts the framework: that behavioral differences across populations primarily reflect environment; that stigma is inherently oppressive; that norms can be dismantled without social cost; that institutions function independently of moral culture; that law can substitute for communal enforcement; that human motivations are infinitely malleable. Each becomes harder to sustain when one takes seriously the picture Wax sketches.

The frames in the essay turn back on Wax with a closeness that almost embarrasses commentary. She wrote in 1996 a theory of how civilizations manage human psychology through moral feeling, status hierarchy, and informal sanction. Thirty years later Penn used that exact theory on her.
Take her central claim about social firepower. Wax argued that communities enforce moral norms not through formal punishment but through shame, gossip, stigmatization, ostracism, scorn, and the withdrawal of regard. Penn enforces its norms on her in the same register. The formal sanctions get the headlines, but the substance is the silence of colleagues, the withdrawal of professional regard, the loss of student traffic, the disinvitation, the email chain she does not see. Penn operates as her essay predicts a community operates. She is not punished by tribunal alone. She is punished by atmosphere.
Take her account of status hunger. Her opponents are not chasing salary. They want reputation, honor, admiration, and standing among the people whose regard they crave. Their willingness to spend years on her case while ignoring competing scholarly priorities tracks her own claim that humans weight reputation above material gain. The intensity of the response is itself proof of her thesis. If material incentive drove faculty behavior, the case would have been settled with a memo. It runs for years because the stakes are status, and status compounds.
Take the deontic urge. She defined it as the human impulse to articulate generalized principles of right conduct that bind beyond kin and direct reciprocity. Her opponents perform that impulse with religious intensity. They do not say she made arguments they dispute. They say she violates conduct norms that ought to bind any decent person. The vocabulary of harm, dignity, and conduct unbecoming reads as a textbook deployment of the deontic mode she described.
Take the line she draws from Wright: it takes a gene to beat a gene. Moral systems mobilize one set of evolved tendencies against another. The progressive coalition at Penn mobilizes the evolved tendencies of in-group loyalty, shame transmission, and status policing against what it codes as predatory speech. The machinery she identified turns on the analyst. She named the engine, and the engine grinds her.
Take her claim that civilization channels impulses. Penn does not silence her by fiat. It channels the impulse to silence through procedures, committees, reports, votes, sanctions. The form looks civilized. The substance is expulsion through atrophy. Her essay said civilization works this way. Penn confirms her.
Take her warning about reformers who ignore trade-offs. She wrote that reformers want freedom, equality, self-expression, and stability all at once and end up surprised by the costs. Penn wants academic freedom, moral legitimacy, donor support, student satisfaction, and faculty solidarity all at once. It cannot have all five. It sacrifices freedom in substance to preserve the other four. The trade-off she predicted at the level of social policy now plays out at the level of her own department.
Take her critique of legal liberalism. She argued that formal incentives cannot manage behavior at scale because the real action runs through reputation and informal sanction. Her own case proves the point. Tenure is a formal incentive. It does not protect her from the informal apparatus. The substrate she identified in 1996 turns out to operate inside the law school itself.
Take her observation that moral ecologies are fragile. She meant the family, the neighborhood, the community of trust. The case extends the claim. Academic freedom was a moral ecology, sustained by faculty habit and tacit agreement. Once the habits weakened, the ecology collapsed. She showed how such collapses happen. She lives inside one.
Take the sexual-dimorphism aside about polygamy and political equality. The deeper point under it is that status monopolization invites coalition backlash. Wax holds elite credentials, a named chair, and Ivy League prestige. The progressive coalition sees a heretic monopolizing scarce status while saying intolerable things. The backlash organizes around stripping the monopoly. Her own framework predicts the response her enemies make.
The recursive irony is sharp. She wrote a defense of realism about evolved psychology and the costs of social engineering. Her enemies prove her thesis by enacting it. They do not refute her. They demonstrate her. The university that disciplines her runs on the very engine she described, and it disciplines her precisely because that engine works exactly as she said it does.
The career then reads as a long demonstration of the essay’s premises. The 1996 piece predicted that moral communities police boundary speakers through status withdrawal, that the policing feels righteous to the policers, that formal protections do not survive informal pressure, that reformers ignore trade-offs at their cost, and that civilizations channel the impulses underneath. Each prediction shows up in her file. The essay did not just describe how moral orders work. It described the order that would later come for her.

Wax began publishing late. She was 43 when this piece appeared. She had trained as a physician, clerked at the Supreme Court, worked at the Solicitor General’s office, and only then entered academia. Most law professors publish their first piece by 30, often a doctrinal note on a doctrinal question. Wax’s first piece is a long essay on Darwinian moral theory in a top law review. She did not begin with tax doctrine or contract puzzles. She began with the foundations of human nature and moral order. The CV opening tells you she came to legal scholarship with a worldview already formed, and chose to announce the worldview before any application of it.
The piece functions as a manifesto. Every theme she pursues over the next three decades is present in 1996: the fragility of cooperative orders, the limits of social engineering, the centrality of status and shame, the trade-offs reformers ignore, the gap between the official liberal anthropology and the human animal as biology describes him. By placing it first, she tells the reader how to read everything that follows. Her work on the two-parent family, welfare, meritocracy, immigration, and group differences are not separate interventions. They are applications of a single theoretical position established at the start.
This refuses the framing her enemies prefer. Critics tend to describe her later positions as a drift toward provocation, a culture-war turn, or a reaction to political grievance. The CV preempts that story. The 1996 piece predates the controversies, predates Penn, predates the political climate her opponents blame for radicalizing her. The intellectual commitments come first, and the controversies come from working out their implications in public. She is not a centrist who turned. She is a Darwinian realist from the start.
The placement also signals what coalition she identifies with. The piece sits in the University of Chicago Law Review, the home of law and economics, Posner, and a tradition that took human nature questions seriously when the rest of the legal academy did not. Leading with this piece announces an alliance with a particular intellectual lineage: the Hayekians, the Chicago realists, the sociobiologists, the Burkean conservatives who treat institutions as accumulated solutions to problems posed by evolved psychology. She is not signaling kinship with the legal liberalism that dominates elite law schools.
The first-piece placement also expresses a refusal to disavow. After Penn sanctions, after federal litigation, after years of public attack, she could quietly demote the piece, list it later, or describe her work as evolving. She does the opposite. She keeps the manifesto at the top of the file. The Darwinian premises remain her north star. The CV says: I have not retracted, I am not embarrassed, this is the trunk and everything else is the branches.
The choice to lead with a book review tells you something else. Most law professors treat reviews as supplementary work and lead with their flagship articles. Wax treats this review as flagship. The genre is humble. The placement is not. She is asserting that her most theoretically ambitious work appeared as a review, and that the review carries her central commitments more clearly than her later doctrinal pieces.
The piece holding the first slot is an argument: read me as a thinker with a worldview.

The Two-Parent Family in the Liberal State: The Case for Selective Subsidies’ (1996)

The article presents as a doctrinal intervention into welfare jurisprudence and equal protection analysis, but its ambitions extend further. Wax constructs a sustained critique of the anthropological assumptions that, she argues, distort modern liberal jurisprudence in matters of family, sexuality, and reproduction.
The doctrinal occasion is narrow. Wax begins from a brief per curiam opinion, New Jersey Welfare Rights Organization v. Cahill, 411 U.S. 619 (1973), striking down a state program that confined supplemental welfare payments to homes formed by ceremonial marriage where the children were the natural or adopted offspring of both spouses. The Supreme Court treated the program as an irrational discrimination against illegitimate children, drawing on the trilogy of Levy v. Louisiana, 391 U.S. 68 (1968), Glona v. American Guarantee, 391 U.S. 73 (1968), and Weber v. Aetna Casualty, 406 U.S. 164 (1972). Wax dissects these decisions to expose what she terms an atomistic discourse: a habit of legal reasoning that examines individual rules in isolation, posits unitary statutory purposes, and treats the persons subject to law as discrete rights-bearers.
Her core jurisprudential claim concerns the cumulative and synergistic operation of legal rules. Family law and welfare law shape conduct not through any single provision considered alone but through the layered effect of many rules working in concert. Each rule contributes to a structure of expectations, prestige, and sanction. The Court’s habit of asking whether a given disability directly deters illegitimacy presupposes a model of legal influence where one rule must do all the causal work. Wax holds that this misconstrues how law operates. The Court’s remark in Glona that no woman bears an illegitimate child to recover wrongful-death damages illustrates the problem. The premise is correct; the inference is not. The aggregate question is whether a legal culture, taken as a whole, sustains or erodes the prestige and obligation surrounding marriage and paternal investment.
This argument carries the article. Wax is not defending traditional morality on grounds of authority or sentiment. She advances a rival sociology of liberal governance. People respond to status, reputation, and reciprocal expectation. Stable social order arises from the interaction of formal law with extralegal norms that the law neither fully creates nor fully controls. A jurisprudence that abstracts the individual from this matrix, and assesses each rule as an isolated stimulus to an isolated decision, tends to underestimate both the social costs of permissive change and the cumulative force of small symbolic adjustments.
A second strand of the argument concerns asymmetry. Wax treats the relationship between legal change and norm erosion as a one-way ratchet. Liberal institutions can dissolve inherited expectations with relative ease by lowering the costs of departing from them. Reconstructing a norm once weakened proves far harder, since the dense reciprocal expectations that produce conformity cannot be conjured by administrative fiat. Bureaucracies redistribute money. They do not redistribute the patterns of supervision, advocacy, and discipline that mature within stable kinship arrangements. This asymmetry gives the article a tragic register. Wax does not believe that social engineering can rebuild what enlightened policy has helped to dismantle.
The asymmetry shapes her argument against both libertarian and egalitarian welfare theories. Against Charles Murray, she rejects total abolition of welfare on the ground that the human costs of withdrawal might be severe and the resulting upheaval intolerable. Against egalitarian reformers who favor family-neutral redistribution, she argues that formal neutrality among family forms is not neutrality at all. Such a regime communicates that the state regards household structure as socially indifferent. It withdraws symbolic support from the two-parent norm at the moment that norm most needs reinforcement. Her preferred alternative, selective subsidization, attempts to align fiscal policy with the social practice that sustains durable child-rearing.
Wax’s anti-blank-slate anthropology underwrites the policy proposal. Family forms, in her account, are not arbitrary cultural preferences. They are evolved arrangements that channel male sexual competition, stabilize reproduction, and sustain long-term cooperation across generations. The two-parent family is treated less as a sentimental ideal than as a tested institutional form for transmitting habits of self-restraint, future orientation, and reciprocal obligation. Her argument anticipates later debates about institutional fragility and social capital, though she ties those concerns to family structure with a directness that most later writers avoided.
Wax confronts the assumption, common in liberal welfare discourse, that any harm associated with family instability can be offset through sophisticated policy. Better childcare, educational spending, income transfers, counseling, and anti-stigma campaigns are taken to compensate for absent fathers and unstable homes. Wax denies the premise. The state can redistribute money. It cannot redistribute love, attention, advocacy, encouragement, supervision, and discipline on a mass scale. Professional caretakers and welfare bureaucracies cannot replicate the emotionally saturated bonds that successful kinship systems generate. The argument is not primarily economic. Poverty alone does not explain social dysfunction. The deepest forms of socialization emerge from durable, intimate, reciprocal relationships that administrative systems structurally fail to reproduce.
This line of thought leads her to one of the article’s most striking formulations: the natural aristocracy. Children raised within stable, high-investment two-parent homes accumulate compounding intangible advantages that no redistributive regime can fully equalize. They inherit not only wealth but behavioral regulation, emotional stability, advocacy, supervision, and disciplined socialization. The result is a hereditary advantage produced through family structure. The phrase reframes inequality. The deepest inequalities in liberal societies, on Wax’s account, are not material. They are familial and cultural. A technologically sophisticated welfare state staffed by professional caretakers might still struggle to close the gap between children embedded within stable kinship systems and those raised outside them. Liberal administration redistributes income more easily than it redistributes attentiveness or paternal investment.
Wax’s engagement with the philosophical nonidentity problem deepens the argument. Critics of traditional family policy contend that one cannot claim a child is harmed by being born into a single-parent home if the only alternative for that particular child was nonexistence. Drawing on Derek Parfit (1942-2017) and Joel Feinberg (1926-2004), Wax sidesteps the objection by relocating the inquiry from individualized harm to collective risk. The state’s interest lies not in metaphysical claims about injury to particular children but in reducing the aggregate production of socially vulnerable populations associated with elevated rates of crime, dependency, instability, and public expenditure. Family breakdown generates externalities borne by what Jeremy Bentham (1748-1832) called non-assignable individuals: the wider public that absorbs the long-term consequences of disorder. Family structure, on this view, is less a private matter than a foundational component of social infrastructure.
The argument from harm to others carries Wax into difficult terrain. She must reckon with the post-Lochner settlement, where sexual and reproductive choice receives strong protection from direct state interference under the rubric of privacy. She traces the doctrinal reluctance to acknowledge social norms back to a tacit attachment, never fully articulated by the courts, to a Millian conception of self-regarding conduct. John Stuart Mill (1806-1873) supplies the philosophical idiom that courts have used to frame sexual autonomy. Wax argues, drawing on Patrick Devlin (1905-1992), Fred Berger, and Feinberg, that the category of self-regarding conduct can be maintained in matters of family and reproduction only by ignoring the cumulative and indirect ways individual choices alter the moral climate. Choices about childbearing, made one at a time, look private. Aggregated and propagated through normative expectation, they reshape the ecology that frames all subsequent choices.
The argument here parallels her structural critique of the New Deal economic settlement. Courts long ago abandoned the Lochner-era commitment to economic self-determination once the social externalities of contractual freedom became impossible to ignore. Sexual and reproductive choice, Wax suggests, has not yet undergone the parallel reckoning. The category of the private survives in this domain less through coherent argument than through judicial unwillingness to accept the implications of taking norm erosion seriously.
The racial dimensions of the article are integral and contested. Wax presents family divergence as a looming civil rights problem. She notes that, at the time of writing, more than 80 percent of White children lived with two parents compared with 38 percent of Black children.
The decades following publication intensified the divergence Wax identified. Marriage remained relatively stable among affluent and educated populations while collapsing among poorer groups. Nonmarital births became increasingly stratified by class and education. Elite cultural discourse celebrated expressive individualism even as upper-middle-class professionals continued to reproduce conventional family structures in practice. The resulting social order resembles what Wax projected: a society where stable kinship arrangements concentrate within a semi-hereditary managerial class.

Bargaining in the Shadow of the Market: Is There a Future for Egalitarian Marriage?’ (1998)

The article runs 163 pages and develops a general theory of marital inequality grounded in institutional economics, bargaining theory, labor-market analysis, and psychological realism. Its achievement lies less in documenting asymmetries between husbands and wives than in explaining why such asymmetries persist under conditions of expanding formal equality, female educational attainment, and labor-market integration.
The article appeared during a period of confidence about gender equality. By the late 1990s, women’s labor-force participation had surged, educational gaps had narrowed, dual-earner homes had become common, and many elite commentators assumed the older patriarchal family model was dissolving under the combined pressure of market modernization and liberal norms. Wax intervenes to argue that this confidence rests on a misreading of marriage as an institution. Formal equality and labor-market participation, she contends, do not translate into equality inside intimate life because marriage operates through a bargaining structure that reproduces asymmetries in power, dependency, and labor allocation.
Wax treats marriage neither as a sentimental union nor as a naturally harmonious partnership of shared interests. She models it as a bilateral monopoly between rational actors whose interests overlap but do not coincide. Husbands and wives jointly generate value through cooperation, but they also compete over the allocation of burdens, rewards, leisure, authority, and future security. Marriage is at once cooperative and conflictual. Love mitigates bargaining tensions but does not eliminate them.
Wax challenges both sides of the contemporary marriage debate. Against social conservatives, she rejects the idealization of traditional marriage as fair or mutually self-sacrificing. Against many feminists, she rejects the assumption that women’s economic independence or legal equality dissolves structural marital hierarchy. Both camps capture part of the truth while missing the institutional logic beneath the surface. Marriage benefits women in aggregate terms, yet its internal structure tends to allocate advantages disproportionately to men.
A central methodological contribution is Wax’s insistence that scholars stop treating the family as a black box. She observes that legal and sociological literature had produced vast discussions of divorce, labor-force participation, and gender discrimination while devoting little attention to the internal workings of functioning marriages. Much scholarship assumed the fairness of domestic arrangements simply because they emerged voluntarily. Wax exposes the inadequacy of this assumption.
Economic theory often infers preferences backward from observed choices. If women disproportionately assume domestic responsibilities, relocate for husbands’ careers, or reduce labor-market participation after childbirth, these outcomes get read as evidence that women prefer such arrangements. Wax dismantles this reasoning. Preferences observed under unequal bargaining conditions cannot be treated as evidence of unconstrained desire. Choices made within structurally asymmetric institutions might reflect adaptation to bargaining realities.
This critique grounds her analysis of the work-leisure gap, the article’s central empirical contribution. Drawing on a large body of sociological research, Wax shows that women in dual-earner marriages perform more total labor than their husbands once paid work and unpaid domestic work are combined. The deeper claim is that men frequently convert women’s additional domestic effort into leisure.
Across multiple studies and social classes, women perform disproportionate amounts of childcare, housework, emotional coordination, and routine home management even when they work full-time and contribute equal or greater income. The “second shift” persists not as a transitional residue of older norms but as a stable structural pattern.
Wax sharpens her analysis when she examines the qualitative character of domestic labor. Women do not merely perform more labor in quantity. They disproportionately perform labor that is routine, low-control, non-deferrable, and psychologically invasive. Home scheduling, cleaning, meal preparation, emotional management, and physical childcare demand constant vigilance and temporal fragmentation. Men more often perform discretionary or episodic tasks with greater autonomy and flexibility. This asymmetry in the structure of labor explains why apparently modest differences in work allocation produce substantial differences in subjective experience and exhaustion.
Wax argues that marriage generates divergent paths of human capital accumulation. Men tend to specialize in portable market skills that retain or increase their value outside the marriage. Women disproportionately accumulate relationship-specific and home-specific human capital.
Much of women’s domestic labor draws on forms of expertise that hold great value inside the family but possess little exchange value in external markets. Knowledge of a child’s emotional rhythms, management of kinship obligations, maintenance of home routines, coordination of school and medical logistics, and emotional stabilization of family life all represent developed competencies. Yet these competencies are largely non-portable. They cannot be monetized or transferred into independent bargaining power outside the marriage.
Wax identifies a structural trap embedded within domestic specialization. The more women invest in marriage-specific human capital, the weaker their external bargaining position becomes. Men continue accumulating liquid and tradable forms of capital through uninterrupted labor-market participation. This asymmetry progressively widens differences in exit options and threat points, the central variables in bargaining theory.
Marital inequality does not require explicit domination or coercion. Small initial asymmetries compound recursively over time. Early childcare specialization reduces women’s labor-market continuity. Reduced continuity weakens future earnings growth. Lower earnings reduce bargaining leverage. Reduced leverage increases domestic responsibility. Domestic responsibility further limits market accumulation. Each stage reinforces the next.
Wax argues that emotional investment can become a bargaining disadvantage. The spouse who cares more intensely about home stability, child welfare, emotional harmony, or conflict avoidance acquires weaker leverage because breakdown imposes greater subjective costs on her. In game-theoretic terms, bargaining power often belongs to the actor most willing to tolerate conflict or institutional breakdown. If one spouse experiences home disorder, child distress, or marital instability as intolerably costly, that spouse becomes more likely to absorb additional burdens to preserve domestic equilibrium. Wax argues that women frequently occupy this position. Greater emotional investment in family functioning produces strategic vulnerability.
The insight gives Wax’s theory a darker realism than many contemporary accounts of domestic inequality. Home asymmetry does not require overt patriarchal ideology. It can emerge from differential emotional commitments inside otherwise affectionate relationships. The spouse most committed to maintaining family functioning becomes the residual labor provider.
The logic connects to Wax’s analysis of domestic labor as a public-good problem. Home order, childcare quality, emotional stability, and social coordination function as collectively consumed goods within the family. There is no internal price system for allocating responsibility for their production. Domestic labor remains largely uncompensated and difficult to quantify. The burden of provision tends to fall upon the spouse who values these goods most intensely and who possesses the weaker bargaining position.
The “double burden” is therefore not an accidental malfunction of transitional modernity. It is a predictable equilibrium outcome in a bargaining system where domestic labor lacks transparent pricing and where one party possesses weaker exit options. The spouse who cannot credibly threaten withdrawal absorbs disproportionate responsibility for collective goods.
Wax’s incorporation of biological timing adds another layer. The marriage market operates according to different temporal structures for men and women. Women face compressed reproductive timelines during the same years when elite labor markets demand maximum career investment and uninterrupted professional accumulation. Men face less acute temporal pressure and often see their economic and marital desirability rise with age.
This asymmetry front-loads women’s investments in marriage and childcare during the early stages of adulthood. Because early domestic arrangements often calcify into institutionalized habits, bargaining outcomes established during the first years of childrearing might persist for decades. The spouse who reduces market participation early loses future opportunities for earnings growth, skill accumulation, and professional networking. The spouse who remains continuously market-oriented compounds advantages over time.
Wax’s theory is path-dependent. Early asymmetries weigh disproportionately because they shape the trajectory of marital bargaining. Small inequalities harden into self-reinforcing institutional patterns.
Wax is skeptical about legal remedies. She examines possible interventions including alimony reform, marital contracting, custody rules, and informal social norms, and concludes that attempts to engineer equality face severe structural constraints.
This skepticism flows from her central insight that bargaining occurs in the shadow of the market. Marriage cannot be analyzed independently from labor markets and marriage markets. Policies that strengthen women’s bargaining position inside marriage might reduce male incentives to marry or alter mate-selection patterns. Legal interventions therefore generate trade-offs and unintended consequences.
Wax’s subsequent work on family decline, welfare dependency, cultural norms, and the neuroscience of poverty all proceeds from assumptions visible here. The through-line is unmistakable. Across her body of work, Wax repeatedly argues that human beings are not infinitely malleable, that structural incentives constrain behavior more powerfully than ideological aspiration, that informal institutions and norms shape outcomes profoundly, that small initial differences generate cumulative divergence, and that formal equality does not erase underlying asymmetries in capability, dependency, or bargaining leverage. The 1998 marriage article contains all these themes in embryonic form.
Its prescience is remarkable. Much contemporary discourse around delayed marriage, fertility decline, female burnout, emotional labor, and dissatisfaction within elite dual-career homes echoes the patterns Wax identified decades earlier. She predicted that labor-market equality alone might not dissolve domestic asymmetry. She argued that modernization might intensify women’s burdens by layering market obligations atop continuing domestic expectations.
The article stands as a meditation on the limits of egalitarianism within intimate institutions. Marriage, Wax argues, is not merely a private emotional relationship. It is a bargaining order shaped by markets, biology, timing, dependency, and asymmetrical investments. The deepest forms of inequality often emerge not from explicit coercion but from cumulative structural patterns embedded within ordinary rational adaptation. That is what makes the essay unsettling. Many of the most persistent asymmetries of modern life survive precisely because they are reproduced through voluntary choices made under unequal conditions.

Discrimination as Accident’ (1999)

The article remains a rigorous analytical treatment of unconscious bias in American legal scholarship. Wax wrote years before implicit bias acquired the standing of institutional orthodoxy across universities, corporations, media organizations, and professional bureaucracies. She approached the emerging discourse not through the language of therapeutic reform or moral denunciation, but through the colder lenses of accident law, institutional economics, and incentive design.
Wax argues instead that unconscious disparate treatment differs from conscious discrimination so sharply that extending Title VII liability to it cannot achieve a liability regime’s traditional aims. The problem extends beyond evidence to structure. Unconscious discrimination, as Wax frames it, resembles an accident more than an intentional tort: intermittent, probabilistic, hard to detect, hard to control, woven into ordinary human judgment. Reconceived this way, many assumptions underlying modern antidiscrimination law lose stability.
The article occupies a pivotal place in the intellectual history of discrimination theory. It emerged at a transitional moment when legal scholars argued with growing frequency that overt prejudice had declined and that unconscious stereotyping had taken its place as the dominant source of workplace inequality. Wax accepted enough of the premise to take the phenomenon seriously. Yet she refused the easy conclusion that legal liability ought therefore to expand. She subjected unconscious bias theory to institutional and economic scrutiny that later discourse often avoided. The resulting analysis foresaw the rise of diversity training regimes, DEI bureaucracies, implicit association testing, and the replication crisis in social psychology.
Drawing on cognitive psychology, especially the work of Timothy Wilson (b. 1951) and Nancy Brekke, Wax calls unconscious bias “mental contamination”: an unwanted influence on judgment produced by cognitive processing that the decisionmaker cannot observe or control. The decisionmaker may neither perceive nor endorse the distortion. A supervisor who believes he evaluates employees fairly may interpret identical conduct differently depending on whether the employee is male or female, Black or White, Hispanic or Anglo.
Wax chooses ordinary examples. A supervisor notices grammatical mistakes more readily in a Hispanic employee’s memorandum than in an Anglo employee’s. A woman’s restraint in a meeting reads as passivity. Neither case shows explicit hostility or deliberate exclusion. Both show distortions embedded in discretionary judgment.
The distinction has consequences. Traditional disparate treatment doctrine developed mainly to address conscious discrimination. The classic discriminator knows why he acts. His motives lie open to introspection. He can say, in Justice William Brennan’s (1906-1997) formulation, that race “made a difference.” Unconscious discrimination lacks transparent self-awareness yet may still satisfy a broader causal definition of disparate treatment. Wax distinguishes two meanings of intent. The narrow sense refers to conscious purpose. The broader causal sense holds that disparate treatment exists whenever race or sex affects an outcome, even when the actor remains unaware of the influence.
The clarification looks farsighted in hindsight. Later discourse around implicit bias oscillated between the two meanings of intent, often without acknowledging the shift. Some writers treated unconscious bias as morally equivalent to deliberate racism. Others described it as an unavoidable byproduct of ordinary cognition. Wax saw early that the two represent different categories with different implications for law, responsibility, and institutional design.
Methodological restraint shapes the analysis throughout. Wax emphasizes that claims about unconscious bias derive largely from laboratory experiments conducted under artificial conditions. Experimental subjects evaluate simplified resumes, ambiguous encounters, or stylized interactions stripped of the informational richness of real workplaces. Such studies may demonstrate the possibility of cognitive contamination. They do not establish the prevalence or determinative significance of unconscious bias in organizational settings.
Her skepticism now reads as prescient. Wax wrote before institutions adopted the Implicit Association Test, before mandatory diversity trainings spread across American organizations, and before the replication crisis cast doubt on many celebrated findings in experimental social psychology. Yet she had already identified the inferential problem: laboratory demonstrations of context-sensitive cognitive effects do not translate reliably into real-world predictions.
Wax surveys a literature marked by instability and inconsistency. Some experiments show negative stereotyping. Others show positive bias toward protected groups. Still others show no statistically significant effect. Results often shift with small changes in experimental design, subject selection, or contextual framing. Wax refuses the growing tendency to treat statistical disparities or subjective evaluations as presumptive evidence of hidden discriminatory cognition.
The epistemic caution underpins the larger argument. Even if unconscious biases exist and sometimes affect workplace evaluations, it does not follow that they determine concrete outcomes such as hiring, promotion, compensation, or termination. Wax introduces a sharp distinction between biases merely present and biases that determine outcomes. The distinction ranks among the article’s central contributions. A biased cognitive process does not necessarily produce a different tangible outcome. A supervisor’s unconscious stereotyping may alter an employee’s evaluation slightly without changing whether that employee receives a promotion. Wax’s famous illustration: a promotion system requires a score of 100. Unconscious racial bias reduces an employee’s score from 80 to 50. The process is contaminated. The employee still does not receive the promotion absent the bias. The discrimination is “nondeterminative” in outcome terms.
Modern institutional rhetoric often assumes that biased processes generate materially discriminatory outcomes. Wax insists instead that causation may run weak, intermittent, and probabilistic. Cognitive distortions may influence judgments occasionally and determine outcomes less often still.
Once we reconceive unconscious bias as sporadic and probabilistic, the traditional goals of liability law grow harder to reach. Wax’s central move treats unconscious discrimination as a species of accident. Like industrial accidents or product defects, unconscious bias counts as a costly but inadvertent byproduct of otherwise useful activity. The question then turns on whether liability rules can deter the harm efficiently, compensate victims accurately, or allocate costs rationally.
Wax’s answer runs negative. Her deterrence analysis cuts deepest. Liability systems deter harms only when actors possess cost-justified means of prevention. Yet employers lack reliable tools for eliminating unconscious bias because subjective judgment runs intrinsic to workplace management. Supervisors make discretionary evaluations of leadership, judgment, temperament, reliability, interpersonal effectiveness, creativity, and social coordination. Such assessments cannot collapse into objective metrics without losing valuable information.
More to the point, the cognitive operations behind unconscious bias may resist conscious control. Wax discusses “source confusion,” where individuals cannot disentangle the contributions of different influences within a multifactorial judgment. Subjective assessments integrate many impressions at once. Evaluators cannot isolate or subtract whatever unconscious influence race or sex contributes to a final judgment. Awareness alone does not guarantee correction.
The insight remains damaging for later debiasing programs. Much contemporary diversity training assumes that bias persists because people lack awareness or motivation. Wax goes further. She suggests that the structure of cognition may limit effective self-correction. If evaluators cannot reliably identify the causal contribution of race to their judgments, the aspiration to “train away” bias rests on unrealistic assumptions.
Here the article anticipates later empirical disappointments around diversity training programs. Wax predicts that employers under liability pressure will rationally overinvest in visible precautionary measures whether or not those measures reduce unconscious bias. Diversity trainings, sensitivity workshops, affirmative-action-style overrides, procedural formalization, and bureaucratic oversight may reduce litigation exposure without altering underlying cognitive processes.
The prediction now reads as prophetic. Contemporary DEI infrastructures often function less as demonstrated harm reduction than as institutional insurance systems. Corporations, universities, hospitals, and law firms adopt elaborate compliance architectures whose primary value lies in documenting organizational diligence.
Wax saw the pattern before the modern DEI industry emerged. Her analysis implies that once liability attaches to elusive psychological phenomena, institutions prioritize symbolic compliance, procedural defensibility, and documentation over substantive efficacy. Organizations respond rationally to legal incentives, not to psychological realities.
Her skepticism extends further. Wax notes that efforts to reduce unconscious bias may introduce fresh distortions. Employers may override subjective judgments to limit litigation risk, adopt rigid objective criteria that sacrifice contextual information, or informally avoid adverse actions against protected-group employees regardless of merit. Some adaptations may produce new unfairness or inefficiency.
The concern grows acute in her discussion of hiring incentives. Hiring decisions rank among the few stages of employment where firms can rely on objective criteria to limit liability exposure. Yet once minority employees are hired, every subsequent promotion, discipline, evaluation, or termination decision generates exposure to claims that turn on subjective assessment. Because those later decisions rest on discretionary judgment, employers may face heightened litigation risk through the very act of increasing workforce diversity.
Wax identifies a perverse incentive at the core of expansive unconscious-bias liability. Firms may turn more cautious about hiring protected-group employees because doing so increases future exposure to subjective-evaluation claims hard to defend. The point reveals how liability systems alter organizational behavior over time, often beyond what lawmakers anticipate.
The compensation analysis carries equal force. Wax argues that unconscious bias runs too intermittent and elusive for individualized adjudication to identify victims. Because unconscious discrimination may alter outcomes only occasionally, most plaintiffs struggle to establish but-for causation under ordinary evidentiary standards. Wax illustrates the problem through her “recurring miss” scenario. Suppose a supervisor’s unconscious bias affects one out of every ten promotion decisions for minority employees. Any given employee has a 10 percent chance that bias caused his failure to promote. Under the traditional preponderance-of-the-evidence standard, almost no plaintiff can recover despite the existence of unconscious bias in the aggregate.
The dilemma runs deep. Either courts hold to traditional causation standards and deny recovery to many victims, or they loosen standards until liability detaches from individualized proof. Wax argues that probabilistic recovery schemes disguise the problem. Once courts compensate statistical risks or lost chances rather than demonstrable individual injuries, the legal system shifts from corrective justice toward quasi-administrative redistribution.
Here the article touches a structural tension within modern discrimination law. Classical liberal adjudication depends on identifiable wrongdoers, identifiable victims, and traceable causal harms. Unconscious bias theory destabilizes all three categories at once. Bias turns diffuse, ambient, and probabilistic. Responsibility runs collective rather than individual. Causation reads statistical rather than concrete. The traditional tort framework fractures under conceptual pressure.
The article’s most provocative discussion applies the “cheapest cost avoider” principle to employees. Law-and-economics theory allocates accident costs to the actor best positioned to reduce harm efficiently. Much contemporary discrimination discourse assumes that actor must be the employer. Wax challenges the assumption. Because unconscious bias runs context-sensitive, employees may possess inexpensive strategies for reducing biased perceptions. Demeanor, speech patterns, institutional credentials, grooming, manners, or professional signaling can alter whether stereotypical assumptions activate during evaluation. Wax suggests, for example, that a Black employee holding an honors engineering degree from Harvard may disrupt stereotypic processing differently than an employee without elite credentials.
The point goes beyond “respectability.” It carries a technical claim about informational signaling under uncertainty. Certain forms of self-presentation may serve as stereotype-disrupting cues that lower the likelihood of cognitive contamination. If so, employees may in some contexts run as cheaper cost avoiders than employers, who lack reliable debiasing technologies.
The argument diverges from later structuralist theories of discrimination. Contemporary discourse often treats adaptation demands as unjust impositions by dominant groups. Wax instead analyzes adaptation as an unavoidable feature of social interaction under informational constraints. Whether one agrees with the framework or not, the implications reach further than the immediate argument. They transform discrimination analysis from a morality play into a problem of institutional allocation under uncertainty.
The article’s skepticism extends to evolutionary market arguments. Some economists have argued that competitive pressures should over time eliminate discriminatory firms because irrational bias imposes efficiency costs. Wax counters that such market selection processes require variation between firms and reliable methods for identifying biased actors. Yet if unconscious cognitive tendencies run distributed across the population, variation may prove insufficient for market sorting. Courts may also fall vulnerable to the same cognitive distortions they police.
The implication strikes hard. The article suggests that judges, jurors, HR officers, compliance administrators, and DEI consultants live inside the same cognitive architecture as ordinary supervisors. The system charged with identifying unconscious bias cannot stand outside the phenomenon it regulates. The aspiration toward neutral adjudication grows unstable once hidden cognition serves as the explanatory framework.
The article’s lasting force comes not from skepticism alone but from intellectual modesty. Wax does not claim that unconscious bias is imaginary. She does not defend discrimination morally. She insists that legal systems should not pretend to capacities they lack. Courts run as blunt instruments. Liability systems function imperfectly even when regulating tangible physical harms. Extending such systems into the realm of subtle, probabilistic, cognitively opaque social interactions may generate large administrative costs while producing little measurable improvement.
In retrospect, the article anticipated the trajectory of American institutional life. The expansion of diversity bureaucracies, mandatory trainings, implicit bias workshops, compliance protocols, equity audits, and formalized evaluation systems reflected the kind of overinvestment in visible precautionary measures Wax predicted. Many such programs evolved as liability-management structures whose symbolic legitimacy exceeded their demonstrated effectiveness.
Debates around implicit bias have exposed the conceptual tensions Wax identified early. How should courts adjudicate probabilistic harms? How can organizations regulate subjective judgment without destroying flexibility and merit sensitivity? How can people correct cognitive processes that remain partly inaccessible to the individuals experiencing them? How should liability operate when causation runs diffuse and intermittent rather than deliberate and transparent?
These questions remain unresolved because they arise not from temporary political disputes but from enduring tensions within liberal legalism. “Discrimination as Accident” therefore remains required reading as a foundational study of the limits of law in governing hidden cognition.
The article’s deepest lesson: moral seriousness does not eliminate institutional tradeoffs. A society may condemn unconscious discrimination while recognizing that legal liability serves as a crude and imperfect tool for addressing it. Wax’s achievement was to force discrimination theory to confront reality.

Rethinking Welfare Rights: Reciprocity Norms, Reactive Attitudes, and the Political Economy of Welfare Reform’ (1999)

Appearing in the wake of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996, the article presents itself, on a first reading, as a defense of welfare reform against its progressive critics. Its larger ambition is an explanation for why the modern welfare-rights project repeatedly collides with durable public intuitions about fairness, contribution, and punishment. To this end she develops a synthesis of law and economics, evolutionary psychology, political sociology, constitutional realism, and moral anthropology.
By the late 1990s, legal academics critical of welfare reform had largely abandoned the once-prominent project of constitutionalizing economic rights. Although progressive scholars continued to advocate expansive redistribution as a normative matter, few maintained that the federal Constitution itself guaranteed a robust right to material support. Courts had decisively rejected such claims. Wax’s deeper point is that this retreat reflects more than judicial conservatism. It reflects a broader political reality. The welfare-rights movement had lost contact with the moral intuitions of democratic publics.
Wax argues that welfare theory after the 1960s sought to detach redistribution from moral judgment. Liberal theorists tried to replace older distinctions between deserving and undeserving poor with universalistic notions of need, entitlement, and distributive justice. Ordinary citizens continued to evaluate welfare recipients through the lens of reciprocity. They supported those perceived as unlucky, incapacitated, or striving toward self-support. They responded with resentment to individuals viewed as voluntarily dependent or insufficiently cooperative. Welfare politics therefore remained saturated with moral distinctions that elite theory increasingly treated as obsolete.
The originality of Wax’s intervention lies in her insistence that these distinctions are rooted in evolved structures of human cooperation. The modern welfare state, she argues, cannot escape the moral psychology through which human beings have long organized collective survival. Redistribution remains politically sustainable only when it aligns with intuitions about contribution, reciprocity, and free-riding.
To develop this argument, Wax draws on the work of the economist Robert Sugden (b. 1949). Sugden models informal insurance arrangements such as nineteenth-century friendly societies and sickness clubs as repeated cooperative games in which participants contribute to a common pool and receive support during periods of misfortune. These systems face a classic collective-action problem. Every participant has an incentive to defect by withdrawing resources without contributing. If all defect, the cooperative structure collapses.
Sugden’s central insight, which Wax raises into the conceptual core of her essay, is that stable cooperation requires a particular equilibrium strategy he labels “T1.” Under this strategy, members cooperate only with individuals who have themselves cooperated previously. Those who refuse contribution are punished through exclusion from future benefits. Punishment is not incidental to cooperation. It is constitutive of it. A common pool can survive only if defectors are visibly sanctioned.
This claim transforms Wax’s argument from generic moral conservatism into a structural account of institutional stability. Welfare systems fail not because citizens become selfish or prejudiced, but because cooperative orders disintegrate when reciprocity norms lose credibility. The distinction between contributor and free-rider is not ornamental rhetoric. It is the engine that stabilizes collective cooperation.
Wax stresses that this process requires what Sugden calls “merciless punishment” of defectors. The phrase is deliberately severe, and draws attention to a problem otherwise neglected. Punishment is costly. Rational actors are tempted to tolerate defection rather than incur the social or emotional costs of enforcement. Why then do people continue to punish free-riders even when doing so offers no immediate material benefit?
Wax answers by drawing from evolutionary psychology and behavioral economics. Human beings have evolved reactive attitudes such as resentment, indignation, anger, and moral disgust because these emotions function as commitment devices that sustain cooperation in small groups. The emotions solve the enforcement problem. People punish defectors not because punishment is profitable but because evolution favored psychological dispositions that stabilized reciprocal cooperation over long periods.
Wax reconceives moral emotions as an institutional technology. Resentment toward free-riders is not bare hostility. It is an adaptive response that preserves social cooperation. Human beings are not organized around unconditional altruism. They are organized around conditional reciprocity.
That insight allows Wax to reinterpret the politics of welfare reform. Citizens experience modern welfare systems as large-scale mutual aid arrangements funded through collective contribution. Taxation becomes psychologically analogous to membership dues in a cooperative insurance pool. Voters therefore remain acutely sensitive to evidence that recipients withdraw resources without adequate contribution or effort. Public hostility toward welfare emerges less from selfish opposition to redistribution than from perceived violations of reciprocity norms.
This framework explains an otherwise puzzling feature of American public opinion. Citizens routinely support expensive redistributive programs such as Social Security while opposing comparatively cheap programs such as Aid to Families with Dependent Children. Pure fiscal self-interest cannot account for the pattern. The difference lies in perceived deservingness. Elderly retirees are viewed as lifetime contributors entitled to reciprocal return. AFDC recipients came increasingly to symbolize dependency detached from contribution.
Wax’s distinction between “static” and “dynamic” conceptions of need clarifies the logic further. A static conception examines only present deprivation. A dynamic conception asks whether individuals could reasonably have avoided their condition through effort, prudence, or self-support. Modern liberal theory has preferred the static conception because it avoids moral judgment and concentrates on distributive outcomes. Democratic publics continue to think dynamically. Citizens care not merely whether individuals are poor but whether the poverty appears voluntary, avoidable, or connected to perceived non-cooperation.
This leads to one of Wax’s more provocative claims: any stable welfare regime will reproduce some version of the deserving/undeserving distinction. Attempts to abolish that distinction are politically unsustainable because they violate the reciprocity norms upon which collective cooperation depends. Even developed welfare states therefore continue to differentiate between incapacity and voluntary dependency, between bad luck and self-inflicted neediness.
Wax extends the argument into constitutional theory. Proponents of welfare rights have often imagined constitutionalization as a countermajoritarian device capable of protecting redistribution from democratic backlash. Wax rejects the aspiration as unrealistic. Constitutional provisions, she argues, cannot remain detached indefinitely from dominant moral intuitions. Courts themselves operate within a broader social consensus. If welfare rights come to be perceived as violating notions of fairness and reciprocity, judges might narrow, dilute, or reinterpret those rights to preserve institutional legitimacy.
Her comparative examples reinforce the point. Wax notes that even states with strong constitutional language regarding assistance to the poor have generally applied deferential rational-basis review, leaving legislatures broad authority to impose work requirements and eligibility restrictions. Canadian courts interpreting the Charter of Rights and Freedoms similarly resisted reading expansive affirmative economic rights into guarantees of “security of the person.” The lesson follows. Constitutional text alone cannot permanently override dominant social intuitions about reciprocity.
The argument places Wax within the tradition of American legal realism. Courts are not autonomous moral legislators floating above democratic culture. They are embedded institutions responsive to prevailing social understandings. Countermajoritarian constitutionalism therefore proves “unavailing” when it tries to entrench norms misaligned with democratic moral psychology.
At this point the article reveals its larger sociological ambition. Wax is not merely defending particular welfare policies. She is describing the moral infrastructure of democratic legitimacy. Redistribution depends on solidarity, and solidarity depends on reciprocity. Citizens support collective obligations when they believe others contribute fairly to the common enterprise. Once that belief weakens, the legitimacy of redistribution erodes.
The same insight explains Wax’s discussion of the “idle rich” versus the “idle poor.” Critics might object that wealthy individuals living on inheritance also fail to work productively, yet they do not provoke comparable hostility. Wax’s answer is analytically precise. In the mutual aid framework, the issue is not metaphysical deservingness but one’s position relative to the common pool. The wealthy generally function as net contributors rather than claimants on collective support. They do not occupy the symbolic role of defectors within the cooperative system. The welfare recipient perceived as voluntarily dependent triggers stronger resentment because he appears to draw resources from others without adequate reciprocal contribution.
Wax’s concern is the stability of cooperative redistribution. The moral psychology of welfare politics centers on reciprocity within systems of collective provision.
Some of the more unsettling sections of the article concern determinism and what Wax calls the “medicalization” of character. Wax observes that modern societies increasingly reinterpret destructive or dependent behavior through therapeutic and mechanistic frameworks. Traits once read as moral failings are redescribed as illnesses, disabilities, addictions, or psychological impairments. The classificatory shift allows citizens to extend compassion without abandoning reciprocity norms outright. The individual is moved symbolically from the category of “defector” into the category of “incapacitated recipient.”
The analysis anticipates later developments across social policy, addiction discourse, criminal justice reform, and therapeutic culture. Wax recognizes that modern liberal societies experience deep discomfort in judging persons morally culpable for their failures. Deterministic explanations preserve aid while softening the harshness of the deserving/undeserving distinction. The distinction never quite disappears. It survives implicitly through battles over classification. Political conflict shifts from whether aid should be conditional to whether certain behaviors should count as incapacity.
Here the essay intersects with broader transformations in late modern culture. The therapeutic state expands diagnostic categories not solely for scientific reasons but to preserve social solidarity in a society uncomfortable with overt moral condemnation.
Equally important is Wax’s challenge to libertarian assumptions about state incapacity. Conservative critics had argued that government bureaucracies could never enforce reciprocity norms because officials spend other people’s money and lack the intimate knowledge possessed by private charities or local associations. Wax rejects the absolutism. The 1996 reforms, she argues, demonstrated that bureaucratic systems can partially replicate the disciplinary functions of older mutual aid structures through casework discretion, sanctions, supervision, and work requirements. Government welfare need not be unconditional welfare.
The position separates Wax from anti-state libertarianism. She does not oppose redistribution. Her claim is that redistribution remains politically viable only when visibly tied to reciprocal expectation. Welfare systems survive when recipients are perceived as cooperating with the social order.
The article belongs to a larger intellectual movement that emerged in the 1990s around social capital, communitarianism, behavioral economics, and evolutionary cooperation theory. Wax pushes these insights into constitutional and welfare theory more aggressively than most contemporaries. Her argument shares affinities with Robert Frank’s (b. 1945) work on commitment, the strong-reciprocity research of Herbert Gintis (1940-2023) and Samuel Bowles (b. 1939), and Robert Putnam’s (b. 1941) concerns about civic trust and social cohesion. She integrates these themes into an account of welfare-state legitimacy that is unusually willing to follow them where they lead.
Wax attacks the assumption that liberal democracies can permanently organize redistribution around abstract rights claims detached from thick moral expectations. Wax insists that social cooperation always depends on emotionally charged judgments about fairness, effort, contribution, and punishment. Welfare states are not exempt from these anthropological realities. They remain psychologically continuous with older forms of mutual aid and collective survival.
Long before populist revolts against “makers and takers,” and long before debates over work requirements, social trust, and welfare dependency reemerged across Western democracies, Wax identified the moral forces shaping those conflicts. She saw that redistribution is never solely economic. It is symbolic, moral, and civilizational. Citizens interpret welfare systems through narratives of reciprocity and fairness that cannot easily be displaced by elite theoretical abstraction.

Is There a Caring Crisis?’ (1999)

Ostensibly a review of Shirley P. Burggraf’s The Feminine Economy and Economic Man: Reviving the Role of the Family in the Postindustrial Age, the essay quickly transcends its genre and opens into a broader inquiry: an examination of the economics of family life, the sociology of gender norms, the fragility of social reproduction under liberal capitalism, and the limits of policy rationalism. Wax treats Burggraf’s “parental dividend” proposal as a test case for a deeper question. Can modern market societies sustain the costly nonmarket labor of raising children once traditional moral constraints and gender arrangements dissolve?
The enduring importance of the essay lies in its refusal of the comforting assumptions that organize both market triumphalism and progressive therapeutic politics. Wax neither romanticizes traditional family structures nor presumes that expanding individual freedom yields socially optimal outcomes. She insists on confronting the possibility that liberal societies face real tradeoffs between adult autonomy and the long-term reproduction of stable social order. The essay thus anticipates many crises that became visible in the decades after publication: fertility collapse across the developed world, widening class stratification in family stability, declining marriage rates, intensifying parental investment among elites, and growing uncertainty about how postindustrial societies reproduce the human capital and social cohesion they depend on.
Burggraf begins from a familiar insight in the economics of the family. Children are at once sources of emotional satisfaction and forms of human capital. Parents devote enormous quantities of time, money, energy, and sacrifice to producing future citizens whose productivity later benefits the wider society. Modern welfare states, however, distribute many of those benefits collectively. Social Security exemplifies the pattern. Retirees draw benefits funded through payroll taxes regardless of whether they raised productive children of their own. Parents who invested heavily in childrearing therefore subsidize nonparents and less successful parents. Burggraf treats this arrangement as a structural free-rider problem that suppresses optimal investment in children.
Her proposed remedy is radical. She advocates replacing the existing redistributive Social Security structure with individualized retirement accounts funded directly by taxes on one’s own children’s earnings. Retirement security comes to depend explicitly on the market success of one’s offspring. Parents who produced industrious, productive children receive greater benefits. Parents who failed to do so bear the consequences. The proposal seeks to realign private incentives with social benefits by reconnecting parental effort to economic reward.
Wax’s critique operates on empirical, psychological, distributive, and philosophical levels at once. She argues that the proposal rests on flawed assumptions about causation, human motivation, social coordination, and the character of family life.
Her first major objection concerns timing and causation. Social Security has existed since the 1930s, yet the social pathologies Burggraf cites as evidence of declining investment in children are largely recent. If the pension system were the principal source of deteriorating parental investment, the effects should have appeared much earlier. Wax argues that two later transformations reshaped family life during the second half of the twentieth century: the dramatic expansion of women’s labor-market opportunities and the loosening of sexual and marital norms. These changes altered the opportunity costs of childrearing and long-term paternal commitment far more decisively than any pension reform might.
The temporal argument carries considerable weight. Burggraf imagines a discrete institutional distortion that careful incentive design might correct. Wax insists that the pressures on family life arise from broad transformations in labor markets, sexual culture, and social expectations. The problem is not that parents receive too little reward. The problem is that modern societies have steadily rewarded alternatives to sacrificial parenting.
Wax returns repeatedly to opportunity cost. Time devoted to children cannot also be spent earning wages, pursuing leisure, climbing professional ladders, or exercising sexual autonomy. Historically, societies suppressed those competing options through dense networks of social norms governing sex roles, marriage, and labor-market participation. Wax controversially terms these arrangements a “gender caste system,” but she refuses to treat that system as nothing more than irrational oppression or ideological mystification. She asks a more unsettling question. What collective problem were these norms solving?
The question pushes the essay into its most original territory. Wax reframes traditional gender norms as adaptive responses to market failure. Childrearing generates substantial positive externalities. Society benefits when children grow into healthy, law-abiding, educated, industrious adults. Yet caregivers cannot fully capture those benefits, since they are diffuse, delayed, and resistant to monetization. The market therefore systematically undervalues caregiving labor.
Under unrestricted labor competition, women’s time naturally shifts toward activities that offer clearer and more immediate economic returns. Direct caregiving suffers structural underprovision. Traditional gender norms historically counteracted this tendency by artificially restricting women’s alternatives. By depressing returns to female labor-market participation and enforcing expectations of domesticity, societies in effect subsidized childrearing through coercive coordination.
This inversion sits at the conceptual center of the essay. Burggraf views the gender system as the source of caregiving’s undervaluation. Wax argues that the system may have evolved as a response to the undervaluation produced by free markets themselves. The market is not necessarily the corrective to family instability. It may be the source of the instability.
The argument extends well beyond the immediate debate over Social Security reform. Wax implicitly challenges a central assumption of post-1960s liberalism: that dismantling traditional constraints will yield superior social outcomes because voluntary exchange and individual autonomy maximize welfare. She suggests that unconstrained markets in labor and sexuality might generate suboptimal equilibria when reproduction and caregiving produce externalities that private exchange cannot adequately compensate.
Wax acknowledges that broader labor-market participation created new opportunities for utility-enhancing transactions previously blocked by restrictive norms. Greater sexual freedom likewise increased personal happiness for many adults. But she insists that such gains may coexist with declines in child-centered investment and family stability.
This willingness to foreground tradeoffs sharply distinguishes Wax from much contemporary social theory. She rejects the assumption that expanding autonomy is uniformly beneficial and emphasizes second-best realism. Societies may face real tensions between adult freedom and intensive childrearing. Children’s interests may diverge from those of adults. A social order optimized for individual choice may not be optimized for stable families or high parental investment.
Wax’s skepticism deepens further when she examines the psychological assumptions embedded in Burggraf’s proposal. Burggraf treats parenting as a form of predictable capital investment. Parents allocate resources into children and harvest returns through the productivity of those offspring. Wax questions whether the causal relationship between parenting practices and adult outcomes is stable enough to support such a model.
Here the essay touches debates in developmental psychology associated with critiques of the nurture assumption. Burggraf’s proposal requires three premises: that parental choices systematically determine children’s future earnings, that those outcomes remain controllable through deliberate caregiving strategies, and that parents respond rationally to altered incentives. Wax casts doubt on every link in the chain. Children’s outcomes may depend heavily on heredity, peers, temperament, luck, illness, social environment, and contingency. Even highly devoted parents cannot reliably engineer economically successful offspring. Parenting resembles a radically uncertain enterprise rather than a predictable production function.
The point is devastating to the logic of the parental dividend. Incentive systems work only when actors possess meaningful control over outcomes. If parents cannot reliably produce high-earning children through calibrated investments, then tying retirement security to children’s labor-market success simply imposes risk without corresponding control.
Wax accordingly reframes childrearing as a profoundly risky undertaking rather than stable capital investment. Children may become disabled, incompetent, psychologically unstable, economically unsuccessful, or alienated from parental expectations. They may reject conventional careers and pursue vocations with little financial return. They may refuse to support parents at all. Unlike ordinary market transactions, parenting lacks enforceable reciprocity. Parents invest most heavily during years when children possess neither legal nor moral capacity to enter binding contracts guaranteeing future support.
The existing Social Security system acquires a different moral meaning from this perspective. It functions not merely as redistribution but as collective insurance against the inherent instability of kin-based dependency. Modern pension structures pool risks across society precisely because reliance on one’s own children historically exposed aging parents to catastrophic uncertainty. Burggraf imagines herself restoring reciprocity and accountability. Wax sees her dismantling an evolved hedge against the fragility of family outcomes.
The treatment of intra-family incentives deepens the critique of market rationality. Wax argues that monetizing filial outcomes might distort parental motivations and corrode family relationships. Parents whose retirement depended directly on their children’s earnings would face strong incentives to push children toward lucrative professions regardless of aptitude or desire. The family begins to resemble an investment portfolio. Children’s career choices become tethered to parental economic survival.
The concern reflects a broader philosophical anxiety throughout the essay. Wax suggests that attempts to fully monetize caregiving and reciprocity may erode the nonmarket moral norms on which family life depends. Families operate partly because obligations of love, sacrifice, loyalty, and identity remain partially insulated from explicit market accounting. Burggraf’s proposal threatens to dissolve that insulation by translating parental devotion into actuarial calculation.
The gender implications also prove troubling. Because men statistically earn higher wages than women, rational parents operating under a parental-dividend regime might preferentially invest in sons as superior retirement assets. A policy partly intended to elevate caregiving might intensify patriarchal investment incentives. Women would face heightened intergenerational burdens. Daughters might feel pressure both to support aging parents through wage labor and to produce successful children of their own to secure future retirement benefits. The proposal compounds rather than relieves the asymmetries already embedded in family systems.
The distributive critique is equally forceful. The existing Social Security system contains progressive redistributive elements that partly delink retirement security from family background and earning potential. Burggraf’s proposal collapses retirement outcomes back into family lineage. Wealthier and more educated families with greater access to resources tend to produce children with higher earnings, who feed back into greater parental retirement security. Poor families remain trapped within low-income kin networks across generations.
Wax sees the proposal as profoundly regressive on this point. The pooled compact underlying Social Security is replaced by a quasi-dynastic structure in which inequality reproduces through familial economic performance. Single mothers and poorer households bear especially heavy burdens, since they shoulder both childrearing costs and diminished retirement protection without robust redistributive backstops.
The most profound dimension of the essay extends beyond any particular policy critique. The review opens into an inquiry about the limits of market civilization. Modern liberal societies depend on forms of labor and sacrifice that markets cannot easily price or sustain. Childrearing, moral formation, socialization, and long-term caregiving generate enormous social benefits while resisting straightforward commodification. Traditional societies solved the coordination problem through dense moral norms, gender restrictions, kin obligations, and social expectations that constrained individual choice in the name of collective reproduction.
Modernity progressively dismantled those constraints in favor of autonomy, labor mobility, sexual freedom, and transactional flexibility. Wax neither wholly celebrates nor condemns the transformation. She asks whether liberal societies possess adequate replacement structures for coordinating the difficult work once performed by traditional norms.
Her answer is pessimistic. Bureaucratic incentive engineering cannot easily recreate the dense moral ecology that sustained high-investment family life. Cash bonuses, pension adjustments, childcare credits, and pronatalist subsidies might marginally influence behavior, but they cannot substitute for internalized norms of sacrifice, duty, and identity. The more caregiving falls under explicit market logic, the more the underlying moral commitments that sustain it are likely to weaken.
In retrospect the essay reads as strikingly prophetic. The decades after publication saw accelerating fertility decline across advanced economies, intensifying educational and familial inequality, collapsing marriage rates among working-class populations, and growing concern over demographic stagnation. Governments experimented with child allowances, parental leave, tax credits, and pronatalist incentives with generally modest effects. Opportunity costs associated with intensive parenting continued to rise, particularly among the highly educated.
Wax anticipated this predicament because she saw that the problem was never simply insufficient financial reward. The problem is structural. Modern societies encourage adults to maximize flexibility, mobility, consumption, and self-development while still depending on stable families to reproduce human capital and social order. Those goals do not naturally harmonize.
The enduring power of “Is There a Caring Crisis?” lies in its refusal of easy resolution. Wax confronts the uncomfortable possibility that modern societies might face tragic choices among competing goods: autonomy and stability, freedom and reproduction, adult self-realization and child-centered sacrifice.

Caring Enough: Sex Roles, Work and Taxing Women’ (1999)

Wax advances a thesis that troubles standard treatments of gender and labor. She argues that historical sex-role norms, however coercive in operation, addressed a persistent coordination problem in advanced societies: the chronic underprovision of intensive child nurture. The argument refuses both nostalgic traditionalism and the standard feminist critique of patriarchy. Sex-role conventions appear here not as patriarchal accident or moral inevitability but as adaptive responses to a market failure embedded in the structure of liberal economies.
The essay opens with John Stuart Mill (1806-1873) from The Subjection of Women. Mill notes the curious feature of an argument that calls women’s domesticity natural while expending vast effort to compel it. If domesticity were natural in any robust sense, why would societies invest so heavily in custom, law, stigma, and exclusion to produce it? Wax takes Mill’s irony seriously. Historical sex-role systems did not arise from spontaneous preference. Societies altered the choice set under which women decided how to allocate their labor. Working wives faced shame. Men under female supervision faced humiliation. Married women confronted formal marriage bars. Wage discrimination operated as a routine feature of employment. These practices produced a dual labor market that priced female labor below its market value and constrained the occupational range available to women.
The analytical question Wax presses is not whether such arrangements were unjust but why they persisted across radically different civilizations and economic systems. Standard neoclassical economics predicts that discriminatory restrictions should erode under competitive pressure, since they prevent mutually beneficial trades. If a woman can perform a task at lower cost than the available male candidate, an employer should profit from hiring her. The persistence of sex-based labor restrictions across centuries demands a functional account, not a moral verdict.
Wax locates the answer in the economics of public goods and externalities. Childrearing produces large social returns while concentrating private costs on parents, and especially on mothers. Productive workers, taxpayers, soldiers, caregivers, and citizens emerge from sustained parental investment. The gains diffuse outward: pension systems, employers, and the broader public free-ride on parental sacrifice. The structure produces a familiar collective-action problem. Individual families bear the cost; benefits scatter.
The relevant investment, Wax stresses, is hands-on nurture. Small children require attachment, supervision, discipline, and developmental attention that resist commodification. Pregnancy, breastfeeding, and the biology of infant dependency historically channeled this labor toward women. Sex-role norms then operated to direct sufficient female labor into work that markets undercompensated.
Free labor markets, in this account, outbid the domestic sector for women’s effort. Once women gain access to competitive labor markets on equal terms with men, the opportunity cost of caregiving rises sharply. Each hour of nurture represents forgone wages, advancement, and autonomy. Markets price female labor accurately according to productivity, but the very accuracy intensifies the caregiving shortfall, since unpriced nurture cannot compete with priced employment. Traditional sex-role norms suppress women’s market options and lower the relative cost of domestic specialization. The arrangement distorts the labor market but corrects, in Wax’s reading, a deeper distortion in the structure of liberal exchange.
The argument extends to modern tax policy. The high marginal tax burden on secondary earners, usually married women, can be read as a continuation of older normative restrictions through fiscal means. Edward J. McCaffery (b. 1958), in Taxing Women, treats the secondary-earner penalty as an artifact of sexism that ought to be eliminated. Wax replies that the tax structure might serve a coordinating function obscured by its appearance. Where social ostracism once discouraged married women from market participation, taxation now alters the price. The stick of shame gives way to the stick of fiscal disincentive. The underlying coordination problem persists.
The reading complicates progressive self-understanding. Liberal societies congratulate themselves for abolishing patriarchal restrictions while reproducing similar incentive effects through bureaucratic instruments. The secondary-earner penalty shifts allocation within the home without prohibiting market participation. Continuity links traditional and modern governance, because no liberal arrangement has solved the underlying market failure.
Labor-supply elasticity reinforces the point. Women, especially married women with children, respond more strongly to wage and tax variation than men do. Male labor supply remains comparatively rigid because breadwinning expectations are socially entrenched. Female labor participation fluctuates with marginal economic incentives. The asymmetry makes female labor an attractive target for policy manipulation. Tax design can shift family allocation patterns without explicit legal coercion.
Wax then turns to intergenerational investment and the problem of incomplete contracting. Parents cannot formally contract with children for repayment on developmental investment. Childrearing resembles a long-term capital project, but unlike ordinary investments, the producer holds no enforceable claim on future returns. Children, once grown, owe nothing legally. Public programs such as Social Security sharpen the asymmetry by socializing the gains of future productive workers without compensating the families who produced them.
Traditional familial norms, Wax argues, served as quasi-contractual substitutes for this missing market. Expectations that adult children support aging parents, preserve family continuity, and reciprocate sacrifice operated as informal enforceable agreements. As such norms weaken, the rational incentive to undertake costly parental investment weakens with them. Welfare states magnify the free-rider problem they seek to mitigate.
The argument widens beyond gender politics into a general account of social reproduction under liberal capitalism. Markets depend on reservoirs of human capital, civic competence, and emotional stability that markets themselves underproduce. Families historically supplied these goods through normatively dense structures that liberal modernity dissolves.
Traditional sex-role norms, Wax observes, were blunt instruments. By steering all women collectively toward caregiving, societies suppressed enormous quantities of female talent and distorted labor allocation on a vast scale. The most capable women bore the heaviest sacrifice, since the system required them to absorb the cost of maintaining caregiving structures whose benefits diffused outward.
This distributive asymmetry distinguishes Wax from both standard conservatives and standard feminists. Conservatives treat traditional family arrangements as natural and intrinsically desirable. Feminists treat them as systems of pure exploitation. Wax instead presents them as adaptive but costly equilibria. Every available arrangement generates trade-offs. Liberal societies gain efficiency, autonomy, and the use of female talent while intensifying the economic pressures that erode family investment.
Wax’s critique of Gary Becker’s (1930-2014) model of family specialization brings the tension into focus. Becker argues that specialization within the home arises through comparative advantage and voluntary utility maximization. Wax counters that the account ignores bargaining asymmetries, exit options, and distributional conflict. If specialization leaves one party systematically worse off, voluntary acceptance requires either coercion, socialization, or compensating transfers. The puzzle deepens because domestic specialization produces highly nonportable human capital. Skills tied to managing a particular home or nurturing particular children carry limited market value elsewhere. The more thoroughly one spouse specializes domestically, the weaker that spouse’s outside options become. Traditional family systems thus generated profound asymmetries in bargaining power that no abstract appeal to efficiency can dispel.
A broader sociological observation runs through the essay. Modernity destabilizes institutional arrangements faster than it generates replacements. Traditional societies coordinated sacrifice through thick norms, status hierarchy, reputational enforcement, and constrained choice. Liberal societies dissolve these structures in favor of mobility, autonomy, and market competition. The social goods produced by older arrangements remain necessary. Advanced societies still require stable families, developmental investment, emotional labor, and the successful socialization of children.
The modern state therefore occupies a contradictory position. It celebrates labor-market equality and individual freedom while increasingly depending on indirect interventions designed to preserve caregiving labor that markets undervalue. Tax policy, family subsidies, parental leave, and welfare transfers operate as partial substitutes for the normative coordination liberalism dismantled.
Wax remains skeptical of purely technocratic solutions. McCaffery’s reforms might improve tax fairness for women understood as autonomous labor-market participants, yet might worsen the long-term undersupply of caregiving. The problem resists fiscal engineering because the underlying issue concerns the social valuation of reproductive labor.
The essay’s final implication unsettles liberal political theory. When women’s labor receives accurate market pricing, the opportunity cost of caregiving rises sharply. Market rationality might then undermine the reproductive foundations on which market societies depend. Freedom creates efficient labor markets. Efficient labor markets increase the attractiveness of market labor relative to domestic labor. The result is underinvestment in nurturing activities whose benefits diffuse outward. States and cultures attempt to compensate through taxes, subsidies, or norms that partially redirect the freedom liberalism celebrates.
Wax’s argument remains diagnostic and tragic. Liberal modernity solved certain injustices while generating new coordination failures that remain institutionally unresolved.
The enduring force of “Caring Enough” lies in this refusal to let the reader settle. Wax compels recognition that markets alone might not sustain the social reproduction on which advanced societies rely. She asks whether liberal individualism possesses adequate means for producing the costly labor of nurture and intergenerational investment once normative systems collapse. She suggests that modern societies continue to rely, often covertly, on indirect coercion, because no civilization has yet discovered how to secure these goods entirely through voluntary exchange.

Expressive Law and Oppressive Norms’ (2000)

Wax comments on Richard McAdams’s focal-point theory of expressive law. The piece appeared in the Virginia Law Review at a moment when expressive theories of law had become a small industry. Cass Sunstein, Robert Cooter, Lawrence Lessig, and Dan Kahan were each building accounts of how legal rules shape behavior through signals, norms, and meaning. McAdams added a game-theoretic spine to that project. He argued that law works as a focal point that tells citizens what others expect of them, letting coordination emerge without sanctions doing the heavy work.
Wax accepts the premise. Law has expressive force. The question she presses is how far that force reaches. Her answer, worked out in close engagement with McAdams’s models, is that focal-point theory describes a class of cases too narrow to bear the weight McAdams puts on it. Where it works best, expressive law solves coordination problems among players with symmetrical interests. Where the interests diverge and the roles are sticky, coordination emerges anyway, but along lines that the law has no easy purchase on.
The argument moves through Hawk-Dove games. The model comes from John Maynard Smith (1920-2004) in evolutionary biology, where it captures contests between animals who prefer to win without fighting. McAdams uses the symmetric version. Both players draw the same payoffs from the same moves. Each prefers to dominate, prefers cooperation second, prefers submission third, and least of all wants mutual aggression. With two pure-strategy equilibria available (one player Hawk, the other Dove, or vice versa), the law might pick a focal point and let coordinated play settle on one of them.
Wax says the symmetry assumption does the work, and the work it does in McAdams’s account runs too clean. Most social interactions of any interest carry asymmetric payoffs. Men and women, members of different ethnic groups, employers and employees, buyers and sellers face different costs and different opportunities when they meet. She constructs unbalanced arrays where one player gains more from aggression and loses less from conflict, and the other gains more from yielding and loses more from a fight. The unbalanced game has the same two pure-strategy equilibria in form, but one is no longer arbitrary. Players gravitate toward the equilibrium where the player with the lower cost of fighting plays Hawk and the player with the higher cost plays Dove. Self-interest, not legal signaling, picks the convention.
This shifts the explanatory burden from law to the structure of the game. If the equilibrium emerges from each player following his own best move given expected play, expressive law has nothing to add at the formation stage. The convention forms without it. Wax goes further. The focal features around which these conventions coordinate (race, sex, ethnicity) are the very features that already command attention without official help. Humans notice such markers because they are visible, stable, and useful for predicting how others will behave. Law need not teach us to coordinate around sex any more than it need teach us to coordinate around left and right hands.
Here Wax flirts with a position that gives the article much of its later resonance. The recurrence of similar role assignments across cultures (men in dominant economic roles, women in caretaking roles) tells against the strong constructivist view that such conventions are products of patriarchal law or contingent ideology. If the underlying payoffs were balanced, the same convention should not reappear so often across societies that have little contact with one another. The recurrence points to asymmetric payoffs along the lines of biological sex.
The reader should take this seriously and also notice what it leaves out. Cross-cultural recurrence has many possible sources. Asymmetric average physical strength between men and women, asymmetric reproductive costs, asymmetric vulnerability during pregnancy, and asymmetric outside options after childbirth all generate unequal payoffs without any appeal to deep psychological dispositions. Wax gestures at these without committing to any particular causal story. The article reads stronger when it stays agnostic about origins and focuses on the strategic consequences of unequal payoffs, whatever their source. When commentators later treated the piece as making essentialist claims, they were responding to a tone more than a thesis.
The harder problem in the article is norm change. If conventions emerge from rational play in unbalanced games, and no individual gains by deviating from them, how do they ever shift? Wax’s answer carries the most original part of the comment. McAdams had pointed to “cranks,” outliers whose payoffs differ enough from the average that Hawk dominates Dove for them whatever their opponent does. Cranks defy the convention. Their existence raises the cost of aggression for the dominant group, which then begins to retreat. Spatial separation and the slow alignment of expectations finish the job. McAdams uses smoking norms in public spaces as his example.
In settings such as sexual harassment in the workplace, separation is what reformers want to overcome, not a tool for overcoming the older convention. Cranks are by definition rare, often punished, sometimes ostracized, and never sufficient to flip a stable equilibrium on their own. She wants a different story.
She finds it in Edna Ullman-Margalit (1946-2010) and Robert H. Frank (b. 1945). Ullman-Margalit, in The Emergence of Norms, had argued that what she calls “norms of partiality” can prove unstable not because rational underdogs defect but because indignant underdogs defect. The disfavored player accepts a sure loss now to communicate that he will keep accepting losses until the convention shifts. He is no longer playing the original game. He has changed the game by tying himself to a course of action that ignores immediate cost. The dominant player must then reckon with the prospect of mutual conflict (the worst box for everyone) stretching out indefinitely. The rational response is to yield.
Frank, in Passions Within Reason, gives the move its psychological grounding. Moral emotions (indignation, outrage, vengefulness, gratitude) function as commitment devices. They tie the actor to a course of action that pure cost-benefit calculation might abandon under pressure. They also signal that commitment to others. An angry man poses a more credible threat than a calculating one because he keeps coming even when coming looks foolish. The visible passion is the commitment.
Wax weaves these threads. Underdogs in unbalanced games change conventions by accepting personal losses in defiance of rational play, and they manage this through moral emotions that arise from the perception of injustice. The moralized character of the resistance does double duty. It motivates the underdog to act against narrow interest. It convinces the dominant player that ratcheting up costs will not break the resistance, since the underdog aims not at a personal payoff he might be priced out of, but at vindication of principle. The dominant player, faced with credible commitment to indefinite conflict, finds it cheaper to yield.
The model carries surprising consequences. The most oppressive conventions, those with the steepest asymmetries and the most rigid roles, might be the ones most vulnerable to rapid change once the moral premise takes hold. Greater oppression generates greater indignation, which generates more credible commitment, which makes the dominant player’s calculation tip faster. The history of the civil rights movement and the early feminist movement fits the pattern. So does the rapid collapse of overt sexual harassment as an accepted workplace practice. The collapse did not require complete enforcement of harassment law. It required enough public moralized resistance, encouraged by the law’s expressive endorsement, to make harassment costly in reputational and social terms.
Where does law sit in this story? Wax gives it a smaller part than McAdams does, but a real one. Law publicizes. Law confers legitimacy on resistance. Law encourages waverers to read their private indignation as shared, which lowers the cost of acting on it. Law amplifies a conviction already spreading, and provides a coordination point for the timing of action. The image is law as accelerant, not law as architect.
This is a more modest claim than McAdams wants to make and a more demanding claim than the simple deterrence model can make. It also fits the historical record better than either alternative. Major shifts in race and sex norms have run ahead of enforcement, sometimes by decades, and have continued running in places where enforcement remains spotty. The shift cannot be reduced to fear of sanctions. It also cannot be reduced to pure expressive labeling, which leaves no room for the moral fervor that observers see in reform movements. Wax’s account makes room for both the fervor and the structural constraints that make fervor necessary.
Several weaknesses deserve attention. The natural-salience argument carries more freight than Wax supplies evidence for. She treats the salience of race and sex as obvious. The historical record shows wide variation in which racial and ethnic distinctions become socially active and which fade. The same physical markers acquire and lose coordinating power as political and economic conditions change. Distinctions among Irish, Italian, and Anglo-Saxon Americans once carried much of the work race carries today. They lost that work. A theory that treats salience as natural understates the labor institutions do to keep some distinctions live and let others die. McAdams’s focal-point theory, applied to that labor, might explain more than Wax allows.
The cranks-versus-moral-underdogs distinction also runs sharper in argument than in fact. Frank’s account of moral emotions requires that the actor have a commitment device that makes him hard to deter. Cranks, in McAdams’s sense, have exactly such a commitment device built into their preferences. The two accounts may describe the same population from different angles. A man whose payoffs include a strong taste for retributive action against perceived injustice looks like a crank to a payoff theorist and like a moral underdog to a sentimentalist.
The sexual harassment example also bears more weight than the framework can carry. The shift in workplace harassment norms over the past forty years has run alongside sanctions, some heavy, including civil liability, lost employment, public humiliation, and criminal prosecution at the extreme. The expressive endorsement of resistance ran alongside a serious deterrent regime. Disentangling the two strands proves hard. The strongest case for Wax’s reading is that the expressive endorsement preceded broad enforcement by years, which suggests that the moralized signal did most of the early work. The case is plausible, not proven.
Read against Wax’s later trajectory, the article reads as an early statement of recurrent themes. She argues that informal norms hold social orders together. She argues that legal elites overestimate their capacity to reshape those norms by decree. She argues that some patterns of inequality emerge from coordination problems, and that solving them requires moral effort more than technocratic engineering. She argues that culture has causal weight. She argues that policy might work at the margins where culture already permits it and might fail when it tries to override stable behavioral patterns. Applied later to family structure, class, and the role of bourgeois norms, these claims generated controversy that the early article had not. The arguments themselves had not changed much. The political climate around them had.
The piece also shows the limits of Wax’s chosen tools. Game theory in the Hawk-Dove form serves as a useful schematic. It abstracts. It treats players as strategic actors meeting in pairwise contests with clear payoffs. Real social conflicts run through institutions, networks, and audiences that the two-player matrix does not represent. The signaling story Wax tells about moral commitment depends on third parties who watch resistance and update their expectations. Those third parties do not appear in the formal model. They do most of the work in any account of norm change that takes social movements seriously. The article treats them as background. A more developed version might put them at the center, with the law’s part recast as the coordination of audience expectations.
The structure of the argument endures. Conventions persist because they solve coordination problems for individually rational players, even when they distribute losses unequally. Coordination problems do not yield to legal commands as easily as expressive theorists hope. They yield to costly resistance that signals commitment beyond ordinary cost-benefit calculation, and law has its place mainly as an amplifier of such resistance. The combination of analytic rigor with moral psychology and a refusal to let either rational-choice models or constructivist models do the explaining alone gives the piece its staying power. Whether one accepts Wax’s later conclusions about the persistence of cultural patterns, this comment on McAdams shows how informal social orders prove harder to reform than legal academics tend to think, and why moral fervor turns out to be what moves them when they move at all.

A Reciprocal Welfare Program’ (2001)

Wax wrote “A Reciprocal Welfare Program” at a hinge moment. The 1996 Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act had replaced Aid to Families with Dependent Children with Temporary Assistance for Needy Families, and the country was watching to see whether work requirements and time limits might transform poverty politics or simply punish the poor. Wax tries to articulate the moral premises any defensible welfare order must satisfy. Her central claim is that redistribution survives only when citizens believe burdens and benefits track a recognizable code of contribution and need. Welfare policy is not resource allocation. It is the institutional expression of how members of a cooperative order owe one another support.
This orientation puts Wax at odds with libertarian individualists and most contemporary egalitarians. She supports extensive public assistance for those making reasonable efforts toward self-support. She rejects the libertarian view that redistribution as such offends justice. But she also rejects the egalitarian premise that need alone grounds entitlement. Her welfare order is conditional. It rests on the expectation that adults capable of contributing owe some positive effort to the cooperative order sustaining them. The rest follows.
Wax grounds her conclusions in claims about how human beings respond to redistribution. Drawing on experimental economics and evolutionary thinking, she argues that people exhibit conditional cooperation. Most are willing to share, sacrifice, and pay taxes, but only when they believe others contribute fairly. When redistribution appears to subsidize free-riding, support collapses. The implication is sharp. Welfare states cannot float free from popular intuitions about effort and contribution. They depend on them.
This naturalistic turn cuts against the dominant idiom of postwar liberal theory. John Rawls (1921-2002) frequently invokes reciprocity and cooperative citizenship in A Theory of Justice. He says little about the concrete obligations citizens owe one another. He devotes enormous attention to the fair distribution of primary goods and remains vague about work obligations, productive contribution, and the line between willing and unwilling dependency. Wax suggests this omission tracks a broader pattern. Much modern egalitarian theory wants the stabilizing effects of reciprocity norms while avoiding explicit endorsement of the moral judgments those norms entail. The welfare state cannot operate that way for long. Citizens ask whether recipients are pulling their weight. Treating that question as illiberal drives the question underground and erodes the legitimacy that sustains redistribution in the first place.
Her engagement with luck egalitarianism follows the same logic. She concedes that talents, dispositions, and capacities reflect arbitrary factors beyond individual control. Genes, family environment, and accidents of birth shape what each person can produce. She refuses the conclusion that responsibility therefore drops out of welfare politics. Even if abilities are not self-created, redistributive systems require behavioral expectations to remain viable. The question is not metaphysical freedom. It is institutional survival. A society cannot run a welfare order that treats all non-contribution as involuntary because such a system creates moral hazard at every margin. Wax’s answer, blunt and unfashionable, is that responsibility must function inside the welfare order even when the metaphysics of responsibility remain contested.
This puts her in the position of reviving the deserving-undeserving distinction, a move late twentieth-century academic discourse had largely treated as moralistic Victorian residue. Wax insists ordinary citizens make this distinction continuously and persistently. Most are willing to support those unable to care for themselves through no fault of their own. Children, the severely disabled, and the elderly fall plainly inside the protected category. Support weakens when recipients appear voluntarily dependent or insufficiently cooperative.
The most sophisticated passages in the essay concern the ambiguity of “ability” itself. Wax recognizes that many men can technically exert effort without commanding stable employment sufficient for self-support. Some lack cognitive skills. Others have poor social functioning, low conscientiousness, unstable habits, or behavioral patterns that modern labor markets penalize harshly. These men occupy uncomfortable middle ground between conventional disability and ordinary employability. Here the essay exposes a tension at the heart of welfare politics. If low productivity becomes assimilated to disability, the reciprocity framework dissolves. Almost all non-contribution becomes involuntary. If such limitations are ignored, the system punishes men who cannot compete in advanced labor markets despite real effort.
Wax resists broadening disability categories because doing so undermines work norms and creates moral hazard at the margin. She concedes that some men cannot command a living wage on the open market regardless of effort. This concession pushes her toward wage subsidies and supported work. The shape of the resulting system reflects the tension. It is demanding without being punitive, supportive without being unconditional.
Wax rejects the common portrayal of workfare as punishment for the poor. She frames work requirements as sorting devices that distinguish the unwilling from the incapable. Her musical chairs analogy captures the point. When meaningful work requirements arrive, recipients scramble for jobs. Over time, the process reveals who cannot comply despite good-faith effort. The welfare system has no way to identify the chronically unemployable in advance. Only participation pressure produces that information.
The analogy carries a problem Wax acknowledges but never quite resolves. The game might never end. Or rather, as the rolls shrink, the residual population grows more difficult, more concentrated, more visibly limited. The reciprocity principle then begins to require flexibility, exemptions, and accommodations that strain the very norms used to motivate the reform. The musical chairs metaphor implies the music stops at some equilibrium. The actual political economy of welfare suggests the music keeps playing while the chairs keep being removed. The system either becomes harsh enough to violate the moral intuitions Wax wants to honor, or generous enough to vindicate the worry about moral hazard she raises.
Wax wants a system that screens reliably for unwilling dependency without abandoning the truly incapable. She acknowledges these populations cannot be cleanly separated. The political pressures of welfare reform tend to generate categorical rules that produce hard cases at the boundary. Her preferred response is administrative discretion guided by principle. Whether American welfare bureaucracies can deliver that discretion in practice is a question she raises and leaves open.
The essay’s treatment of motherhood reveals the full reach of her approach. Wax acknowledges childrearing as work in any reasonable sense. It requires sustained effort and produces outcomes society values. She resists the claim that motherhood alone justifies complete public support. Most benefits of childrearing accrue privately to parents and children, not collectively to the polity. Public subsidies are therefore justified partially rather than comprehensively. The argument follows directly from her reciprocity framework. Society compensates contributions in proportion to their public value, not their private value to the contributor.
Wax argues that technological control over reproduction has transformed assumptions about parental responsibility. Birth control and abortion have made parenthood look more like a choice and less like fate. The consequence is growing cognitive dissonance around unconditional support for single motherhood. A society that treats reproduction as controllable cannot easily maintain a welfare order premised on parenthood as involuntary dependency. When most similarly situated women support themselves through paid labor, permitting others to depend almost entirely on public assistance violates the horizontal equity at the core of reciprocity.
The expectations governing reciprocity shift alongside broader conventions. What counts as reasonable effort cannot be set abstractly. As women’s labor force participation became normal, expectations about maternal self-support changed with it. Her point is not that mothers should be forced to work. Her point is that the welfare order must track prevailing expectations or lose legitimacy. The argument has a descriptive sharpness her critics often miss. She is not telling poor women what they ought to do. She is telling welfare theorists what redistribution can sustain.
Wax refuses the punitive view of responsibility her framework might seem to license. One of the strongest sections of the essay concerns redemption and second chances. Reciprocal systems are forward-looking. They are not designed for permanent exclusion. A man who made imprudent choices may become a cooperative contributor later. The system benefits from rules that allow re-entry. This complicates the picture of Wax as a harsh moralist. Her framework demands present willingness to cooperate. Society may forgive school dropout, early childbearing, or earlier irresponsibility if recipients demonstrate present commitment to self-support.
The forward-looking emphasis reflects her concern with institutional stability. Welfare policy aims at sustaining cooperation over time, not punishing past failure. Permanent exclusion would itself destabilize the order by creating fixed classes of hopeless outsiders. Reciprocity requires discipline and flexibility together.
The essay culminates in a vision of supported work more expansive than critics often acknowledge. Wax advocates reorganizing the welfare state around contribution-conditioned support. Government functions as a surety, guaranteeing a minimally decent standard of living for those making reasonable efforts. The surety state includes extensive subsidies and work supports: childcare assistance, wage supplements, transportation aid, health benefits, and publicly created last-resort employment. She endorses Edmund Phelps’s (b. 1933) wage subsidy proposal and the expansion of the Earned Income Tax Credit. These programs reflect her recognition that modern labor markets fail to deliver living wages to substantial parts of the workforce.
This is the practical heart of the essay. Reciprocity does not imply laissez-faire indifference. The wage paid to a low-skilled worker often falls below what reciprocity demands the worker receive. The state owes him supplementation precisely because he is contributing. Society owes support not because need creates entitlement but because reasonable effort merits assurance against destitution. The argument cuts in both directions. Pure market discipline violates reciprocity for those who try and cannot succeed. Unconditional aid violates reciprocity for those who could try and do not.
Her emphasis on childcare deserves particular attention. Wax argues that welfare reform creates an opportunity to improve conditions for poor children while reinforcing work norms for adults. Children, unlike adults, can never be morally undeserving because their dependency is wholly involuntary. The state has strong reason to invest heavily in childcare infrastructure, educational quality, and developmental support. The combination of moral discipline for parents and material investment in children gives her welfare program much of its distinctive shape. She rejects both unconditional entitlement and punitive abandonment. The order she defends is contributory social democracy rooted in reciprocal obligation.
Underlying the analysis is a concern with moral hazard at the systemic level. Wax fears that institutional tolerance of visible non-contribution destroys the willingness of contributors to sustain redistribution at all. Welfare legitimacy depends on public confidence that burdens fall fairly. The essay returns to convention, social norms, and behavioral expectations because welfare states cannot float free from ordinary moral intuitions. They survive only when citizens perceive reciprocal fairness inside them. Elite efforts to suppress judgments about effort and responsibility do not eliminate such judgments. They merely produce a widening gap between official ideology and public perception.

Something for Nothing: Liberal Justice and Welfare Work Requirements’ (2002)

Wax holds a combustible position in American intellectual life. Her critics see in her later writings on race, immigration, and social disorder a hardening edge of meritocratic harshness. Her defenders see a legal scholar willing to confront uncomfortable claims about agency, dependency, and the fragility of social trust. Both camps tend to miss the coherence behind her work. The noise around the public Wax has obscured the careful Wax. For decades she has built a unified theory of liberal society around a single question: under what moral conditions can large-scale cooperation hold together?
This article states the architecture more clearly than anything else she has written. The piece looks like it is about welfare reform, work requirements, and basic income. It is something larger. It is an inquiry into the widening gap between liberal egalitarian theory and ordinary moral psychology. Why do democratic publics cling so tenaciously to the line between the deserving and the undeserving poor when the philosophical case for such a line keeps eroding under the pressure of sophisticated theory?
The question carries weight beyond welfare. Wax is not merely defending work requirements as efficient policy. She is diagnosing a tension between elite moral theory and the reciprocity intuitions on which democratic welfare states might rest. The same tension reappears across her later work on disability, race, meritocracy, and social disorder. Across all these domains she returns to the same concern. Societies can redistribute resources, remove barriers, and compensate misfortune. They cannot indefinitely sustain solidarity once contribution norms collapse.
The 1996 reforms supply the political backdrop. The replacement of Aid to Families with Dependent Children with Temporary Assistance for Needy Families was more than technocratic restructuring. For Wax it marked the triumph of a moral vision deep in American political culture. TANF wrote into statute the belief that able-bodied adults should contribute to their own support and that public aid should be conditioned on reciprocal effort. Wax calls the resulting framework conditional reciprocity. Society owes aid to those who cannot support themselves despite good-faith effort. It owes nothing unconditional to healthy adults who refuse to contribute. The line between deserving and undeserving becomes the moral axis of welfare legitimacy.
What gives Wax intellectual weight is that she treats the line as subject to philosophical interrogation. Can the popular hostility toward something for nothing be derived from modern liberal egalitarian theories of justice? Or does liberal theory ultimately undermine the very reciprocity intuitions on which democratic welfare politically depends?
Her answer is unsettling. The deeper one travels into modern egalitarian theory, the harder it becomes to defend stable distinctions between contributors and dependents. She frames this as the central paradox of liberal justice. Contemporary egalitarianism starts from three related premises. Morally arbitrary inequalities should be corrected. Individuals do not morally deserve their natural talents or social starting points. Society should compensate for brute luck and hold people responsible only for genuine choice. These commitments shape the luck egalitarian tradition associated with John Rawls (1921-2002), Ronald Dworkin (1931-2013), Philippe Van Parijs (b. 1951), and Elizabeth Anderson (b. 1959).
At first glance, luck egalitarianism looks compatible with work-conditioned welfare. Those who cannot work because of bad luck deserve aid. Those who refuse work do not. Wax shows how unstable the distinction becomes once liberal premises are pursued rigorously.
The trouble lies in the status of effort. Liberal egalitarianism wants to separate brute luck from responsible choice. But what if willingness to work, self-discipline, industriousness, future orientation, and aversion to idleness are themselves shaped by unchosen endowments? What if work ethic is not chosen at all, but conditioned by family structure, temperament, intelligence, upbringing, and inherited personality? Once these questions get serious treatment, the boundary between the industrious worker and the voluntary non-worker erodes.
Wax finds the instability sharpest in Rawls. Rawls argues that no person morally deserves either his native abilities or his social starting point. He goes further. He denies that anyone fully deserves the superior character that lets him cultivate disciplined effort, since such character is itself shaped by fortunate circumstances. Wax sees the implication and presses it. If industriousness is morally arbitrary, the line between workers and non-workers cannot be drawn on a clean philosophical basis. The undeserving poor may be men burdened with unfortunate motivational endowments. Liberal theory thereby threatens to dissolve the distinctions ordinary citizens reach for when they evaluate welfare claims.
This produces the gap at the center of the essay. Democratic publics believe firmly that able-bodied adults should contribute in exchange for support. Elite egalitarian theory keeps undermining any stable basis for assigning responsibility for productive conduct.
Wax shows that major liberal theorists keep colliding with this contradiction.
Rawls hit the famous Malibu surfer problem. If justice maximizes the position of the least advantaged, why should society refuse aid to able-bodied men who choose leisure over labor? Rawls tries to handle the surfer by adding leisure to the list of primary goods, treating voluntary idleness as already compensated through free time. The patch is awkward. The need for a patch reveals the pressure his theory places on reciprocity norms.
Dworkin tries another route through hypothetical insurance. Rational individuals behind a veil of uncertainty might insure against involuntary unemployment but reject costly insurance against chosen idleness. Wax notices that the move smuggles reciprocity intuitions into the framework.
The most revealing figure for Wax is Van Parijs because he accepts the redistributive implications others resist. Van Parijs embraces unconditional basic income as a requirement of real freedom for all. He argues that workers benefit from unearned job rents and collective social assets that should be partly redistributed to non-workers. Van Parijs becomes the logical endpoint of anti-desert egalitarianism. If talents, opportunities, and market rewards are morally arbitrary, then unconditional redistribution becomes hard to refuse.
Wax’s treatment of Van Parijs is decisive because it exposes the hidden instability of liberal egalitarianism. Many egalitarians want to reject robust notions of desert while preserving ordinary distinctions between contributors and free riders. The two goals may not be compatible. Van Parijs simply follows the anti-desert logic further than others care to go.
The hostility toward free riding therefore pushes Wax toward the most original turn in the essay: the move to evolutionary moral psychology.
The closing sections of Something for Nothing try to explain why reciprocity intuitions remain politically powerful despite their unstable philosophical grounding. Wax proposes that hostility toward free riding may not be the product of rational deduction at all. It may be an evolved moral sentiment shaped by the requirements of cooperative life. Cultures that tolerated unrestricted free riding on collective resources may have been outcompeted by groups that developed strong norms of reciprocal contribution and punishment of shirkers. Human beings carry reactive moral attitudes toward exploitation, freeloading, and non-contribution because such attitudes paid for themselves over evolutionary time.
The move reframes the debate. Reciprocity norms are no longer arbitrary prejudices awaiting philosophical correction. They become adaptive inheritances embedded in the architecture of human cooperation.
Wax invokes evidence from experimental economics, drawing on the work of Ernst Fehr (b. 1956) and others. Humans pay personal costs to punish free riders and norm violators. People do not just maximize utility. They carry deep moralistic sentiments about fairness and reciprocal obligation. The sentiments are not incidental. They may be part of the social technology that made large-scale cooperation viable in the first place.
Here her critique of liberal contractarianism gets sharp. Dominant theories of justice rely on static one-shot thought experiments such as the original position. But human morality evolved under repeated interaction, competition, punishment, alliance formation, and reciprocal exchange. Human beings did not evolve behind a veil of ignorance. They evolved inside iterative environments where unchecked free riding threatened group survival.
The contrast between static and iterative models becomes a key philosophical move in the essay. Liberal theory pictures justice through one-shot bargains among rational equals. Evolutionary morality emerged through repeated encounters among interdependent and strategically vulnerable men. Contractarian theory misses the origins of moral sentiment because it abstracts away the conditions under which reciprocal psychology evolved.
The point illuminates the shape of her later scholarship. Subsequent work returns to the same remedial logic first stated in the welfare context.
In her writing on disability law, Wax accepts public obligations toward the disabled. She emphasizes integrating disabled persons into reciprocal labor systems where possible. Support is justified not just as compassion but as part of preserving contribution norms.
In Race, Wrongs, and Remedies, the same structure reappears at the group level. Wax acknowledges historical racism and enduring disadvantage. She emphasizes the limits of purely external remediation. Outsiders can supply legal equality, educational opportunity, anti-discrimination protections, and material resources. They cannot directly produce discipline, educational commitment, future orientation, stable family structures, or productive habits. At some point, remediation runs into the need for internal adaptation and agency.
The continuity across domains is striking. Her method unfolds in four steps. Acknowledge disadvantage, misfortune, or historical wrong. Distinguish liability from remedy. Evaluate whether proposed remedies sustain or undermine reciprocal cooperation. Insist that external support cannot permanently substitute for internal agency.
This consistency explains why her work generates such heat. Wax keeps reintroducing the language of agency, contribution, and reciprocity into domains where contemporary academic discourse strongly prefers structural explanations. Her critics hear moral blame hidden inside sociological analysis. Her defenders see realism about the conditions that sustain solidarity and political trust.
Reducing Wax to conservative moralism misses the harder thing she is doing. She emphasizes the arbitrariness of labor market rewards. Some highly paid work is intrinsically pleasurable. Some exhausting labor is poorly compensated. Consumer demand, inherited talent distributions, and luck heavily shape economic outcomes.
That gives her work its peculiar quality. Wax undermines traditional meritocratic narratives. She also resists the egalitarian conclusions many theorists draw from anti-desert reasoning. She grants the arbitrariness of talent and fortune. She still insists that societies require contribution norms to maintain legitimacy.
The result is a tragic vision of liberal democracy. Modern societies aspire at once to equality, compassion, autonomy, and reciprocity. The values are not always reconcilable. Heavy emphasis on structural causation risks dissolving the line between contribution and dependency. Heavy emphasis on responsibility risks hardening indifference toward genuine misfortune. Wax inhabits the unstable middle.
Her deepest concern is not economic efficiency. It is the moral sustainability of solidarity. Welfare systems depend not just on budgets and incentives but on public perceptions of fairness. Citizens need to believe that redistribution reflects reciprocal obligation. A society that systematically weakens contribution norms may eventually undermine the political legitimacy of redistribution itself.
This is why Wax stresses that unconditional basic income could be economically sustainable while remaining politically unstable. Even rich societies able to fund large transfer programs may struggle to keep public support for them if the programs violate deeply rooted reciprocity intuitions. The problem is not fiscal. It is anthropological.
The argument places Wax in an older tradition of social thought running from Émile Durkheim (1858-1917) through modern evolutionary psychology. Social order rests not just on institutional design but on shared moral sentiments capable of binding strangers into systems of mutual obligation.
Whether one agrees with her conclusions, Wax forces a confrontation with questions many contemporary theorists prefer to avoid. Can liberal societies preserve robust solidarity while weakening the line between contributors and dependents? Are reciprocity norms irrational prejudices or adaptive foundations of cooperation? Can egalitarian theory sustain welfare legitimacy after dissolving stable notions of desert? How far can societies move toward unconditional redistribution before democratic moral psychology revolts?
These questions explain why Wax remains volatile and important. Her work exposes tensions in liberal democracy that neither market triumphalism nor progressive redistributionism has resolved. She is less interested in defending inequality than in understanding the fragile moral conditions under which large-scale cooperation might remain politically and psychologically sustainable.
That is the enduring power of Something for Nothing. Beneath the discussion of welfare reform sits a larger argument about the collision between abstract liberal egalitarianism and the evolved reciprocity intuitions on which democratic civilization may rest.

Disability, Reciprocity, and ‘Real Efficiency’: A Unified Approach’ (2002)

Wax sits in an awkward position within American legal scholarship. Public attention fixes on her cultural arguments about race, immigration, family structure, and elite hypocrisy. The technical legal work that grounds those arguments has received less notice. Yet the cultural Wax cannot be read apart from the legal Wax, because her cultural positions extend an institutional logic she first developed inside dense work on welfare design, employment law, and the operation of labor markets. The order of derivation matters. She did not arrive at a sociology of decline through cultural conservatism and then dress it up in legal vocabulary. She built her cultural claims out of analytical commitments worked through over two decades of legal scholarship.

Her central question across that body of work stays constant. What conditions allow advanced societies to sustain reciprocal claims among unequal members? Her answer assigns informal expectations a structural role that liberal legal theory often underestimates. Formal rights and procedures presuppose deeper coordination among citizens who already share habits of work, restraint, and contribution to common life. Where those habits weaken, formal law cannot supply the missing tissue. The state can move money. It cannot manufacture the moral conditions that make redistribution stable.

This thesis receives its clearest expression in her 2002 paper, later published in the William & Mary Law Review, “Disability, Reciprocity, and ‘Real Efficiency’: A Unified Approach.” The article addresses a narrow technical question: whether the employment provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act survive standard cost-benefit analysis. The argument accomplishes something larger. Wax uses the ADA debate to articulate a general account of how redistribution operates inside institutionally constrained labor markets, and how moral expectations and economic incentives produce stable systems of mutual obligation. The disability paper is the engine room of her thought. Reading it carefully discloses the conceptual architecture that organizes her later writing on welfare, family structure, immigration, and elite culture.

I.

The principle Wax calls conditional reciprocity sits at the foundation of the whole project. Modern industrial societies, she argues, function as informal insurance pools. Members of the collective pledge minimum support to those who cannot maintain themselves through no fault of their own. The pledge is not unconditional. It runs alongside an obligation on the recipient to take reasonable steps toward self-support, to draw on collective resources only when private effort cannot close the gap. The community owes a floor. The individual owes effort.

This formulation marks her off from both major traditions in welfare theory. Libertarians resist any standing obligation to redistribute, treating transfers as coercion against productive citizens. Egalitarians often loosen or strip out the reciprocal condition, grounding welfare claims in equality, dignity, or universal entitlement detached from contribution. Wax accepts the substantial collective duty that libertarians reject. She also insists on the conditional structure that egalitarians weaken. The duty to support the worthy poor is real. The expectation that recipients try to contribute is also real. Strip out either side and the arrangement collapses.

The conceptual payoff appears at once. If reciprocity grounds redistribution, then the legitimacy of welfare systems depends on more than fiscal sustainability. Citizens support transfers when they perceive that beneficiaries remain participants in a shared moral order. They withdraw support when transfers appear to subsidize permanent detachment. The political stability of the welfare state therefore turns on visible patterns of reciprocity, not just on tax receipts. This is why Wax treats norms governing work, family stability, and self-restraint as functional infrastructure.

A subtle move sits inside this framework. Reciprocity is not punitive. It is what licenses solidarity. The harsher reading of Wax, common among critics, casts her as a moralist who wants to discipline the poor. Her texts read otherwise. Reciprocity makes redistribution morally intelligible to citizens whose cooperation funds it. Without that intelligibility, support collapses. The conditional structure protects the floor by giving the public a reason to maintain it. Strip the conditions away and the floor cannot hold.

II.

The disability paper opens with a specific economic dispute. Critics of the ADA, including Richard Epstein and Sherwin Rosen, argue that workplace accommodation mandates impose costs on employers that exceed the productivity of disabled workers. The ADA, on this account, distorts labor markets and reduces overall welfare. The mandate looks inefficient. Defenders of the statute have responded by trying to show that disabled workers are more productive than critics assume, or that accommodation costs are lower than feared.

Wax rejects the framing of the debate. Her argument runs parallel to neither side. She accepts that many disabled workers will produce less than able-bodied counterparts. She accepts that accommodation imposes real costs on firms. She accepts that wages cannot always adjust to track productivity differences. Then she draws a conclusion neither side has worked out. Even granting these premises, the ADA may still produce net social gains, because the relevant comparison is not the ADA against an idealized free market. The relevant comparison is the ADA against the public support system that already exists.

This is the move that organizes the entire paper. Wax insists that economic analysis cannot proceed in abstraction from the institutional reality that surrounds the ADA. American society has already committed itself to supporting medically disabled persons who cannot find work. That commitment runs through Supplemental Security Income, OASDI, and a range of state programs financed through general taxation. The disabled person who fails to secure private employment does not simply fall back into a market void. He falls onto a public transfer system that taxpayers fund. The question therefore is not whether resources will flow toward him, but through which channel.

Once that institutional baseline enters the analysis, the calculus changes. A disabled worker hired at a wage above his marginal productivity costs the employer money. The same worker, kept out of the labor market, costs the taxpayer money. The two costs do not cancel. The hired worker still produces something, even if less than his pay. The unemployed worker produces nothing. Society pays his subsistence in either case. The ADA shifts the channel through which the payment flows. It might also reduce total payment, because hiring captures some productive value that idleness loses.

Wax names this calculation real efficiency, and the term carries a methodological argument inside it. Conventional efficiency analysis takes the private firm as the unit of evaluation. Real efficiency takes the system. The firm and the public fisc are linked by the worker who appears in either as employee or beneficiary. An economic analysis that treats them as separate domains misses the connection that the welfare state has already built between them.

The methodological argument has implications beyond the ADA. It puts pressure on economic models that abstract from the welfare state to evaluate particular policies. Once the public commitment to subsistence sits in the background, no labor market policy can be assessed in isolation. Costs and benefits travel across the boundary between firm and treasury. The cleanness of standard cost-benefit analysis depends on bracketing transfers Wax thinks cannot honestly be bracketed.

III.

The institutional realism deepens when Wax turns to wage formation. Her account of labor markets refuses the frictionless ideal that animates much economic critique of regulation. Real markets, she argues, do not let wages track marginal productivity with the precision the model assumes. Minimum wage laws set legal floors. Equal pay norms constrain pay differentiation across workers in similar roles. Worker morale collapses when management appears to compensate similar work at sharply different rates. Information about individual productivity is costly and imprecise. The result is a system of sticky compensation, where pay adjusts in coarse increments and tracks the average productivity of a job category.

This stickiness has consequences for the disabled worker. Suppose the law forbids employers from paying him below the same rate as his coworkers. Suppose social custom forbids the firm from inserting him into a designated lower-paying tier. Suppose he is in fact less productive in the job than able-bodied workers, even after reasonable accommodation. The employer who hires him pays a wage above his marginal product. He generates a private loss. A rational employer therefore avoids hiring him. The worker stays out of the market. Public support takes over.

The picture Wax draws here marks her off from the abstract policy theorist she most often critiques. Standard models assume markets clear. They predict that productive workers find employment at wages that reflect their output. The disabled worker who can produce net value will be hired. The one who cannot will not. The model suggests no role for accommodation mandates because rational firms internalize productivity correctly.

Wax doubts the model describes the world. Labor markets sit inside a thick web of legal constraint, customary practice, and psychological pattern. Wages do not adjust freely. Hiring queues persist. Employers ration access to jobs through informal hierarchies that the model cannot price. The result is a divergence between what produces value for society and what looks profitable to the firm. The ADA enters as one technique for narrowing the gap. Whether it narrows the gap efficiently in any given case depends on the contingent facts. Wax claims the standard economic critique misses what the statute is for.

This account places her in a tradition of institutional realism that includes Thomas Sowell, Daniel Patrick Moynihan, and the older institutional economists. The tradition treats markets as historically evolved structures shaped by custom, norm, and incomplete information. It rejects the rational-choice premise that frictionless models track real economic life. Wax draws methodological resources from this tradition. She also draws polemical force from it. Her critique of elite technocratic optimism, prominent in her later cultural writing, has its origin in a methodological objection to abstract policy modeling.

IV.

The hypothetical cases at the heart of the disability paper repay close reading. Wax constructs three figures: Mr. A, Mr. B, and Mr. C. Each illustrates a different relation between productive capacity, accommodation cost, and public subsidy. Each anchors a different policy implication.

Mr. A is the case where the ADA produces a clear net gain. He receives $500 a week in public support if unemployed. The employer who hires him at $600, the rate the job pays, finds him worth $200 unaccommodated and $400 accommodated at $50. Hiring Mr. A costs the firm $250 a week ($600 wage minus $400 accommodated productivity, plus $50 accommodation cost minus $50 already counted). The taxpayer saves the full $500 in benefits. Net social gain: $250. The example shows how a policy that looks inefficient inside the firm can be efficient across the system. Private and social calculations diverge. The ADA captures the divergence in favor of total welfare.

Mr. B is the case where the ADA produces no net gain at all. Even with accommodation, his productive contribution falls short of accommodation cost. Hiring him imposes a deadweight loss on the system as a whole, not only on the employer. Yet taxpayers might still vote to bring Mr. B inside the ADA, because the statute lets them externalize the cost of his support onto employers. The cost goes somewhere either way. The ADA shifts it. The shift can produce inefficiency without producing political pressure to repeal, because the burden falls on a concentrated party while the savings spread thinly across the public.

Mr. C is the intermediate case. He produces $50 unaccommodated and $100 accommodated at $200. The accommodation increases his gross output but reduces his net contribution. Society loses if it requires the accommodation. Yet courts might miss the point. The accommodation looks reasonable next to a wage scale set for able-bodied workers. The court sees an output increase. The example shows how legal categories that appear neutral can systematically misprice accommodation when the wage anchor is fixed by the productivity of a different population.

The three cases together do real analytical work. They distinguish the conditions under which the ADA serves social efficiency from the conditions under which it does not. They also show why legal doctrine cannot easily sort the cases. The ADA’s “undue burden” standard runs the cases through a court that lacks the information to price them correctly. Mr. A passes. Mr. B might pass when he should fail. Mr. C might pass when he should fail. The statute’s design generates a systematic bias toward overinclusion, not because legislators chose imprecision, but because the institutional setting that surrounds the ADA hides the true costs from the decision-maker.

A reader who follows the cases carefully sees Wax doing two things at once. She defends the ADA against a thin economic critique that ignores the public subsistence commitment. She also criticizes the ADA on grounds the standard defenders miss. The statute imposes costs on employers that, on her own reciprocity logic, the public should bear. The ADA solves a coordination problem by externalizing its costs onto a politically convenient target. The arrangement is unstable not because the goal of putting disabled persons to work is mistaken, but because the means of paying for that goal are concealed.

V.

The most striking move in the paper extends the disability framework beyond medical disability. Wax argues that low-skilled workers, persons with limited cognitive capacity, those raised in disordered homes, and those suffering bad luck face structurally similar problems on the labor market. They might produce less than the prevailing wage. They might fail to secure employment despite good-faith effort. They might require subsidy of some kind to reach a decent standard of living. The line between the medically disabled and the otherwise disadvantaged is not as sharp as legal categories suggest.

This claim has explosive implications. It dissolves the moral architecture that conventional welfare doctrine relies on. The medical disability category does work in current law because it offers an objective marker for inability to compete. The marker establishes who deserves support without effort. Wax suggests the marker is partly a fiction. Many medically disabled persons could in fact work productively with accommodation. Many non-disabled persons cannot in fact achieve self-support through market labor alone. Productive capacity sits on a continuum. The legal categories carve the continuum at convenient but artificial points.

The implication for welfare design follows directly. Reciprocity should apply across the board. Everyone capable of contributing should contribute to the extent of his ability. The state should supplement insufficient earnings rather than excuse non-participation. Programs like the Earned Income Tax Credit and proposed wage subsidies along the lines Edmund Phelps advocates fit this design. They condition support on participation. They preserve the reciprocal structure that legitimates the floor. They avoid the all-or-nothing bright lines that current disability law draws.

The same logic cuts in the other direction. If the non-disabled poor must work to qualify for support, the disabled should also work where possible. Categorical exemption from labor-market participation has a moral cost. It removes a class of citizens from the reciprocal structure that grounds redistribution. It creates a constituency for whom the conditional logic does not apply. Once that constituency expands, the political stability of redistribution erodes for those still inside the conditional system. Wax argues the point in protective ones. Reciprocity defends the floor. Categorical exemption breaks the floor.

This work-centered vision of citizenship runs through her later interventions on welfare reform, family policy, and cultural decline. The disability paper supplies the conceptual machinery. Once reciprocity organizes the analysis, long-term detachment from productive effort threatens the moral foundations of redistribution wherever it occurs. The middle-class single mother who cannot earn enough to support her children, the disabled worker on permanent benefits, the able-bodied man who declines available work: each presents the same structural problem in a different phenomenal form. Each weakens the system that supports all of them.

VI.

A reader who tracks the paper notices that Wax defends the ADA against a particular line of economic critique. She also presses a critique of her own. The ADA, on her account, has fundamental fairness problems. It imposes on employers costs that the public should bear. It creates a hidden tax on hiring. It invites political abuse, because taxpayers gain visible relief while employers absorb costs distributed across many workers and consumers in ways that escape political accountability.

Her constructive proposals follow the diagnosis. Richard Epstein’s suggestion of grants to firms that hire and accommodate the disabled draws her qualified support. Edmund Phelps’s wage-subsidy framework receives serious attention. Both proposals make explicit what the ADA hides. They place the cost of putting disabled persons to work on the public, where reciprocity locates it. They preserve the work norm by paying the firm enough to make hiring a productive option even when wages cannot adjust. They also let economic analysis proceed honestly, because the subsidy enters the calculation directly.

This part of the argument is often missed in summary readings of Wax. The standard read casts her as a defender of the ADA against libertarian attack. The text reads otherwise. She defends the ADA’s underlying social logic against narrow economic critique. She criticizes the ADA’s design as an unfair allocation of costs. The two moves are compatible because she works at a different level than her interlocutors. The libertarian rejects redistribution. Wax accepts it. The progressive accepts the ADA. Wax wants to redesign it. She is not on either side of the standard partisan axis. She occupies a third position that takes both the public commitment and its institutional honesty seriously.

VII.

Behind the technical argument lies a broader picture of liberal society that informs all her later work. Three commitments organize the picture.

First, modern liberal societies cannot operate on procedural neutrality alone. They depend on substantive moral expectations about productive contribution, family stability, and self-restraint. These expectations are not optional decorations on a procedural framework. They are conditions of its functioning. Liberal theory often pretends otherwise, treating norms governing private conduct as residues to be cleared away by rights extensions. Wax thinks the pretense cannot survive close institutional analysis. The procedural shell rests on cultural infrastructure that liberal theory does not theorize and cannot reproduce.

Second, the analytical tradition that grounds policy in idealized models misses how real institutions work. Markets are sticky. Norms are persistent. Information is incomplete. Workers act on morale and identity as much as on price. Policy designed around frictionless models fails because the friction is the point. The friction tells you what the institution is doing. Optimization that abstracts from friction often optimizes the wrong object.

Third, every institutional arrangement redistributes burdens across some axis. There is no policy without cost. Reform that solves one problem creates another. The right question is not which arrangement is fair in the abstract but which arrangement preserves the reciprocal logic that makes large-scale cooperation possible at all. Tragic tradeoffs replace the search for clean moral solutions. Wax’s work has a tragic temperament that distinguishes it from the optimistic strands of contemporary legal scholarship.

VIII.

The disability paper connects to her earlier work on welfare reform, where the reciprocity principle first received sustained treatment, and to her later work on family structure, education, and cultural fragmentation, where the same principle organizes a wider range of arguments. Across all of it, Wax pursues an integrated theory of how modern liberal societies hold together under conditions of unequal capacity and uneven contribution. The legal scholarship is the laboratory. The cultural commentary applies the conclusions to broader institutional terrain.

Her later turn to bourgeois norms, written with Larry Alexander, exemplifies the extension. The argument there holds that habits of self-restraint, family stability, work discipline, and delayed gratification function as a coordination technology that lifts the populations who practice them. The piece generated controversy because it appeared to praise norms many critics associate with cultural exclusion. Read against the disability paper, the argument has a clearer structure. Norms are coordination devices. They work when they spread across populations. They fail when elites privately practice them while publicly disclaiming their importance.

A reader who first encounters Wax through the cultural pieces tends to find them harsh, exclusionary, or aristocratic. The same reader encountering the disability paper finds something different. The paper is generous toward disabled workers, attentive to the structural reasons they fail in private labor markets, willing to defend statutory protection on grounds her libertarian colleagues reject. The two postures are not in tension. They share a single underlying claim. Reciprocal participation, supported where necessary by public subsidy, beats categorical exemption from participation. The cultural argument hits hard because it draws conclusions about populations who could in principle participate but, on Wax’s reading, increasingly do not. The legal argument extends sympathy to populations who cannot participate without help. Both follow from the same logic of conditional reciprocity.

IX.

Several features of the paper deserve emphasis as marks of its quality and as sources of its later influence.

The argument is patient. It takes the strongest form of the economic critique it addresses, grants its premises, and shows that the conclusion does not follow once institutional context enters. This style of argument is rare in legal scholarship, which more often refutes weak versions of opposing positions and declares victory.

The argument is concrete. It builds its case through worked-out hypotheticals that show exactly where the standard analysis breaks down. The Mr. A, Mr. B, and Mr. C cases let the reader trace the cost flow through firm, taxpayer, and worker. They render the abstract claim about real efficiency in arithmetic that any reader can check.

The argument is honest about its limits. Wax acknowledges that the ADA might generate net losses in some cases. She proposes alternatives that do the same work more transparently. The position she ends up holding is more critical of the ADA than its defenders and more defensive of disability policy than its libertarian critics. The position survives precisely because it does not reach for either available certainty.

The argument is methodologically self-aware. It shows where economic analysis as practiced has missed an institutional fact that should change the conclusion. This methodological move is what makes the paper transferable. The same move organizes her later work on welfare, family, immigration, and elite culture. In each case, she takes a domain where standard analysis abstracts from institutional context, restores the context, and shows that the standard conclusion either fails or rests on premises the context renders incredible.

X.

What remains after reading the disability paper carefully is a picture of social order that contemporary intellectual culture finds difficult to absorb. The picture has several elements that resist easy assimilation to current academic vocabulary.

It treats unequal productive capacity as a permanent feature of human populations. It treats moral hazard and incentive effects as constant constraints on policy. It treats norms governing work, family, and self-restraint as functional. It treats redistribution as conditional on participation. It treats elite practice as evidence about which norms work, even when elite ideology disclaims those norms. It treats the welfare state as an achievement that depends on cultural conditions external to it.

None of these positions is a partisan slogan. Each falls out of the analysis. The disability paper shows how each follows from a careful reading of the institutional facts. The cultural commentary that emerges from the same framework therefore has a depth its critics often miss. It draws on a sustained legal-scholarly project.

The paper closes with a call for greater transparency about the costs and benefits of the ADA, and for institutional redesign that places the cost of putting the disabled to work on the public. The closing register is technical and reformist, not polemical. The position it stakes out is one a reader from any political orientation can engage on its merits. That a writer who wrote this paper later became a public lightning rod tells you something about the limits of public discourse, not about the trajectory of her thought. The intellectual continuity is intact. The reciprocity principle, the institutional realism, the tragic sense of policy tradeoffs, the willingness to defend disfavored conclusions, the unwillingness to promise solutions where none exist: all are there in the disability paper. The cultural arguments add subjects. They do not change the framework.

The lasting interest of the paper lies in its demonstration that careful institutional analysis of one technical legal question can yield a general theory of social order. It shows that economic critique of regulation often misses the institutional context that the regulation responds to. It shows that the moral architecture of the welfare state cannot be analyzed apart from the cultural conditions that sustain it. Whatever a reader concludes about the merits of the ADA itself, the paper is an object lesson in how legal scholarship can do philosophical work without leaving its empirical ground. The work has aged better than much of the literature it engages with. That durability owes something to its method and something to the writer’s refusal to pretend that hard problems admit easy answers.

Converted or Unconverted: To Whom Shall We Preach?’ (2003)

The essay reads as a methodological reckoning with feminist legal scholarship, but its ambition reaches further. Wax asks what conditions sustain serious inquiry inside a moralized academic field, and she answers by way of a single question. Does the scholar write to confirm allies or to persuade outsiders?
The title carries the argument. To preach to the converted is to relax the duty of evidence. Hostile findings can be moralized away. Internal applause replaces external test. To preach to the unconverted demands the opposite. Argument must survive readers who do not share its premises, who may prefer rival explanations, who hold the power to confer or withhold scholarly recognition outside the favored circle. Wax claims that feminist legal scholarship drifted toward the first posture and paid for the drift in marginal status, intellectual thinness, and political failure.
She writes from inside the room. Wax does not stand outside feminism and attack. She holds a chair at Penn Law, has published in feminist journals, and frames her three preferred methods as resources feminists could use. Economics, empirical social science, and evolutionary psychology can strengthen feminist arguments where the evidence cooperates and discipline them where it does not. Her complaint is procedural before it is substantive. She wants feminist scholars to argue as if the case might be lost.
The setting matters. By 2003 the law-and-economics movement had already reshaped antitrust, contract, corporate law, and tort. Empirical legal studies was about to institutionalize itself under the banner of the Society for Empirical Legal Studies. Behavioral economics had moved from heterodoxy to colonization. Evolutionary psychology was rough and contested, but it had broken into the human sciences through Steven Pinker (b. 1954), Martin Daly, Margo Wilson, and Sarah Blaffer Hrdy (b. 1946). Feminist legal scholarship did not assimilate any of this. It built instead on standpoint epistemology, narrative jurisprudence, and a particular reading of the Critical Legal Studies movement, methods that elevated experience and discourse over causal modeling. Wax sees the cost. Her essay is in part a quiet argument that the path not taken inside feminist legal theory was the one with the greatest yield.
Her treatment of caregiving shows the move clearly. Martha Fineman (b. 1943) and others argue that domestic labor deserves collective support because it is work and because the persons who perform it are, on the whole, women. The argument has moral force inside feminist circles and gets little traction outside them. Wax accepts the goal. She wants to redirect the case. Caregiving, she argues, generates positive externalities. A child raised to productive adulthood pays into Social Security, fills jobs, contributes tax revenue, and sustains the institutions on which retirees who never raised children draw. Non-parents free-ride on parental labor. The market underprices the service because the buyers are diffuse and the benefits delayed. Public support corrects an inefficiency.
Wax knows the rhetorical effect of the move. Translated into the language of market failure, caregiving subsidies stop sounding like charity and start sounding like a Pigouvian correction. The argument can now travel into venues where ethic-of-care reasoning cannot. She also knows the cost. Once the case rests on externalities, it must answer the standard objection. Why caregiving rather than gardening, the arts, or volunteer work? Caregiving has a stronger claim because the externalities are larger, the intergenerational pipeline more fragile, and the alternatives less able to substitute. Whether the argument carries depends on numbers a feminist working in the older mode never had to produce.
The discussion of empirical social science is where Wax presses hardest against feminist orthodoxy. She argues that policy prescriptions are worse than useless when grounded in inaccurate description. She names cases. Marriage, on the available data, leaves women better off on a wide range of measures than singlehood, even where men capture more of the marital surplus. Out-of-wedlock childbearing among the Black urban poor cannot be explained by the scarcity of marriageable men or by contraceptive access alone. Christopher Jencks (b. 1936) and Orlando Patterson (b. 1940) had shown that marriage rates fell among employed Black men too. Kristin Luker had documented contraceptive availability that women bearing children outside marriage did not consistently use. Children raised in stable two-parent biological families outperform children in single-parent, stepparent, and divorced families on many measures, even controlling for income.
Wax claims the argument cannot proceed honestly without confronting it. A feminist might still defend reforms that loosen the marital tie at some cost to child outcomes, but the defense has to take the form of a tradeoff. Her recurring target is the rhetorical move that obscures tension by suppressing one side of a balance. She wants feminism to acknowledge that politics is the management of competing goods.
Her treatment of evolutionary psychology requires more care because the territory is less stable. She begins by separating what evolutionary explanation can and cannot do. It can describe regularities in human behavior that recur across cultures and bear the marks of adaptive design. It cannot, by description, justify any social arrangement. The is-ought gap is a hard wall, and Wax presses on it from both sides. She refuses the move from biological description to laissez-faire conclusion, and she refuses the symmetric move from feminist commitment to dismissal of the descriptive question.
The Kingsley Browne case is her test case. Browne argues that women’s underrepresentation at the top of competitive fields reflects evolved differences in temperament and risk preference. Wax accepts the descriptive hypothesis as discussable. She rejects the policy inference. If the differences are unchosen, luck egalitarianism gives a stronger argument for compensatory intervention than for letting the chips fall. The natural and the just do not align by default. A society committed to mitigating the effects of arbitrary endowment has more reason, not less, to act when the underlying difference is biological.
She also recovers the work of Sarah Blaffer Hrdy. Hrdy’s research on maternal strategy, infanticide, allomothering, and female sexual selection had already broken the standard caricature of evolutionary psychology as a vehicle for retrograde portraits of women. Mothers in Hrdy’s account are strategic, calculating, and capable of harsh adaptive choices when circumstances reward them. Wax uses Hrdy to make a point about the literature feminists had refused to read. Engagement might have produced allies. Avoidance produced caricature on both sides.
The deeper claim threading through the essay is about culture. Wax denies both the blank slate and rigid genetic determinism. Human beings carry evolved tendencies and a high sensitivity to cultural input. Norms, institutions, and moral systems shape which tendencies get expressed, amplified, or suppressed. The plasticity is itself an evolved trait. Culture is the means by which a species with strong dispositions remains capable of large-scale rearrangement of its own conduct. The position lets her hold open the possibility of feminist reform without conceding the empirical question to the social constructionists.

Social Welfare, Human Dignity, and the Puzzle of What We Owe Each Other’ (2003)

Wax wrote this for the Harvard Journal of Law & Public Policy in 2003, in the wake of the 1996 Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Act. The essay reads on its face as a defense of work-based welfare reform. Read more carefully, it operates at a different level. Wax wants to recover a moral grammar of public assistance that decades of egalitarian and feminist theorizing had worked to dismantle. Her target is less a policy than a philosophical posture: the position that universal interdependence flattens all distinctions among forms of dependency and so deprives the state of any principled basis for conditioning aid on contribution.
The argument she defends in response is the principle of conditional reciprocity. Society pledges support to members during periods of incapacity or distress. Members pledge reasonable efforts toward self-support whenever such efforts remain possible. Redistribution retains legitimacy when set within these mutual expectations and loses it when severed from them. The reciprocal pledge marks out a middle position whose theoretical content the essay tries to make explicit.
Wax opens with Joel Schwartz’s account of nineteenth-century anti-poverty reformers, who treated character formation as a central instrument of poor relief. Industriousness, prudence, sobriety, and self-control had instrumental value for these reformers because such traits reduced long-term reliance on charity and public aid. The framing was unembarrassedly moralistic. Late-twentieth-century welfare reform aspired to similar effects but had to operate without similar language. Alan Wolfe (b. 1942), in One Nation, After All, documented the retreat of public moralism over the postwar decades. Few elites would argue openly that some forms of conduct were better than others, or that public policy might encourage sexual continence, marital fidelity, frugality, or sobriety in the poor. The bourgeois virtues had become unsayable as instruments of policy even when policy quietly tried to produce them.
Two cultural shifts made this reticence durable. The first was the broader liberal discomfort with public ranking of ways of life. The second was a sustained theoretical assault on the coherence of self-reliance as a normative ideal. Wax identifies three currents in that assault.
The first current runs through legal realism and into the holistic view of property defended by Cass Sunstein and, in a different register, by Liam Murphy and Thomas Nagel (b. 1937) in The Myth of Ownership. Markets depend on collective enforcement. Property exists because the state defines and protects it. No baseline of pre-political entitlement survives scrutiny. Whatever the state creates and underwrites, the state can rearrange. The argument generates a strong presumption in favor of redistributive license: since no one earned what he holds in any deep sense, there can be no principled limit on transfer.
The second current proceeds from luck egalitarianism. Samuel Scheffler and others have argued that market rewards track endowments, talents, and demand conditions for which agents bear no moral responsibility. If outcomes reflect the moral lottery, then desert claims dissolve, and with them the basis for distinguishing the deserving from the undeserving poor. Wax notes that low pay for unskilled labor does not always yield to good habits and steady effort. The empirical point reinforces the theoretical one: conscientious work guarantees neither self-sufficiency nor escape from poverty.
The third current is feminist dependency theory, drawn from Eva Feder Kittay (b. 1946), Martha Albertson Fineman (b. 1943), Martha Minow (b. 1954), and others. Every economically productive adult was once a dependent child whose care came from someone who was not paid. The labor of caretaking sits beneath all market activity, uncompensated. Universal interdependence is not metaphor but description. To demand self-sufficiency from welfare mothers while extending sympathetic recognition to widows on Social Security or non-working wives in traditional households is to apply a double standard that lacks principled grounding. Caretaking, on this view, is socially productive labor that warrants public support whether it occurs within or outside the wage relation.
Wax concedes more to these critiques than her readers often notice. She accepts that no one is independent in any literal sense. She accepts that property rights presuppose collective enforcement. She accepts that markets reward arbitrary endowments. She accepts that caregiving generates value not registered in wage data. Her concession is not rhetorical. It does substantive work in the argument by clearing away the strawman version of bootstrap individualism that critics target.
The crux of her response sits in a single conceptual move. The terms “self-reliance” and “dependency” never functioned as literal absolutes in the language of policy. They served as social shorthand for normative expectations about conduct and participation in economic and communal life. The relevant question is not whether dependency exists, since dependency is the human condition. The question is what social meaning a given form of dependency carries. To collapse all dependencies into a single undifferentiated category is to confuse the existential point with the moral one. Universal interdependence does not erase the difference between cooperation and free-riding any more than universal mortality erases the difference between dying of old age and dying by another’s hand.
From this move Wax derives a typology of dependency relations. The dependence of children on parents, of homemakers on breadwinners, of widows on a deceased spouse’s earnings, and of the elderly on Social Security all qualify as benign or even desirable. The first three rest on consensual reciprocity within the family. The homemaker contributes services, care, and affection in exchange for material support. The exchange is Pareto-superior in the economist’s sense, generating mutual benefit. Both parties continue to ratify the arrangement by remaining within it. Social Security operates on a different logic but produces a similar moral intuition: recipients have contributed during their working years and now draw on a pledged return. The actuarial reality of pay-as-you-go transfers does not dislodge the underlying picture of earned entitlement. Disability programs introduce a further refinement. Reciprocity requires effort only where effort remains possible; incapacity excuses the contribution requirement without dissolving the ideal.
Against these benign dependencies stand cases of one-sided draw on the collective without reciprocal effort or excusing incapacity. Long-term reliance on Aid to Families with Dependent Children, in the form the program took before the 1996 reforms, fits this category in Wax’s reading. The non-working single mother and the non-working widow occupy structurally similar positions on the surface, both supported by public funds without paid employment. Beneath the surface, the widow inherits her claim through the reciprocity of marriage and her late husband’s contributions to the system. The single mother stands outside that exchange. Wax denies that hostility to AFDC reduces to racial animus or class contempt, as some scholars had charged. She argues that the moral grammar of conditional reciprocity, internalized by ordinary citizens, generates the asymmetric reaction on its own.
Two clarifications about Wax’s position deserve emphasis. The first is that paid market labor does not exhaust her conception of social contribution. The Pareto-superior framing of family arrangements treats domestic labor as authentic contribution within a private exchange. The widow does not free-ride; she carries her share through her position in the family compact, and her late husband’s contributions cover her portion of the social compact. Wax never argues that wages mark the only legitimate basis for support. She argues that contribution must take some recognizable form, whether to a private partner who continues to ratify the exchange or to the public through past or present participation in the productive economy.
Two. Wax endorses childcare subsidies, transportation assistance, and the Earned Income Tax Credit. She accepts that competitive labor markets do not always permit dignified self-support even for the conscientious. The reciprocal ideal mandates state assistance to close the gap between earnings and a basic decent standard of living. The constraint runs not against transfer as such but against transfer detached from any expectation of effort. She is anti-unconditional welfare, not anti-welfare, and the distinction holds throughout her argument.
A challenge for any position of this kind concerns limiting principles. If caretaking counts as social contribution, why not other forms of unpaid socially valuable activity? Wax presses the point. Graffiti artists, school volunteers, gardeners, subway buskers, and home cooks all generate value of some sort. None faces work requirements. The feminist proposal to treat childrearing as compensable contribution requires a theory that distinguishes such labor from these alternatives. Anne Alstott (b. 1963), at Yale, has offered a version of this theory: society owes children intensive parental care, and discharging that obligation requires public support for parents. Nancy Folbre has argued that parents generate a public good through their children. Wax is not unsympathetic to either argument. She observes that the polity has accepted modest versions of both in the form of childcare subsidies and tax credits. The harder question concerns the scope and structure of any such expansion. Wax holds that primary responsibility for children must remain with parents, with public assistance shaped to support parental contribution. The alternative dissolves the boundary between private family obligation and collective claim, which the reciprocal framework holds essential to its own coherence.
The dignity argument represents the philosophical capstone of the essay. Wax rejects two conceptions of human dignity at opposite poles. Complete self-sufficiency in the literal sense is a Hobbesian fantasy whose realization would yield a life solitary and short. Idle dependence detached from contribution corrodes self-respect and severs the dependent person from the cooperative order that gives social membership its substance. Dignity emerges instead from constructive interdependence governed by recognized rules of conduct. Even humble labor earns a place within that order because it signals participation, not because the wage commands respect on its own. Wax’s account of dignity here departs from rights-based conceptions that anchor human worth in capacities or status independent of social practice. Dignity for Wax is relational and practical. It arises in cooperation, sustained by norms of restraint and contribution, and it loses its footing where those norms break down on either side.
The political sociology beneath the argument deserves notice. Wax repeatedly grounds her case in observed public attitudes. She cites polling data showing that Americans accept substantial spending on programs that help recipients move toward work and resist support that appears to subsidize avoidable idleness. She notes the survival of programs whose actuarial unsoundness is widely recognized but whose moral framing comports with reciprocity. The reciprocal ideal, she suggests, has a tenacious grip on ordinary moral intuition across a wide range of policy domains. Welfare reform succeeded in 1996 not because it imposed a novel ideology on resistant publics but because it aligned formal policy with widely shared expectations that the prior regime had violated. The point cuts against the view that reform represented a victory of class interest or racial resentment over egalitarian principle. The view of welfare as a moral system rather than a redistributive engine does explanatory work that material accounts struggle to match.

Disability, Reciprocity, and ‘Real Efficiency’: A Unified Approach’ (2003)

This essay offers a clear statement of her broader intellectual method by forcing legal and economic analysis back into contact with institutional reality, political psychology, and the moral commitments embedded within modern welfare states. It is nominally about the Americans with Disabilities Act and the economics of accommodation mandates. In substance, it offers a sweeping critique of abstract efficiency analysis. Wax’s target is not merely libertarian opposition to the ADA. It is the deeper habit within law-and-economics scholarship of comparing real institutions to imaginary worlds of frictionless markets, perfect information, and morally detached exchange.
Against this abstraction, Wax proposes what she calls “real efficiency.” The phrase is more radical than it first seems. Policies must be judged not against hypothetical ideal markets but against the institutional baseline modern democratic societies have chosen. That baseline includes entrenched welfare commitments, imperfect labor markets, sticky wages, equal-pay norms, social insurance systems, political expectations of reciprocity, and widespread public unwillingness to abandon the “deserving” poor. Once we acknowledge these realities, the conventional critique of disability accommodation changes.
The standard economic criticism of the ADA begins with a straightforward proposition. Employers should hire workers when marginal productivity exceeds the cost of employment and refuse to hire when it does not. Accommodation mandates distort this rational sorting by forcing employers to absorb costs they might otherwise avoid. The result, according to critics, is inefficiency, reduced hiring, lower productivity, and deadweight loss. Wax does not entirely reject this logic. She argues it begins from the wrong baseline.
The crucial question, in her view, is not whether employers in a hypothetical free market might voluntarily hire disabled workers at prevailing wages. The crucial question is what happens to those workers if employers do not hire them. Modern societies do not leave medically disabled persons to starve. Through SSI, OASDI, and related state programs, society already guarantees a minimum level of subsistence to disabled persons who cannot adequately support themselves. This commitment is not marginal or temporary. It is politically entrenched and morally foundational.
That observation transforms the efficiency calculation. The relevant comparison is no longer between the ADA and an untouched labor market. The comparison is between the ADA and a fallback regime of taxpayer-supported dependency. If partially productive disabled workers remain unemployed, society must support them entirely through public transfers. If the same persons can be drawn into productive labor through accommodation mandates, they may partially defray their own support costs even when employing them is privately unprofitable for particular firms. What seems inefficient from the employer’s perspective might be socially efficient overall.
This is the article’s central conceptual move. Wax separates private profitability from social productivity. A disabled worker may represent a financial loss to an employer operating within rigid wage structures while also representing a net gain to society compared to total welfare dependency. Disabled workers are not always equally productive as nondisabled workers. Wax explicitly rejects the “strained and overly optimistic” tendency among some ADA defenders to insist that accommodation invariably pays for the costs it imposes. She advances a more modest claim. Many disabled persons are partially productive. They may generate positive net output even if that output falls below prevailing compensation norms. If labor markets cannot adjust wages downward to reflect those productivity differentials, employers will avoid hiring them absent legal mandates. The result is not simply private exclusion but social waste. Productive labor capacity goes unused while taxpayers absorb the entire burden of support.
The treatment of labor market imperfections is a strong section. Real-world labor markets do not operate by pure neoclassical principles. Wages are sticky. Employers rarely calibrate compensation to exact marginal productivity. Equal-pay laws, minimum wage statutes, morale concerns, prestige hierarchies, informational deficits, and ordinary social norms all prevent precise individualized pricing of labor. Workers performing similar roles are generally expected to receive similar compensation even when productivity varies.
That problem becomes acute for disabled workers. A disabled employee may require accommodations that reduce net productivity relative to peers. Employers often cannot lower compensation to match those differences. Wax’s example of the deaf Harvard Law graduate does work here. A major law firm may feel socially incapable of hiring such a graduate as a lower-paid assistant rather than as a full associate alongside similarly credentialed classmates. The rigidity of elite status hierarchies makes granular productivity pricing nearly impossible. Faced with that dilemma, employers may refuse to hire the disabled applicant.
The famous hypothetical of “Mr. A” crystallizes Wax’s argument. Mr. A receives $500 weekly in disability benefits. Without accommodation, his labor is worth only $200 per week. With a $50 accommodation expenditure, his productivity rises to $400. Yet prevailing wage norms require employers to pay roughly $600 for the relevant position. From the employer’s perspective, hiring Mr. A remains unprofitable. From society’s perspective, the calculation shifts. If Mr. A remains unemployed, taxpayers must continue funding his entire subsistence. If he works, society recovers productive value while reducing welfare expenditures. The employer loses money. Society gains overall.
That analysis reveals the institutional function of the ADA in Wax’s framework. The statute lets taxpayers shift part of the cost of disability support onto employers, who may then distribute those costs through higher prices, lower wages, or reduced profits. Wax is candid about this redistributional reality. She does not disguise accommodation mandates as purely anti-discrimination principles. Nor does she pretend that no one bears costs. Modern societies have already decided collectively to support disabled persons. The remaining question is how that burden should be distributed and whether productive participation can reduce overall social waste.
At the center of the article lies Wax’s broader theory of conditional reciprocity. Throughout her scholarship on welfare reform, family structure, and social norms, she argues that modern democratic legitimacy depends heavily on reciprocal expectations. Citizens support redistribution when recipients are perceived as making reasonable efforts toward self-support. They turn hostile when benefits appear detached from contribution or effort. Welfare states therefore function not merely as economic systems but as moral insurance arrangements grounded in expectations of mutual obligation.
The ADA fits neatly into this frame. Accommodation mandates preserve the reciprocity structure underlying public support for disability benefits by drawing partially productive disabled persons into recognized labor rather than leaving them as full dependents. Wax warns repeatedly that large disability rolls normalize non-work and shift social expectations around labor force participation. The more disability benefits become salient and widespread, the more psychologically and culturally legitimate labor-force withdrawal becomes for others.
That concern with norm cascades links the ADA article to her larger body of work. Again and again, she argues that institutions shape moral expectations over time. Welfare systems influence effort norms. Family law reshapes marriage incentives. Employment law affects social understandings of productivity and obligation. Policy cannot be evaluated statically. It must be understood as part of an evolving moral ecology that shifts with each generation of rules.
An important addition to Wax’s argument is her critique of the welfare system’s binary understanding of disability. She identifies a flaw in the administrative structure governing disability benefits: the reliance on bright-line distinctions between full employability and total dependency. Under existing arrangements, persons are often treated as either fully capable workers or entirely deserving beneficiaries. That binary fails to capture the reality of partial productivity. Many disabled persons can contribute some labor even if they cannot function at able-bodied norms. A reciprocity-based system should expect proportional contribution.
Wax accordingly entertains partial-disability classifications that calibrate benefits and work expectations to productive capacity. She acknowledges such systems may be administratively cumbersome. The proposal carries theoretical weight because it reveals the deeper structure of her thought. Reciprocity for Wax is never absolute. It is proportional. Persons owe effort commensurate with their abilities. A system that exempts partially productive persons from labor obligations undermines both efficiency and moral legitimacy.
That discussion deepens the article because it shows Wax is not merely defending the ADA as currently constituted. She is identifying structural contradictions within the broader welfare state. The problem is not simply employer discrimination. It is the mismatch between labor market realities, welfare administration, and reciprocity norms.
Her proposed reforms follow from that diagnosis. Wax emphasizes the unfairness of forcing a narrow class of actors, employers, to finance a collective social commitment that benefits society broadly. Because taxpayers save money when disabled persons enter productive employment, the public should help absorb accommodation costs. She discusses alternatives such as employer accommodation grants, wage subsidies, and supported-work models analogous to the Earned Income Tax Credit. Edmund Phelps (b. 1933) and Richard Epstein (b. 1943) appear in her notes as advocates of related ideas. Those proposals expose Wax’s commitment to transparency in redistribution. She distrusts systems that conceal social costs through indirect mandates imposed on particular institutions.
That transparency theme runs throughout her scholarship. Wax repeatedly attacks what she sees as moralistic evasions of cost. Liberal legal culture, in her view, often disguises coercive redistribution beneath symbolic language about equality, inclusion, or dignity. Her approach is colder, more institutional, and more explicit. Society supports the disabled because modern democracies are committed to doing so. The relevant question is how to structure that support honestly, sustainably, and productively.
At the same time, Wax places clear limits on accommodation duties. The Mr. B and Mr. C hypotheticals are important because they prevent her argument from collapsing into unlimited accommodationism. If accommodation costs exceed the productive value generated by employment, then employment becomes socially inefficient even under her real-efficiency framework. In those cases, forcing employment creates deadweight loss. The limiting principle does important work because it shows Wax is not abandoning efficiency analysis altogether. She is redefining the institutional baseline from which efficiency is measured.
That distinction separates her from sentimental disability advocacy. Wax is not claiming inclusion is intrinsically costless or morally overriding in every case. She remains committed to preserving productive social organization. Her argument is that conventional analyses underestimate the hidden costs of welfare dependency and overestimate the neutrality of existing labor market arrangements.
The treatment of courts is equally revealing. Wax warns that judicial interpretations of “reasonable accommodation” may become distorted by prestige-driven salary structures. In elite professions, salaries are often pegged to able-bodied performance averages. A blind lawyer at a prestigious firm may command an inflated market salary even when accommodation costs erode net productivity. Courts evaluating accommodation requests may treat those salaries as evidence the accommodations are reasonable because they mistake socially constructed compensation norms for measures of economic output. The result is mandates that fail even Wax’s own standard of real efficiency.
That discussion highlights another feature of her scholarship: her sensitivity to institutional signaling and status hierarchies. Labor markets are not merely systems of output allocation. They are also prestige structures governed by symbolic comparison, morale concerns, and professional norms. Courts operating within those structures may be misled by surface compensation indicators that obscure productivity realities.
In methodological terms, the article delivers a strong attack on ideal theory. Legal analysis must begin from real conditions. Human beings care deeply about reciprocity, stigma, status, contribution, and fairness. Welfare systems cannot be designed as though citizens are detached utility maximizers indifferent to contribution norms. Nor can labor markets be understood as perfectly flexible pricing systems. Once we acknowledge those realities, policy analysis becomes more contingent, more tragic, and less ideologically pure.
That tragic sensibility runs through the essay. Wax never promises harmony between equality, productivity, and fairness. Every arrangement imposes costs somewhere. The ADA redistributes burdens across employers, workers, consumers, and taxpayers. Welfare systems reduce poverty but weaken work incentives. Accommodation mandates increase inclusion but may distort labor markets. The task of policy is not to eliminate trade-offs but to manage them honestly.
The article exemplifies Wax’s broader intellectual identity. She is neither a pure libertarian nor a conventional egalitarian. She accepts welfare commitments but insists on reciprocity constraints. She accepts efficiency analysis but rejects idealized baselines. She recognizes discrimination while refusing to reduce all disparities to irrational animus. Her work occupies a distinctive position within legal scholarship because it combines sociological realism, evolutionary moral psychology, institutional economics, and a deep suspicion of utopian legal rhetoric.
The article remains relevant. Contemporary conflicts over remote-work accommodations, neurodiversity claims, long COVID disability status, and mental-health-based employment protections reproduce the tensions Wax identified two decades ago. Modern economies still feature sticky wages, imperfect information, and politically entrenched welfare commitments. Employers still struggle to distinguish productive accommodations from socially costly mandates. Courts still evaluate reasonableness within prestige-driven labor structures that obscure productivity realities. The ADA Amendments Act of 2008, which broadened the statutory definition of disability after Wax wrote, intensified the very tension she diagnosed by enlarging the class of workers covered by the mandate without resolving the cost-allocation question at the heart of her critique.
Democratic societies continue wrestling with the problem at the heart of her essay: how to preserve the legitimacy of redistribution within cultures shaped by reciprocity norms. Her answer is not sentimental inclusionism or market absolutism. It is a hard-edged institutional realism that acknowledges both collective obligation and productive constraint. Society will support the disabled. That political and moral fact is not disappearing. The challenge is constructing systems that maximize productive participation while distributing burdens transparently and sustainably.
That is the significance of Wax’s “real efficiency.” It is not a technical economic adjustment. It is an attempt to rebuild legal analysis around the moral settlements that govern modern societies. By forcing efficiency analysis to confront welfare commitments, labor market rigidities, reciprocity norms, and institutional psychology together, Wax produces a more complicated and more honest account of disability policy than either libertarian critics or optimistic progressives typically offer.

WSJ: ‘The Threat in the Air’ (Apr. 13, 2004)

A different Wax appears here. The 2004 piece reads as empiricist scholarship in the WSJ register. Methodological critique, careful citation, qualified conclusions. The 2017 op-ed and the 2018 defense came thirteen years later. The earlier piece tells you what the later pieces compressed.
The substantive critique holds up. The Steele and Aronson 1995 study reported scores adjusted for prior SAT performance, which made it look as though removing stereotype threat closed the racial gap. The raw scores told a different story. The gap remained at roughly the level prior SAT scores predicted. Stereotype threat widened it somewhat under threat conditions. It did not produce it. Paul Sackett and colleagues made this point in American Psychologist in January 2004. Wax relayed their finding to the WSJ audience three months later.
The reception of stereotype threat in textbooks, journals, and media had treated the 1995 study as evidence that the gap was psychological. The Sackett survey found that 10 of 11 journal references, half of textbook descriptions, and 14 of 16 media accounts misstated what the study had shown. The doctrine had run ahead of the data. Wax was right to say so.
The positive program is where the piece does more work than its surface admits. Wax rules out stereotype threat as the chief cause. She then names “marriage rates, family stability, paternal involvement, parenting practices and discipline.” She does not name heredity. She does not need to. The piece leaves that hypothesis implicitly available by the structure of elimination. Reject the leading environmental account favored by the Left. Name the cultural account favored by the Right. The biological account hovers as the unmentioned third option.
The Heckman citation is selective. James Heckman (b. 1944) did show that cognitive gaps appear in preschool, before stereotype threat would operate. Heckman’s policy program runs in the opposite direction from Wax’s framing. He built his career on the Perry Preschool follow-ups, the Abecedarian project, and the case for early childhood investment to close those gaps. He treats them as products of early environmental differences that respond to intervention. Wax cites him for the timing of the gap and skips his account of what to do about it. The citation flattens his work to the part that supports her case.
The 2004 piece also shows what Wax could have written in 2017 had she wanted to keep her institutional standing. The careful version exists in her own bibliography. She knew how to write it. She chose not to in 2017. That choice is the analytical question. Why does a scholar move from the journal register to the op-ed register when the journal register was working? The usual answers run through frustration with slow uptake, the sense that the careful version was not landing in public discourse, and the pull of audience. Wax fits the pattern. The career cost was the price of the move.
Claude Steele (b. 1946), the original author of the stereotype threat work, went on to a distinguished administrative career, including the provostship at UC Berkeley and Columbia. His doctrine survived in textbooks. The methodological critique is now widely cited but has not displaced the popular version. The coalition needs the doctrine more than it needs the data.

WSJ: ‘Some Truths About Black Disadvantage’ (Jan. 3, 2005)

The piece works as legal argument because Wax does what law professors do: she deploys a tort doctrine to reframe a political question. The liability/remedy distinction holds in tort law. The driver who maims a pedestrian owes everything he can pay, and still cannot make the man walk. She wants that structure to govern how we think about Black disadvantage.
The paraplegic parable carries most of the weight. It dissolves what looks like a contradiction. You can be a true victim and still be the only one who can heal. That much the parable does well.
But the parable hides its premises. The driver paid in full. Therapy was available. The injury was a single event with a clear endpoint. None of these match the case she imports the parable into. Slavery received no compensation. Jim Crow ended on paper before it ended in housing, schooling, lending, and policing. The harms she names, paternal abandonment and family disarray and weak work habits, are not single-event injuries. They’re ongoing cultural patterns whose causes she closes the door on after one sentence.
The “myth of reverse causation” lands as her sharpest phrase and cuts in more directions than she allows. If the cure need not mirror the cause, then the absence of overt discrimination does not prove that its forces have stopped operating. School funding tied to property tax, residential sorting, criminal justice patterns, generational wealth gaps. These run without anyone needing to hold a racist belief.
The lineage of her argument runs older than the essay admits. Booker T. Washington (1856-1915) made a version of it. So did Daniel Patrick Moynihan (1927-2003) in 1965, in a report that turned him into a synonym for victim-blaming for a generation. Thomas Sowell, Glenn Loury (b. 1948), John McWhorter (b. 1965), and Bill Cosby (b. 1937) all sit in the same line. Wax writes in 2005, a year after Cosby’s Pound Cake speech, and her piece reads as a legal-academic codification of what Cosby said in plainer words.
What the piece does well: it refuses the false choice between blaming the victim and absolving him. It holds both. The wrong was done, and the recovery falls mostly on the wronged. That structure feels uncomfortable and coheres, and most popular arguments on race avoid it because the discomfort is the point of avoiding it.
What the piece does poorly: it treats the question of whether existing programs are well-designed as already settled. “The greatest need at present may not be more government spending and new programs but a conversion experience.” That sentence skips the empirical question of whether current spending works, and what better-designed programs might do, and jumps straight to the moral one. The conversion-experience language reaches for religion to do political work. It tells a White conservative readership that the moral burden has shifted off them.

The Conservative’s Dilemma: Traditional Institutions, Social Change, and Same-Sex Marriage’ (2005)

This was published in the immediate wake of Lawrence v. Texas and during the rapid escalation of the marriage controversy. The essay attempts what most opponents of legal recognition declined to attempt: a secular, theoretically self-aware case grounded not in theological commitment or moral denunciation but in epistemic humility, institutional realism, and skepticism toward rationalist redesign of inherited social forms. The result is an unusual document. It is the most rigorous statement of legal-academic conservatism on the marriage question produced in that decade, and at the same time it cannot resolve the dilemma its title names.
The essay opens with a sociological observation. Wax notes that legal academia, the educated press, and what Margaret Thatcher (1925-2013) called the chattering classes treated opposition to same-sex marriage as intellectually unserious. Yet ballot initiatives across the country preserved the man-woman definition by wide margins. She asks whether popular resistance might track an understanding of institutional life that elite discourse no longer articulates. The methodological move is the essay’s first significant act. Most law-review treatments of the question presupposed that the only serious work to be done was constitutional doctrine. Wax instead opens a Burkean question: what knowledge inheres in long-settled practice that no individual reasoner can recover?
She develops the conceptual frame through Edmund Burke (1729-1797) and Michael Oakeshott (1901-1990). Burke appears as a theorist of “collective human intellect,” in Russell Kirk’s (1918-1994) phrase. Traditions encode practical wisdom generated by generations of trial and error; human reason, by contrast, is informationally and analytically limited. Reformers confront unintended consequences because no individual or planning body can anticipate the downstream effects of institutional redesign. Oakeshott extends the argument. He targets the rationalist assumption that what is made is better than what merely grows, and his “politics of felt need” names the relentless tendency to spot inconsistencies in inherited practice and demand immediate correction.
The choice of Burke and Oakeshott rather than Friedrich Hayek (1899-1992) is telling. Wax acknowledges Hayek in a footnote but proceeds without him. The reason becomes clear. Hayek’s argument is most powerful against centralized economic planning, where dispersed price signals do work no committee can replicate. Marriage is not a price system. The Burkean and Oakeshottian frame gives Wax the resources she needs: a defense of evolved institutions on epistemic grounds, and a moral psychology that does not reduce persons to utility maximizers.
The essay’s central conceptual move is to shift the same-sex marriage debate away from rights discourse and toward institutional theory. Reformers, Wax argues, treat equality, anti-discrimination, autonomy, and sexual privacy as abstract imperatives whose logical demands override competing considerations. Once equality becomes the supreme organizing principle, any institution failing to instantiate it appears presumptively unjust. Wax questions whether institutions can survive relentless rational purification. Oakeshott’s point becomes decisive here. Institutions are not engineering projects derived from first principles. They are layered accommodations among competing human goods, and their coherence is practical.
This anti-rationalist commitment yields a sharp distinction between conceptual rigor and institutional function. Same-sex marriage proponents argued that infertile heterosexual couples may marry, so procreation cannot define marriage. Wax answers that institutions do not require airtight conceptual categories. Marriage is a social channeling device oriented toward the ideal of stable biological parenting even while tolerating imperfect realizations. The exception does not refute the rule because the rule is not a definition. It is a directional norm.
That distinction sets up the essay’s most powerful argument, which concerns the asymmetry of evidentiary burdens in a culture that treats social science as the umpire of institutional disputes. Modern reformers demand systematic empirical proof that change will produce harm before they consent to refrain. With unprecedented reforms, that proof is impossible by definition. The data either do not exist or are radically inconclusive. The only way to generate the evidence is to run the experiment, and once it runs, the prior equilibrium might prove impossible to reconstruct. Albert O. Hirschman (1915-2012) cataloged the rhetorical postures of reactionaries as futility, perversity, and jeopardy, and Wax draws on him here. Her use is sharper than Hirschman’s. She argues that the structural demand for evidence rigs the contest in favor of innovation, because conservatives must produce data that the social experiment itself has yet to generate.
Wax illustrates the asymmetry with cases beyond marriage. The challenge to Virginia Military Institute’s male-only admissions succeeded in part because the school’s defenders could not produce systematic empirical proof that the adversative method worked or that women’s presence would dismantle it. The defenders fell back on experience and informed judgment, which the Court found unpersuasive. The decades-long debate over welfare programs and out-of-wedlock births offers a similar lesson. Common sense suggested that subsidizing single-parent families encouraged the formation of single-parent families, but the noise-to-signal ratio in the data made the relationship difficult to demonstrate to skeptics’ satisfaction. By the time evidence accumulated that single-parent households produce worse child outcomes independent of income, the cultural transformation was advanced enough that the knowledge changed nothing. Wax’s point is not that conservatives are always right but that the evidentiary regime favored by modern legal-academic discourse cannot supply the answers it demands on its own timetable.
She connects this asymmetry to a broader thesis about the irreversibility of institutional change. Liberal societies dismantle inherited norms quickly through legal reform and elite pressure, but rebuilding strong behavioral expectations afterward proves arduous because the cultural authority that once underwrote the norms has dissolved. Wax does not produce a worked-out theory of cultural ecology, but the gestures are clear. Norms function by tacit consent and observed regularity. Once a norm becomes contestable, the social signals it sent become noisy, and people behave accordingly. Reversal is not symmetric to abolition.
The essay’s most distinctive contribution may be its treatment of “hidden law,” a phrase Wax draws from Jonathan Rauch (b. 1960). Hidden law denotes the informal norms, tolerated hypocrisies, selective enforcement, and graduated responses by which functioning communities manage deviance without formalizing it. Adultery is the example. Discreet adultery faces social disapproval but rarely legal sanction; flagrant or harmful adultery faces sharper penalties; the family adjusts the response to the case. The institution of marital fidelity persists not because the rule is absolute but because the response is calibrated. Hidden law preserves the directional norm while accommodating the messiness of human conduct. Patrick Devlin (1905-1992) made an analogous point a generation earlier when he observed that some practices need not be eradicated but only contained.
Wax suggests that modern liberalism’s demand for transparency and universal consistency threatens these calibrations. When every tolerated deviation becomes a formalized right and every hierarchy of practice becomes a discrimination claim, the institution loses its capacity to direct. Permission and approval collapse into one another. Wax insists that the loss is real and that rationalist reformers tend not to register it.
Here the essay becomes more complicated than its critics often acknowledge. Wax recognizes openly that demographic and economic transformations might alter the social function of marriage. Lifespans have lengthened, fertility has fallen, childbearing has been delayed, and the share of adult life devoted to raising children has shrunk. In aging societies, marriage serves as a structure for mutual adult caretaking.
This admission is destabilizing. If marriage is increasingly valued for promoting adult stability, mutual support, and long-term caregiving, then several of the strongest arguments against homosexual inclusion weaken from within the institution’s own evolving rationale. Same-sex couples might perform these functions as well as heterosexual couples.
The essay’s central paradox emerges here. Conservatism preserves institutions because they stabilize behavior and transmit continuity. Yet institutions that refuse adaptation might become culturally peripheral and fail anyway. The conservative faces a double bind. Rigid preservation in conditions of deep demographic change risks turning marriage into a marginal form disconnected from how people live. Adaptation risks hollowing the structures that gave marriage its coherence and authority. This is the conservative’s dilemma. The question is not whether same-sex marriage should be legalized. The question is whether institutions can change without losing their identity.
The essay never produces a decision rule. Wax refuses both the triumphalist confidence that inclusion will strengthen marriage and the apocalyptic prediction that it will destroy it. Her position is closer to risk management under uncertainty: weigh the irreversibility of the change against the demonstrated urgency of the reform, and remember that abstract principle is not a sufficient guide. Burke himself, she reminds the reader, allowed for reform, but he wanted reform to track a felt and broadly shared need that the practical politician could not in conscience refuse.
By that standard, Wax suggests, same-sex marriage might not yet meet the threshold. The referenda show that the change is not embraced as inevitable across the population. The reform is not the capstone of a transformation already largely complete. It is a contested innovation in an institution undergoing other contested innovations.
That reading was offered in 2005. Read after Obergefell v. Hodges, the essay looks both prescient and incomplete. The catastrophic predictions some traditionalists made, that same-sex marriage would directly dissolve heterosexual marriage, have not materialized in the forms predicted. But the larger pattern Wax identified has continued. Marriage rates have fallen, fertility has collapsed across the developed world, family formation has been delayed, and social trust has eroded. Whether these trends are causally linked to the marriage debate or reflect deeper transformations in late-modern individualism is contested. Wax’s structural concern, that institutions are easier to dismantle than to rebuild, is not contested.
The essay’s enduring strength lies in its diagnosis of elite overconfidence. Wax repeatedly criticizes legal academia for treating institutional redesign as morally self-evident while reading ordinary anxiety as backward or prejudiced. The complaint is sociological as much as political. Elite institutions had increasingly lost the conceptual vocabulary for the possibility that inherited norms might encode tacit knowledge inaccessible to abstract analysis.

WSJ: ‘What Women Want’ (Aug. 29, 2005)

This piece reads as the natural sequel to the first. Same lawyerly structure, same coalition position, same moral closing. But it lands sharper points, partly because the demographic facts she draws on do more work than the tort parable did.
The class divergence in family structure is real and well-documented. Charles Murray, Sara McLanahan (1940-2021), Robert Putnam (b. 1941), and Isabel Sawhill (b. 1937) have all charted it. College graduates marry, working-class adults don’t, and the gap has grown for half a century. Wax stands on solid ground when she names the trend.
The elite-hypocrisy point also lands. Murray made the same point at length in Coming Apart by Charles Murray. The professional class practices something close to 1950s family forms while declining to recommend them, on the theory that recommendation looks judgmental. Yuval Levin and Ross Douthat have made versions of this point, and many on the left who notice the same gap.
What weakens the piece: she presents Promises I Can Keep by Kathryn Edin (b. 1962) and Maria Kefalas as if their data refutes the economic explanation, when their argument is more layered. They claim that rising marriage standards collide with collapsing male wages and rising male unreliability, and that all three move together. Wax cuts the first and third and dismisses the second. She also skips William Julius Wilson (b. 1935), whose The Truly Disadvantaged by William Julius Wilson presents the strongest version of the economic argument she rejects. Wilson’s claim is not that poor men cannot afford weddings. His claim is that when stable working-class jobs disappear, the pool of men who behave well enough to marry shrinks, because behavior responds to opportunity. Drug dealing, casual fatherhood, and infidelity all become more attractive when steady labor pays nothing and offers no path. Wax treats male behavior as exogenous. Wilson treats it as endogenous to the economic structure. That is a real disagreement, and she sidesteps it.
The men-versus-money frame she sets up runs as a partly false binary. Why working-class men behave worse than they did in 1960 is the question she declines to ask. The 1950s working-class male was more often married, more often employed, more often church-attending, and less often incarcerated. Something changed. The change might run through culture (sexual revolution, decline of religious authority, mass media), through economy (deindustrialization, wage stagnation, single-earner families becoming infeasible), through policy (welfare incentives, mass incarceration), or through some combination. Wax picks one channel and treats the others as ideology dressed up as analysis.
The Jencks-Ellwood point she cites does real work. Christopher Jencks (b. 1936) and David Ellwood (b. 1953) have shown that marriage rates among educated women cannot be explained by economics alone, since educated women have the highest capacity to raise children alone and yet marry at the highest rates. That is a real puzzle for the pure-economics view. But it does not establish a pure-mores view. Both move at once.
The closing moral indictment repeats the move from the first essay. “The ultimate act of bad faith” is the kind of phrase that signals a coalition has decided where to land. The accusation against opinion leaders, that they preach tolerance while practicing restraint, has truth in it. But naming hypocrisy is not the same as naming a policy. The piece ends without telling us what the policy should look like, beyond a vague instruction to stop tolerating dysfunction. That gap between diagnosis and prescription is where the WSJ op-ed format hits its limit. She names the problem and stops.
She gets the diagnosis partly right. Family structure has diverged by class, and the cultural permission slips the elite issued in the 1960s and 70s landed harder on the working class than on the issuers. Random Family by Adrian Nicole LeBlanc and American Dream by Jason DeParle (b. 1960) document the same patterns from the left.
She gets the inference wrong. The move from “mores matter” to “money does not” skips a step. Mores and money interact. The decline of stable working-class male employment changes the kind of men available to marry, and changing the men changes what women face. Wilson’s framing handles this. Wax’s does not.
The deeper question her essay does not reach: if the elite cannot honestly recommend its own practices to the working class, why not? The answer might be that the elite knows on some level that its own family stability rests on conditions (income, education, social capital, neighborhood) it cannot transfer through preaching alone. That might mean the hypocrisy she names runs deeper than bad faith. It might be a tacit acknowledgment that mores ride on material foundations. Which would put Wilson back in the picture, and the essay back where it started.

WSJ: ‘We Are All Racists At Heart’ (Oct. 1, 2005)

This is a strong piece and much of it is due to the co-author Philip Tetlock (b. 1954) who brought serious empirical credentials to the IAT critique starting in the early 2000s. The critique has aged well. Tetlock’s later work in Expert Political Judgment and Superforecasting cemented his reputation for following evidence. On the IAT specifically he was right earlier than most, working with Greg Mitchell, Hal Arkes (b. 1945), and others to press the technical objections.
The piece holds up because the empirical case for IAT-as-bias-detector has not held up. The Oswald et al. 2013 meta-analysis found weak correlations between IAT scores and discriminatory behavior. The Forscher et al. 2019 meta-analysis found that interventions which changed implicit measures did not produce corresponding changes in explicit attitudes or behavior. Brian Nosek (b. 1973), one of the IAT’s principal investigators, has himself been more cautious than the popularizers about what the test measures. Mahzarin Banaji (b. 1956) and Anthony Greenwald (b. 1939), in Blindspot by Mahzarin Banaji and Anthony Greenwald (2013), softened some of the strongest claims from earlier years. The 2005 framing turned out closer to right than the public reception of it at the time might have suggested.
The piece’s two strongest moves: first, association is not endorsement. Knowing the stereotype content of a culture does not mean buying it. The IAT cannot distinguish between someone who has internalized a stereotype as belief and someone who has only encountered it as cultural background. Second, the framework as deployed in policy contexts became unfalsifiable. If any disparate outcome counts as evidence of bias, then nothing counts as evidence against the bias hypothesis, and the empirical question gives way to a moral one. Wax and Tetlock land both points cleanly.
Where the piece pushes too hard: the suggestion that IAT associations might track “social reality,” that some groups “are more disadvantaged” and “more individuals in these groups are likely to behave in undesirable ways.” That sentence does a lot of work. It treats stereotype content as if it tracks base rates, when stereotype content is shaped by media salience, historical residue, and selective attention. Black men on local news are over-represented as crime suspects relative to actual offending rates. The cultural images that prime IAT responses are themselves a product of selective transmission, not a transparent window onto group differences. The piece slides past this in a sentence and moves on. The slide is the kind of move Wax’s later work makes more openly. In 2005 it sits half-buried. In 2019 it became overt.
What does the piece look like read backward from later events? Wax’s trajectory led some readers to treat this 2005 piece as a precursor to her later positions on race and IQ. Tetlock’s trajectory ran differently. He stayed inside empirical psychology and has not associated himself with the race-and-IQ project. Reading the piece in 2026 means recognizing that the same words can come from different intellectual places.

LAT: ‘The failure of welfare reform’ (Oct. 2, 2006)

The empirical core holds up. The 1996 Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act did cut caseloads sharply, did push single mothers into paid work, and did fail to reverse the rise in non-marital birth. Wax names the preamble accurately. Congress did frame family restoration as the law’s chief goal, and that goal did not arrive.
The causal story is the weak part. Wax treats academics as the source of the moral vocabulary collapse. She names Cass Sunstein, Liam Murphy, and Thomas Nagel (b. 1937) as architects of a worldview that erases the line between earnings and entitlements. The trouble: the behavior shifted before the academic rationalizations, not after. Out-of-wedlock birth among working-class Whites and Blacks tracks deindustrialization, wage stagnation for unskilled men, the collapse of marriageable male earnings in poor neighborhoods, and mass incarceration. Sunstein’s tax theory did not change a teenager’s choices in West Baltimore. Wax has the arrow of causation pointing the wrong way. The academy supplies vocabulary that consoles the people whose lives have already changed. It does not drive the change.
Charles Murray gets quoted approvingly: the mother-child family is not a viable economic unit. In the modern American labor market, often true. As an anthropological claim, false. Extended kin networks across many cultures and many historical periods made single-mother homes work. What collapsed is not the unit but the surrounding kin structure that once supported it. Wax does not engage that, because doing so would shift the diagnosis from moral failure to structural change.
The Kiryas Joel paragraph cuts against her own thesis, and she does not see it. Her example of a community with iron-clad family norms also turns out to be a community on heavy public assistance. If norms drive uptake, Kiryas Joel should be off the rolls. It is not. The honest reading: subsidies and family structure operate on different tracks. Strong norms and high benefit use coexist when a community decides public money serves its purposes. Wax mentions this and moves past it. The example deserved more weight than it got.
Her treatment of the marriage-protection literature has the standard problem. Robert Lerman and others find married parents and their children do better. Whether marriage causes that or selects for it remains contested. The men and women who marry and stay married differ in conscientiousness, earnings trajectories, family-of-origin stability, and other traits that predict child outcomes regardless of marital status. A serious piece would say so. Wax treats marriage as a causal lever.
From a coalition standpoint, the piece marks a moment. Wax names senior, high-prestige liberals at her own professional level and calls their work sophistry. That carries cost inside elite legal academia. She is starting to trade one coalition for another, and the later trajectory bears that out. The 2006 essay is the point at which she becomes legible to social conservatives outside the academy as a useful Penn Law voice. That coalition trade explains the rhetorical choices more than the analytical ones do.
The 70 percent Black non-marital birth figure she drops without context is the kind of statistic that does work in the piece without earning it. Black non-marital birth was much lower in earlier decades when Black economic conditions were worse. Whatever drove the change, simple poverty does not explain it, and neither does Sunstein’s tax theory. The honest move is to say the causes remain disputed. Wax goes the other way and assigns blame to a small academic cast.
The strongest line in the essay is the half-measure point. Work requirements in the absence of enforced norms about family formation produce a split outcome. Behavior in one domain depends on what gets enforced in adjacent domains. Institutions function through tacit packages, and pulling on one thread while leaving the others slack changes the shape of the cloth without giving you the garment you wanted.

Engines of Inequality: Class, Race, and Family Structure’ (2007)

Wax wrote this at a moment when American legal scholarship preferred to treat family form as a private matter detachable from public questions of stratification. The essay refuses that detachment. Wax argues that the breakdown of stable marriage and two-parent childrearing produces inequality. The family operates as an engine of class and racial reproduction, and any account of stratification that omits it will miss something central.

This claim cuts against two prevailing positions. On one side, market-oriented analyses trace inequality to globalization, deindustrialization, returns to skill, and labor-market restructuring, treating family form as downstream from these forces. On the other side, progressive pluralism insists that all family arrangements function equivalently so long as the state provides adequate support, and that a normative preference for the married, two-parent home reflects bias. Wax rejects both. She accepts that economic forces shape family life. She denies that economics alone explains observed patterns. She accepts that family arrangements are diverse. She denies that all arrangements produce comparable results for children.

The framing question runs through the essay as a contrast between traditionalism and pluralism. Traditionalists treat lifelong, sexually exclusive marriage between a man and a woman as the preferred setting for childbearing and childrearing. Pluralists, in the position Wax associates with Judith Stacey (b. 1943) and the American Law Institute’s Principles of the Law of Family Dissolution, deny that any single arrangement deserves privileged status. After roughly 1960, Wax argues, pluralism stopped being a theory and became a lived experiment. Marriage lost its position as the institutional center of reproduction. Sexuality detached from permanence and paternal obligation. Childbearing began to occur, in growing numbers, outside of marriage. The change came across the population. Its consequences fell hardest on the least privileged.

That asymmetry forms the heart of the paper. By the early 2000s, poor men and women married at roughly half the rate of those at three or more times the poverty line. College-educated women, who had once married at slightly lower rates than less educated peers, now married more often and stayed married longer. The divergence by education and income is not subtle. It marks a structural change in how marriage operates. Where stable marriage once cut across class lines as a near-universal expectation, it has become a class privilege.

The racial divergence is sharper still. Black marriage rates fell precipitously across the second half of the twentieth century. Black men marry at the lowest rate of any major American group, and the disparity persists across education levels. A college-educated Black man is less likely to marry than his White counterpart. Wax treats this finding as fatal to purely economic accounts, which predict that comparable education and income should produce comparable family outcomes. They do not.

The divorce data show the same pattern of bifurcation. Divorce rates rose across the population from the 1960s through the late 1970s, with little variation by education. Beginning around 1980, the trends split. Divorce among college-educated women fell sharply. Divorce among less-educated women remained high. Steven P. Martin’s work, on which Wax draws, shows a divorce rate of roughly sixteen percent for college graduates married between 1990 and 1994, against thirty-five percent or more for those without a four-year degree. What sociologists later called the “divorce divide” had opened up.

Childbearing patterns followed the same trajectory. By the mid-2000s, more than a third of births in the United States occurred outside marriage. The increase concentrated overwhelmingly among the less educated. College graduates remained, in the phrase Wax borrows from David Ellwood and Christopher Jencks (b. 1942), “largely exempt.” Black nonmarital birth rates approached seventy percent. Hispanic rates climbed steeply through the 2000s. Multipartnered fertility, in which a man fathers children by more than one woman, clustered at the bottom of the education distribution and at the top of the racial disparity. These shifts are not minor. They restructure the world children grow up in.

That restructuring is the second pillar of Wax’s argument. Children of educated mothers are far more likely to grow up with both biological parents in a stable marriage. Ninety-two percent of children in homes earning over $75,000 a year live with both biological parents. Children of less-educated mothers are far more likely to live in single-parent or blended homes, and to experience household turnover during their formative years. Black children spend more time in single-parent homes than children of any other racial group, and the gap has widened.

A central move in Wax’s argument is the insistence that family-structure effects do not reduce to income. She surveys a substantial literature showing that children raised by their married biological parents outperform children from alternative arrangements on educational attainment, mental health, future earnings, and family stability, with the differences persisting after controls for income and parental education. The blended-family research she cites is especially pointed. Children in stepfamilies and cohabiting arrangements do not, on average, fare better than children in single-mother homes, even when material resources match. If money alone explained the outcomes, this finding might not appear. It does appear, repeatedly, across studies.

Wax draws a careful but pointed inference from this evidence. Biological paternal presence, and the marital tie that secures it, may carry forms of investment, authority, and obligation that bureaucratic substitutes and fluid domestic arrangements cannot easily replicate. She argues that men, on average, invest more consistently in their own children, and that the married, two-parent home generates clearer lines of responsibility than transient or fragmented arrangements. The argument has affinities with evolutionary theorizing about paternal investment, but Wax keeps it close to the empirical findings.

The implications cut against a foundational premise of post-1960 family pluralism: that caring arrangements are interchangeable. If they are not, then the deinstitutionalization of marriage carries real costs, and those costs fall on the least equipped to absorb them.

The essay’s treatment of paternal absence at the neighborhood level extends the analysis outward. Residential segregation by race and class concentrates fragmented family structures in particular places. Where married fathers are scarce, male supervision is scarce, and the consequences for community life follow. Robert Sampson’s (b. 1956) work on collective efficacy supplies the supporting evidence. Wax concludes that marriage is not only a private relationship. It serves as a community-ordering institution. A neighborhood of two-parent homes operates differently from a neighborhood of single-mother homes, even after controlling for income.

The single statistic that crystallizes Wax’s argument may be the one already cited. Ninety-two percent of children in homes earning more than $75,000 a year live with both biological parents. The figure exposes a contradiction at the center of professional-class American culture. The educated and affluent dismantled the cultural authority of traditional marriage rhetorically. Privately, they kept the institution intact. They preach pluralism. They practice marriage. The contradiction supplies much of the paper’s moral force, because Wax presses on it. The class that benefits most from the stable nuclear family, and reproduces itself through it, has also been the class most insistent that no family form should enjoy normative privilege. The poor, encouraged to interpret marriage as one option among many, have absorbed the costs of the deinstitutionalization that the affluent themselves declined to undergo.

Wax’s economic analysis is the section of the essay that has worn best. She reviews the standard accounts including male earnings, female labor-force participation, sex ratios, and welfare incentives, and concludes that none of them, alone or in combination, explains the patterns. The decisive move is a small numerical example. A single mother earning $7.00 an hour for full-time, year-round work earns roughly $14,000 a year. If she marries a man with the same earning power, the couple’s pretax income doubles to $28,000. The Earned Income Tax Credit raises the effective figure further. The family rises substantially above the poverty line.

That example does serious work in the argument. It defeats the claim that marriage collapse among low-income populations reflects rational adaptation to economic scarcity. Marriage still produces large material gains for the unskilled. The question is why those gains have ceased to motivate behavior at the bottom of the income distribution while continuing to motivate it at the top. Wax pushes the point harder by noting that working-class men today earn roughly what working-class men earned in earlier decades when marriage rates were far higher. If economics drove marriage formation, the historical continuity of stable marriage under harsher material conditions becomes hard to explain.

The implication is unavoidable. Culture does the work. The decline of marriage among the less educated reflects an erosion of norms governing obligation, restraint, paternal duty, and long-term commitment. The cultural infrastructure that once supported marriage among the working class has weakened, and the men and women in that population have not constructed an alternative institution that does the same work.

Here Wax adapts the argument from George Akerlof (b. 1940), Janet Yellen (b. 1946), and Michael Katz on the role of social norms as collective equilibria. The pre-1960 sexual order operated, on their account, through what amounted to a cartel of respectable behavior. Women collectively enforced a norm linking sex, marriage, and childbearing. Men seeking sexual access faced strong pressure toward formal commitment because respectable women refused premarital sex and illegitimacy. The contraceptive pill and broader sexual liberalization shattered the first leg of this equilibrium. Casual sex became normal across classes. Yet, Wax adds, elite women preserved a second boundary that the original Akerlof-Yellen-Katz model does not isolate clearly. Childbearing, for them, continued to require marriage.

The distinction forms the analytical center of the paper. The pre-1960 cartel had two elements. The first was the refusal to have sex without an enforceable promise of marriage. The second was the refusal to bear children outside of marriage. The sexual revolution destroyed the first across the board. The second held among the educated and collapsed among the less educated. The asymmetry, not the original norm shift, produced the diverging destinies of the post-1960 period. Affluent women adapted to sexual liberalization by delaying childbirth, investing heavily in education, sequencing marriage before parenthood, and maintaining intensive parental investment. Less educated women experienced the erosion of the old norms without successfully reconstructing alternatives.

Wax claims that the elite retained the institutional components of traditionalism most useful for long-term status reproduction, and let the rest go. That is a different argument, and a more interesting one. It treats the educated class as strategically selective in its abandonment of older norms.

The Edin and Kefalas evidence from Promises I Can Keep enters the paper at this point, and Wax uses it well. The two sociologists studied 162 single mothers in low-income Philadelphia neighborhoods. The mothers expressed strong positive views of marriage. They regarded extramarital childbearing as second best. Yet almost none had married. Edin and Kefalas attribute the gap to inflated economic expectations: marriage now requires a house, a steady job, and a wedding the couple can afford. Wax reads the same interview material differently. The complaints that fill the book are not about earnings as such. They are about male behavior. The men described are unfaithful, financially profligate, criminal, and chronically unreliable. The women object to how the men work, how they spend, how they treat their children, and how they treat the women themselves. These are not new and elevated standards. They are the basics of responsible male conduct, demands wives have always made.

What has changed, Wax suggests, is the rate at which men in this population meet those demands. Educated men, on the whole, do meet them. Less educated men, on the whole, do not. The most plausible reading of the Edin and Kefalas material is that the socialization of men has weakened selectively, that the working-class boys who once grew up to become reliable husbands are now growing up to become unreliable boyfriends, and that the women they pair with have responded by detaching childbearing from marriage.

Wax extends this with an observation about boys raised in single-parent homes. The detrimental effects of fatherless upbringing fall harder on boys than on girls. Boys without resident fathers commit crimes at higher rates, attend college at lower rates, and develop the noncognitive habits associated with adult success at lower rates. If single-mother homes produce boys who become unreliable partners, the cycle reinforces itself. Father absence in one generation produces father absence in the next, mediated by male behavior that women refuse to marry but agree to bear children for.

The cultural argument here is not moralistic. It is structural in a different sense than the economic argument. The norms that supported reliable male behavior were a public good produced collectively. Their erosion among the less educated has not been compensated by the construction of substitutes. The educated retained them, in modified form, because doing so served the reproduction of professional-class status. The less educated did not, because the cultural and institutional supports they had once relied on disappeared.

The treatment of Black family patterns deserves separate notice. Wax draws on Sara McLanahan, Andrew Cherlin, David Ellwood, and Jencks to document the depth of the change. Black marriage rates fell from sixty percent of women aged twenty-five to twenty-nine in 1960 to thirty-two percent by the mid-1980s, while comparable White figures fell from eighty-three to sixty-two. Studies of comparable-education samples find that Black men marry at lower rates than White men with the same education and income. Mate-availability arguments and economic-deprivation arguments capture some of the gap but not most of it. Wax draws the conclusion that econometric work on the question has reached repeatedly: cultural patterns within the Black population, not merely the economic position of Black men, drive the marriage gap.

This part of the argument is empirically defensible and politically dangerous, and Wax knows it. She handles the material with care, but she does not flinch from the conclusion. A scholar making the same argument today might find the professional consequences considerably steeper than they were in 2007. Wax’s later difficulties at the University of Pennsylvania, which followed from public statements about Black law-school performance, illustrate how narrow the space for this kind of analysis has become in elite academic settings.

The essay’s policy section is short and properly modest. Wax notes that the welfare-reform efforts of the 1990s, which assumed perverse economic incentives drove family fragmentation, did not produce the predicted return to marriage. Other proposed interventions, including child support enforcement, early childhood education, subsidized childcare, and expanded health insurance, will improve the lives of children in fragmented homes. None will close the gap with children in stable two-parent homes. The strengths of intact families are intrinsic to how they operate, and the state cannot easily replicate them. A father who lives with his children and is married to their mother does things that no public program can reproduce.

The blended-family literature reinforces this conclusion. Children in homes with an unrelated adult male, even when household income matches that of two-biological-parent homes, show outcomes closer to those of children in single-mother homes than to those in intact homes. The finding undermines the strongest version of the pluralist thesis. If two adults plus adequate income produced comparable outcomes regardless of biological relatedness, blended families might perform like nuclear families. They do not.

Wax notes the difficulty of explaining the finding. Possible accounts include selection (men who marry single mothers may differ from men who form first marriages), the structural strains of stepfamily life (divided loyalties, ambiguous authority), and evolved patterns of paternal investment that favor biological offspring. The causes remain underdetermined. The empirical pattern, however, holds across multiple studies, and the policy implication follows. Programs that increase the resources available to fragmented homes will not, on the available evidence, eliminate the developmental gap.

The intellectual significance of the essay lies in its refusal to accept the bargain mainstream legal scholarship had implicitly offered: discuss inequality, but treat the family as a private matter; discuss the family, but treat its connection to inequality as politically untouchable. Wax declines both. She insists that the institutional realities of reproduction and childrearing belong inside any serious account of how class and race reproduce themselves across generations.

The essay also performs a critical function with respect to the elite class that produced the post-1960 family revolution. The men and women who staffed the universities, foundations, and legal academies that pressed for the deinstitutionalization of marriage did not, in their private lives, deinstitutionalize marriage. They married, raised children inside marriage, divorced at lower rates than their less-educated countrymen, and concentrated educational and economic advantage inside the families they formed. The pluralism they advocated was a pluralism for others. The essay’s exposure of that gap remains its most uncomfortable contribution.

Part Two Part Three

Posted in Amy Wax, Charles Murray, Immigration | Comments Off on Amy Wax: Truth, Transgression, and the Modern University

‘Jewish Studies Draws a Line on Tablet’

This 2022 article by Mari Cohen says The Association for Jewish Studies paused its advertising relationship with Tablet after members complained. The AJS statement noted that some members felt direct harm from views Tablet had promulgated. The specific grievances included contributors who attacked the FBI’s Mar-a-Lago raid and celebrated Trump’s ultranationalist speeches, content focused on decrying liberal wokeness, and a piece by Jennifer Bilek framing philanthropic support for gender-affirming care in conspiratorial terms, published amid legislative attacks on the rights of trans children.
The piece cuts both ways. Jewish Currents is itself a coalition publication, and the AJS controversy is as much a story about the AJS’s own generational shift as it is about Tablet’s rightward drift. One scholar quoted in the piece read the AJS decision as a signal that the organization was experiencing a generational transition and a desire to take a more activist stand. That is an honest admission that what is being described is a coalition realignment, not a neutral scholarly judgment about quality.
The four questions framework applies to Jewish Currents as cleanly as it applies to Tablet. Jewish Currents traces its origins to the Morning Freiheit Association and the Communist Party USA, broke with the Party in 1956, and relaunched in 2018 under an entirely millennial editorial team whose politics sit firmly on the Jewish left. The coalition that sustains it needs Tablet to be the enemy for the same reason Tablet’s coalition needs the liberal establishment to be the enemy. Each publication’s identity depends on the other’s existence and malevolence.
Tablet has become a coalition publication whose heterodoxy operates within understood limits, and those limits have drifted rightward enough that a formerly sympathetic adjacent institution found continued association costly. Scholar Shaul Magid, who left Tablet’s masthead after voicing criticisms directly to Newhouse, said he felt the magazine was moving in a direction he could not comfortably associate with. That is the most damaging testimony in the piece, not because Magid is necessarily right about everything, but because his departure represents the kind of internal dissent that a heterodox publication would retain rather than lose.
The piece’s blind spot is that it treats the drift as Newhouse’s failure of nerve or ideological capture rather than as the predictable outcome of the institutional pressures the four questions expose. Tablet drifted because its donor base, its coalition, and its market all pulled in the same direction, and Newhouse made the rational coalition manager’s decision to follow rather than resist. Jewish Currents did the same.

The Four Questions

Tablet Magazine

On what coalition Tablet depends on for status and income: Its primary donor base runs through the Tikvah Fund network and aligned conservative Jewish philanthropy, which has shaped the publication’s ideological center of gravity since its founding. Its readership coalition spans culturally serious American Jews who find mainstream Jewish institutional culture too timid, dissident intellectuals from across the nominal political spectrum who have concluded that liberal institutions have failed, and a growing audience of non-Jewish readers attracted to the contrarian-right cultural commentary that Tablet’s contributors increasingly produce.
On who Tablet risks angering if it speaks plainly: The American Jewish institutional left, which it has already substantially alienated and from which it now draws more energy through antagonism than through accommodation. The Orthodox communities it cultivates as readers would be alienated by sustained critical analysis of Orthodox institutional failures, communal insularity, or the internal political economy of haredi influence on Israeli policy. Its Tikvah-adjacent donor base would be alienated by serious engagement with Palestinian narratives, criticism of Israeli military conduct, or any analysis that treated the occupation as a moral problem requiring more than strategic management. Its dissident intellectual coalition would fracture if Tablet applied to its own contributors the same skeptical analysis it applies to mainstream liberal institutions. The magazine has never seriously examined whether its own framing of brokenism, elite capture, and institutional failure serves its coalition’s interests as reliably as the liberal framings it critiques serve theirs.
On who benefits if Tablet’s framing wins: The Tikvah Fund’s broader project of building a conservative Jewish intellectual infrastructure benefits from Tablet functioning as its most culturally credible outlet. Israeli government positions on security, settlements, and Palestinian statehood benefit from a publication that treats skepticism of those positions as naive or antisemitic rather than analytically serious. The dissident right intellectual ecosystem benefits from having a Jewish publication that legitimizes its broader critique of liberal institutions while providing cover against charges of antisemitism. Tablet’s writers benefit from a venue that rewards contrarianism without requiring the epistemic rigor that contrarianism at its best demands.
On what truths would cost Tablet its position: The mildest costly truth is that the magazine’s rightward drift reflects donor pressure and coalition capture as much as honest intellectual development. Tablet presents its evolution as a courageous response to liberal institutional failure. A more accurate account would note that the evolution tracks the preferences of its funding base with a consistency that suggests responsiveness to coalition incentives rather than editorial independence.
A more costly truth is that Tablet applies its analytical frameworks selectively in ways that protect its own coalition while exposing others. The brokenism thesis, the critique of elite capture, the analysis of how institutions serve coalition interests rather than stated purposes, all of these are deployed against liberal institutions with vigor and against conservative Jewish institutions almost never. A publication genuinely committed to the analytical frameworks it claims would apply them symmetrically. Tablet does not, and the asymmetry is the clearest evidence that the frameworks are coalition technologies rather than analytical commitments.
The truth that would cost Tablet most is that its literary editor’s epistemic habits, and the broader culture of atmospheric assertion over rigorous verification that those habits exemplify, have shaped the publication’s intellectual standards in ways that make it less trustworthy than its cultural ambitions require. Tablet aspires to be taken seriously as an intellectual publication. Its actual epistemic culture rewards writers who generate the feeling of insight over writers who produce its substance. That gap between aspiration and practice is the most damaging thing that could be said about it, and it is the thing Newhouse is least equipped to say because acknowledging it would require accounting for her husband’s centrality to the publication’s identity.

Jewish Currents

On what coalition Jewish Currents depends on for status and income: A donor base drawn from progressive Jewish philanthropy, left-leaning foundations, and individual subscribers who identify with the Jewish left. Its editorial coalition runs through the broader American progressive infrastructure, including academic Jewish studies departments whose younger cohort shares its political commitments, the anti-Zionist and non-Zionist Jewish activist world, and the progressive media ecosystem centered on outlets like The Nation, Jacobin, and The Intercept. The magazine’s budget of roughly 1.6 million dollars drawn from individual donors and foundations makes it structurally dependent on maintaining the confidence of a relatively small number of high-capacity progressive donors.
On who Jewish Currents risks angering if it speaks plainly: Its anti-Zionist donor and reader base would be alienated by any serious engagement with the case for Jewish statehood, any acknowledgment that Palestinian political culture has its own internal failures and coalition distortions, or any analysis of Hamas and Hezbollah that applied the same critical frameworks the magazine applies to Israel. The progressive coalition it depends on would be alienated by criticism of progressive antisemitism, by any suggestion that left-wing movements have historically instrumentalized Jewish suffering, or by analysis that treated certain strands of anti-Zionism as continuous with older forms of Jewish exclusion rather than as a clean break from them. Its academic Jewish studies network would be alienated by honest engagement with the degree to which the field’s leftward turn reflects generational coalition capture rather than dispassionate scholarly development. Jewish Currents has never seriously examined whether its critique of Zionism serves the coalition interests of the American progressive left as reliably as Zionism serves the coalition interests of the American Jewish right.
On who benefits if Jewish Currents’ framing wins: The Palestinian solidarity movement benefits from having a Jewish publication that provides ideological cover for positions that would otherwise be more vulnerable to charges of antisemitism. The progressive left benefits from a publication that frames Jewish identity as compatible with, and even requiring, opposition to the Jewish state, which dissolves a significant source of internal coalition tension. Academic Jewish studies benefits from a publication that treats its most politically aligned scholarship as the field’s cutting edge. Young progressive Jews who experience their Jewish identity and their political commitments as in tension benefit from a publication that tells them the tension is resolvable on the left’s terms.
On what truths would cost Jewish Currents its position: The mildest costly truth is that the magazine’s 2021 apology for running an advertisement for the Dorot Fellowship, a program for American Jews to spend a year in Israel, revealed how thoroughly its coalition has captured its editorial judgment. That its readership found the advertisement compromising, and that the editorial team apologized for running it, shows the coalition’s boundaries more clearly than any editorial statement could.
A more costly truth is that Jewish Currents applies the critique of institutional power and coalition interest to Jewish communal organizations, Israeli state actors, and American liberal Jewish institutions with precision and energy, while never applying the same critique to the progressive movement whose coalition it serves. The progressive left has its own institutional failures, its own coalition enforcement, its own convenient beliefs about Jews and Israel that serve movement interests rather than Jewish ones. Jewish Currents has the analytical tools to examine this. It does not use them, because using them would threaten the coalition on which the publication depends.
The truth that would cost it most is that the magazine’s framing of anti-Zionism as a principled Jewish position rather than a coalition credential of the American left has made it easier for progressive movements to absorb Jewish members while maintaining positions on Israel that a serious accounting would recognize as indifferent or hostile to Jewish collective security. Jewish Currents presents this absorption as Jewish flourishing. A more honest account would ask whether the progressive coalition’s embrace of Jewish anti-Zionism serves Jewish interests or uses Jewish voices to insulate progressive anti-Zionism from scrutiny. That question is not askable inside the publication’s current coalition, which is the clearest evidence of how thoroughly the coalition has foreclosed the inquiry.

The Association for Jewish Studies

On what coalition the AJS depends on for status and income: University philosophy and humanities departments that house Jewish studies programs and whose faculty constitute the AJS membership base. Federal and foundation grant funding that flows through the university system and that has its own ideological valence, rewarding work that fits within the diversity, equity, and inclusion frameworks that now govern much academic grant-making. Conference registration fees and institutional memberships that depend on maintaining the goodwill of a membership that has undergone a significant generational shift toward the progressive left.
On who AJS risks angering if it speaks plainly: Its younger progressive membership, which drove the decision to pause the Tablet advertising relationship and which represents the field’s demographic future, would be alienated by any assertion that Jewish studies scholarship should be evaluated on scholarly rather than political grounds when those grounds produce conclusions the coalition finds threatening. Its university institutional hosts would be alienated by resistance to the DEI frameworks that now govern academic hiring, promotion, and grant-making, since resistance to those frameworks carries concrete institutional costs that individual departments and programs cannot easily absorb. Israeli and Zionist donors and institutions whose support has historically underpinned Jewish studies infrastructure would be alienated by the field’s drift toward anti-Zionist normalization, a tension the AJS has not resolved and cannot resolve without losing one side of a coalition it currently needs both halves of.
On who benefits if AJS’s framing wins: The progressive academic coalition benefits from having Jewish studies function as an internally Jewish legitimation of anti-Zionist scholarship, providing the same cover that Jewish Currents provides in journalism. Graduate students whose careers depend on publishing within the field’s now-dominant frameworks benefit from an association that enforces those frameworks through the soft power of conference access, journal publication, and professional networking.
On what truths would cost AJS its position: The mildest costly truth is that the decision to pause advertising with Tablet was a coalition move dressed as a scholarly standards decision. The AJS statement that some members felt direct harm from Tablet’s views conflated the political discomfort of progressive scholars with the kind of harm that academic organizations have legitimate standing to address. A scholarly association whose mandate is the advancement of Jewish studies has no principled basis for evaluating whether a publication’s political positions are acceptable, as distinct from whether its scholarly content meets professional standards.
A more costly truth is that the generational transition the AJS is undergoing, in which a younger and more ideologically homogeneous cohort is replacing an older pluralist one, is producing a field whose scholarly conclusions are increasingly predictable from its members’ political commitments. That predictability is an epistemic problem of the first order for any scholarly association, and the AJS has no framework for naming it because naming it would require applying to its own membership the same critique of motivated reasoning it readily applies to the institutions and actors its scholarship examines.
The truth that would cost AJS most is that Jewish studies as currently constituted increasingly serves the coalition interests of the American progressive left rather than the scholarly interests of understanding Jewish history, culture, religion, and thought in their full complexity. A field that cannot seriously examine the case for Zionism, that cannot engage with the internal political economy of Palestinian movements without coalition anxiety, and that treats certain political positions as professionally disqualifying rather than intellectually contestable has abandoned the scholarly independence that justifies its institutional existence. The AJS does not experience this as abandonment. It experiences it as the field having matured into a proper critical consciousness. That experience is the most precise illustration available of what it means for a coalition not to experience itself as a coalition, but as scholarship.
All three institutions share this condition. Tablet does not experience itself as a coalition publication drifting rightward under donor pressure. It experiences itself as honest journalism that liberal institutions lack the courage to produce. Jewish Currents does not experience itself as a progressive movement organ that uses Jewish voices to insulate anti-Zionism from scrutiny. It experiences itself as the authentic Jewish ethical tradition finally speaking plainly. The AJS does not experience itself as a professional association captured by generational coalition shift. It experiences itself as a scholarly field that has finally developed the critical tools its subject demands. Each institution mistakes its coalition’s moral vocabulary for reality. Each experiences the boundary enforcement that protects its coalition as the natural limit of what serious thought permits.

Posted in Judaism | Comments Off on ‘Jewish Studies Draws a Line on Tablet’

The Patient Man – Paul Bloom and the Misunderstanding Frame

Born in Montreal on December 24, 1963, Paul Bloom entered McGill University intending to become a clinical child psychologist, having spent his teenage years working with autistic children. The clinical impulse did not survive contact with cognitive science. Under philosopher-psychologist John Macnamara, whose work on innate constraints in language acquisition pulled against behaviorist orthodoxies, Bloom shifted toward theoretical developmental psychology. At MIT, where he took his doctorate in cognitive psychology under Susan Carey in 1990, and in close collaboration with Steven Pinker, Bloom absorbed a picture of the mind as preloaded rather than blank.
After a decade at the University of Arizona, Bloom joined Yale in 1999. How Children Learn the Meanings of Words (2000) synthesized his dissertation work and argued that word learning depends heavily on social cognition, on inferring the intentions of other speakers, rather than on purely associative learning. That capacity generates systematic error. The same machinery that lets a child learn language lets an adult see agency where none exists or project essence where there is only variation.
Descartes’ Baby (2004) made this explicit and pushed it into politically uncomfortable territory. Bloom argued that humans are natural-born dualists and essentialists. We instinctively separate mind from body and assume that objects, especially people, have hidden essences that define what they really are. Infants expect physical objects to behave one way and agents to behave another. They attribute purposes and souls. Religious belief is not primarily a cultural imposition but a natural outgrowth of cognition. Prejudice is not merely ignorance but the dark face of the same essentialism that lets us categorize the world at all.
How Pleasure Works (2010) extended the argument into a domain people tend to treat as self-justifying. Pleasure is saturated with belief. A piece of chocolate shaped like feces tastes worse than an identical piece shaped differently, not because of the material but because of what the mind takes it to represent. Wine believed to be expensive tastes better than the same wine labeled cheap. A work of art thought to be authentic moves us more than an indistinguishable forgery. What feels direct is mediated. What seems given is constructed. And once you see the construction, the authority of the feeling weakens. You can no longer treat your reactions as transparent windows onto value.
Just Babies: The Origins of Good and Evil (2013) is often read as an optimistic book because it argues that moral concern is present in infants as young as three months. In experiments from the Yale Baby Lab, six-month-olds consistently prefer a puppet that helps another puppet up a hill over one that pushes it down. They show rudimentary preferences for fairness and helpfulness before culture could plausibly have installed them.
The infant moral mind arrives bundled with parochialism, with in-group preference, and with punitive instincts. The same baby who prefers the helper also wants to punish the hinderer. That impulse, scaled up across coalitions and generations, is precisely what makes human moral history so bloody.
This puts him into a sustained, if mostly civil, argument with Jonathan Haidt, whose work rehabilitates moral intuitions as evolved wisdom, as the depositaries of social knowledge accumulated across generations. Where Haidt treats intuitions as data to be respected, Bloom treats them as phenomena to be explained and, often, resisted. Where Haidt sounds like a defender of moral common sense, Bloom sounds like a critic who wants to keep common sense on a short leash.
Bloom argued that emotional empathy, feeling what others feel, is a poor guide to moral action. It is biased toward people who look like us and stories that have faces attached to them. It is easily manipulated by media, advocacy, and legal narrative. And when scaled into policy, it produces worse aggregate outcomes than a colder, more statistical form of concern for welfare. Bloom was writing into an environment in which empathy had been elevated to something approaching a moral gold standard. Journalists demand it. Institutions train for it. Activists deploy it.
Victim impact statements are institutionalized empathy triggers. Prosecutors and plaintiffs’ lawyers know exactly how to make one story feel vivid and another abstract. Sentencing varies with how sympathetic the victim appears and how legible the defendant’s suffering is.
His proposed alternative, rational compassion, aligns him with a specific coalition: policy-minded liberals, effective altruists, and a strand of rationalism that distrusts anecdote and privileges aggregate outcomes.
The Sweet Spot (2021) extended the pleasure work into the territory of voluntary suffering. Bloom argued that certain forms of what he called “benign masochism,” horror films, spicy food, intense physical effort, are pleasurable precisely because they combine pain with the knowledge that the pain is safe and chosen.
That implication becomes central in his recent work on artificial intelligence. His 2025 New Yorker essay and subsequent co-authored papers warn that AI companions and “frictionless” AI environments risk eroding the very processes through which human development and meaning-making occur. Learning, relationships, moral development, even pleasure itself, arise from effort, misunderstanding, resistance, and correction. A system that anticipates needs and removes difficulty does not liberate its user. It flatters and amplifies existing biases while weakening the corrective mechanisms that might otherwise improve them.
Psych: The Story of the Human Mind (2023) functions as both capstone and reckoning. Drawing on decades of teaching Yale’s introductory psychology course, one of the first offered through Open Yale Courses, Bloom surveys the field’s achievements and blind spots. He acknowledges the replication crisis, the oversold claims, the gap between lab results and applied policy. He has noted in interviews that studying psychology made him less confident, not more, in quick prescriptions for human flourishing.
Now based at the University of Toronto (he moved for love) while retaining his emeritus ties to Yale, Bloom continues to work at the intersection of cognitive science, moral philosophy, and public discourse through his Substack “Small Potatoes.”

The Four Questions

Three institutional nodes carry him. The University of Toronto pays his salary now. Yale pays him as emeritus. Cambridge University Press, through his sole editorship of Behavioral and Brain Sciences, gives him gatekeeping power in cognitive science, psychology, neuroscience, and philosophy of mind. That editorship is the most consequential piece of structural power he holds. He decides which target articles get accepted, which scholars get invited to write commentaries, and which topics the field treats as worth its collective scrutiny.
The trade-press and intellectual-media network runs alongside the academic one. The New Yorker, the Atlantic, Sam Harris’s podcast, Tyler Cowen’s, Russ Roberts’s, the TED circuit. This network supplies income through book advances and speaking fees and amplifies whatever the academic network credentials him to say. Against Empathy became Against Empathy because this network decided to carry it.
His Substack and his roughly ninety thousand Twitter followers add a third channel he controls directly. Substack revenue, direct audience loyalty, distribution independent of legacy media gatekeeping. This channel matters more now than it did ten years ago because the legacy tolerances have narrowed while his direct-audience reach has grown.
Protection comes from tenure and emeritus status, from the American Psychological Association and Society for Philosophy and Psychology networks, from the soft shield of being recognized as one of the serious people in cognitive science. Karen Wynn, his wife and a Yale developmental psychologist who ran the Yale Infant Cognition Center, is a professional partner with her own standing. His move to Toronto was for her, to join her where she took a position, not a calculation about field topology.
Funders include NIH and NSF at various points, and he has been adjacent to Templeton-funded conversations on meaning and religion without, as far as I can confirm, being a primary Templeton grantee. Worth checking directly.
Who does he need to attract or retain as allies?
The developmental and cognitive psychology community is the load-bearing alliance. If that community stopped citing him, the empirical ballast of the public-intellectual career would erode. He has to keep producing work the field takes seriously and editing BBS in a way the field accepts.
Pinker, Tetlock, the evolutionary psychology network, the philosophers of mind who take empirical work seriously. These are peers rather than funders but they supply the intellectual legitimacy. A Pinker blurb does work a hundred positive reviews cannot.
The effective altruist and rationalist-adjacent audience is a newer alliance and a consequential one. Rational compassion maps onto the EA sensibility: trust aggregation, distrust anecdote, prefer statistical welfare to vivid suffering. This audience is smaller than the general New Yorker readership but more loyal. It produces podcast invitations and Substack subscribers and the direct-to-audience channel he increasingly relies on.
The elite media commissioning editors at the New Yorker, the Atlantic, Boston Review, the podcast hosts. He needs to remain the kind of writer these outlets want. That means holding certain positions and not straying into terrain that would make him unplaceable. A Bloom who wrote openly on behavioral-genetics implications for group differences in moral intuitions would not get commissioned by the same outlets.
Heterodox-adjacent networks, Heterodox Academy, Jonathan Rauch’s circle, the academic-freedom crowd. He can attend their events and write on viewpoint diversity and self-censorship without being absorbed, and this membership signals that he critiques his field’s monoculture. His Substack pieces on developmental psychology and on academic cowardice, two republished in the Chronicle of Higher Education, keep this membership current.
Students. Graduate students who carry the framework forward, undergraduate readers who produce the word-of-mouth for trade books. The Open Yale Course in introductory psychology generated a reader base that still buys his books.
What beliefs and signals mark membership in his coalition?
The central belief is that the mind is a biased generator, that intuitions are data to be explained rather than trusted, and that reason can correct cognition even though cognition is rigged. Members accept all three claims together.
The vocabulary is the passport. Cognitive biases. Motivated reasoning. System 1 and System 2. Innate modules. Heuristics. Replication crisis. Effect sizes. Base rates. WEIRD samples. Aggregate outcomes. To use these terms fluently is to signal membership. To prefer lived experience or standpoint epistemology from one side, or gut wisdom and sacred values from the other, is to mark oneself as outside.
The opponents are specific. Blank-slate social constructionists on one flank. Haidt-style defenders of moral intuition as evolved wisdom on the other. Bloom’s position sits between them, and the middle position takes active maintenance against pull from either side.
Empathy criticism is a signal. So is cautious engagement with behavioral genetics, skepticism of implicit bias research and stereotype threat, the replication-crisis posture that signals methodological seriousness, and arm’s-length sympathy with effective altruism.
Style is content. Measured, qualified, willing to say uncomfortable things without raising the voice, willing to concede small points while holding the main position. That style is itself a coalition credential. Loud attacks from the same positions do not get into the New Yorker. The mildness is the passport.
Beliefs the coalition rejects: that moral intuitions are self-validating, that empathy is an unalloyed good, that professional elites are uniquely free of tribal thinking, that AI companions are harmless, and more quietly, that group differences in behavioral and psychological traits are fully explained by external factors alone.
What would he have to give up if he changed his public position?
Four moves would cost him.
If he pushed the behavioral-genetics implications of his nativism to their group-differences conclusion, he would lose the elite media outlets and probably the BBS editorship. He would become a different kind of public intellectual, closer to Murray or Sullivan, with a narrower and more polarized audience. Substack might gain subscribers. The New Yorker would not commission him again.
If he turned coalition analysis on his own cohort, applying your kind of framework to rationalists, effective altruists, and elite cognitive scientists, he would lose that cohort. The rationalist audience reads him as a fellow traveler. Telling it that its preference for aggregate welfare is a convenient belief flattering to analytically trained professionals would cost him the direct-audience channel he has spent years building.
If he abandoned the measured register and wrote like a combatant, he would lose access to the institutions that host him. Pinker edges toward this and pays for it. Haidt less so. Murray constantly. The tone is the coalition credential.
If he wrote the piece Susan Gelman’s response to The Lure of Luxury pointed toward, applying psychological essentialism to organ-transplant prejudice, housing discrimination, the contamination logic of disgust-based politics, he would be writing coalition-relevant material with uncomfortable implications for his readers. Psychological essentialism drives both connoisseurship and bigotry. He has written the connoisseurship side for a popular audience. Writing the bigotry side with the same theoretical apparatus would put him in different company.
Two caveats
First, this is structural analysis, not motive-reading. The four questions describe affordances and constraints. They do not explain why Bloom writes what he writes. He may hold the positions he holds because he thinks they are true, and the coalition may happen to reward what he was going to do anyway. The framework cannot distinguish between “he believes it because his coalition rewards it” and “he believes it because he has good reasons,” and the honest version of the analysis concedes that.
Second, he holds real structural power. The BBS editorship is not soft influence or media access. It is gatekeeping over the most prestigious theoretical forum in cognitive science. Any account that treats him as reaching lay audiences without steering the field misreads the position. He reaches lay audiences and steers the field.

Alliance Theory

Pinsof, Sears, and Haselton argue in Strange Bedfellows that political belief systems do not derive from abstract values. They derive from alliance structures. Partisans select allies through similarity, transitivity, interdependence, and stochasticity, then defend those allies through propagandistic tactics: victim biases, perpetrator biases, attributional biases. The coherence a coalition’s members experience as principled conviction is, on the model, the signature of alliance work.

Paul Bloom is an instructive test case because his public intellectual work occupies a specific position inside contemporary academic psychology that the framework illuminates with unusual precision. The standard treatments read him as the Yale and Toronto psychologist who has advanced our understanding of moral development, who argued against empathy as a guide to moral action, who has written accessibly about pleasure, cruelty, and the origins of good and evil, and who occupies an unusual position as a senior academic willing to engage with questions the field usually avoids. Each description captures part of what Bloom does. The Alliance Theory reading organizes the descriptions into a more coherent account by treating his positions as coalition products, his methodological choices as coalition infrastructure, and his specific brand of contrarianism as a carefully managed performance that serves coalition interests while appearing to transgress them.

The coalition Bloom serves can be specified, though doing so requires distinguishing between the broader academic psychology coalition and the specific sub-coalition Bloom actually inhabits. Academic psychology as a discipline is not a single coalition. It contains multiple formations with distinct interests. The experimental cognitive psychology sub-discipline has its own coalition structure. The social psychology sub-discipline has another. The clinical psychology sub-discipline has a third. Within each, there are further sub-coalitions defined by methodological commitments, theoretical orientations, and institutional positions. Bloom operates at the intersection of experimental developmental psychology, moral psychology, and the broader public-intellectual formation that translates academic psychology for general audiences. His specific coalition includes figures like Steven Pinker, whose book projects and public positions overlap with Bloom’s. It includes Joshua Greene at Harvard, whose moral psychology work intersects with Bloom’s in specific ways. It extends through the broader network of cognitive scientists and philosophers who share the specific methodological and theoretical commitments that define the coalition. It includes the editors and contributors at venues like Aeon, the Atlantic, the New Yorker science section, and specific podcasts that platform this kind of work.

The coalition shares specific commitments. A broadly evolutionary framework for understanding human cognition and behavior. A willingness to engage with empirical findings that complicate simple progressive narratives, combined with careful management of how far the engagement goes before it produces coalition cost. A methodological preference for experimental work with clear findings over theoretical or qualitative approaches. A literary sensibility that values accessible prose without losing academic rigor. A political orientation that is broadly liberal but willing to criticize specific progressive positions, particularly those the coalition codes as anti-scientific or epistemically undisciplined. A commitment to reason, evidence, and secular analysis as the preferred mode of public discourse. An implicit hostility toward both religious traditionalism on one side and what the coalition calls wokeness on the other. The coalition calls itself many things: the rationalist tradition, the cognitive science mainstream, heterodox liberalism, the serious center. The names track the coalition’s self-understanding. The coalition is real.

Bloom’s specific position inside this coalition is as one of its most skilled public communicators. His books sell well. His essays appear in high-prestige venues. His podcast appearances reach audiences the coalition wants to reach. His academic credentials are unimpeachable. His prose is disciplined. His temperament permits him to engage controversial material without appearing shrill or partisan. These features make him a valuable coalition asset. The coalition rewards him with platforming, book contracts, positive reception from coalition-adjacent media, and the specific credibility transfers that flow between senior coalition members. The interdependence is direct.

Pinsof’s four criteria for ally choice describe Bloom’s coalition position cleanly.

Similarity operates through specific markers. Ivy League or equivalent credentials. Academic appointments at elite institutions (Yale, now Toronto). Publications in top journals and with prestige academic presses. Popular writing in specific venues coded as serious rather than partisan. A presentation style that emphasizes reasonableness, willingness to entertain opposing views, and personal modesty about the limits of one’s own knowledge. Command of the specific vocabulary the coalition uses: evolved, adaptive, cognitive, empirical, replicable, preregistered. Appropriate distance from the coalition’s embarrassments: the replication crisis figures whose work no longer replicates, the Evolutionary Psychology Gone Too Far figures whose political implications the coalition disclaims, the specific researchers whose findings the coalition finds useful but whose public conduct it prefers to distance itself from. Bloom displays all the similarity markers at a high level. His coalition recognizes him through them.

Transitivity clusters him with specific allies whose allies are his allies. Pinker centrally. Greene. Daniel Kahneman before his death. Tamar Gendler as a philosophical ally. Fiery Cushman as a methodological ally. Molly Crockett in specific moral psychology work. David Pizarro, his podcast co-host. The network extends outward through the broader cognitive science and public intellectual formations: Sam Harris on some questions, Tyler Cowen on others, Russ Roberts for a specific audience, Sean Carroll for the physics-adjacent crowd, Lex Fridman for the tech podcast audience. The rivals are also clustered: figures the coalition considers methodologically lax (the social priming researchers whose work did not replicate), ideologically captured (specific social psychologists whose work on bias the coalition considers overclaiming), or substantively wrong (the continental philosophical tradition, the critical theory tradition, the psychoanalytic tradition, the humanistic psychology tradition). The rivalry patterns are consistent across the cluster.

Interdependence is substantial. Bloom provides the coalition with high-quality popular writing, a stable academic base at a prestigious institution, and the specific credibility that his publications bring to coalition positions. He receives book contracts with major trade publishers, speaking invitations at prestige venues, positive reception in coalition-friendly media, and the specific ongoing professional rewards that coalition membership produces. The coalition’s reach extends through his work. His work reaches audiences through the coalition’s infrastructure. Neither could function as well without the other.

Stochasticity applies in specific ways. Bloom’s particular position was not inevitable. Had he trained in a different program, his coalition affiliations would have differed. Had his early work taken him in different methodological directions, he might have ended up inside a different sub-coalition or in a cross-pressured position that would have produced different output. Had his Canadian background and Toronto appointment placed him in a different institutional network, the coalition he now serves might not have been the one to absorb him. The specific path he took was shaped by contingent institutional factors, and the apparent coherence of his coalition affiliation is retrospective.

The three propagandistic biases run through Bloom’s work in identifiable ways.

Against Empathy is the book that most clearly reveals the framework at work. The argument is that empathy is a poor guide to moral action because it is biased toward the near, the identifiable, and the attractive, and that rational compassion would produce better outcomes. The argument is serious and has substantive content. The Alliance Theory reading does not dispute the substance. It notes that the argument serves specific coalition interests. The coalition Bloom inhabits has ongoing conflicts with formations that emphasize empathy, affective response, and emotional connection as legitimate epistemic guides. The primary rivals include progressive psychology formations that center lived experience and emotional response, continental philosophical traditions that emphasize affect and intersubjectivity, therapeutic traditions that treat empathic attunement as central to moral practice, and religious traditions that treat compassion as a theological virtue. Against Empathy provides Bloom’s coalition with a theoretical weapon against all these rivals. The weapon is labeled as contribution to moral psychology. Its function includes coalition warfare against adjacent sub-disciplines and cultural formations.

The specific way the argument is made displays Pinsof’s propagandistic pattern. Empathy gets defined in a specific way that makes it vulnerable to the critique. Rational compassion gets defined in a specific way that makes it robust to the same critique. The asymmetry is not examined. A symmetric analyst would notice that rational compassion, if deployed by actual humans under actual cognitive constraints, would display many of the same biases empathy displays, just through different cognitive routes. Bloom’s treatment does not emphasize this symmetry. The asymmetric treatment is coalition-rational because it serves the coalition’s interest in elevating the cognitive tradition over the affective tradition.

Perpetrator biases protect allies. When coalition members produce research findings that support the coalition’s preferred positions, Bloom’s work treats the findings as evidence of successful science. When coalition-rival researchers produce comparable findings that support rival positions, his work applies stricter methodological scrutiny, raises concerns about replication, and emphasizes the preliminary nature of the evidence. The asymmetry is not total. Bloom maintains enough methodological rigor to be recognized as a serious scientist rather than as a coalition advocate. But the application of scrutiny is uneven in ways the framework makes visible. Specific examples include the differential treatment of evolutionary psychology findings that support coalition positions versus findings that complicate them, the differential treatment of moral psychology work that aligns with the coalition’s political preferences versus work that cuts against them, and the differential treatment of popular psychology figures whose coalition positions parallel Bloom’s versus those whose positions do not.

The bias also protects Bloom from self-audit. He has produced work for over three decades. The work has consistently served the coalition position described above. The coalition has shifted its specific concerns over that period, and Bloom’s work has shifted with it, but the direction of drift has not produced a single major departure from coalition-serving directions. The scholar might experience the consistency as reflecting the strength of his methods. The framework reads it as reflecting the strength of the coalition’s grip on what the scholar can see. Trivers’s self-deception finding applies cleanly. Bloom probably experiences his positions as reached through careful inquiry. The experience is what makes his coalition work effective.

Victim biases operate in specific registers. The coalition Bloom inhabits narrates itself as under assault from multiple directions. Religious traditionalists threaten scientific inquiry from the right. Progressive activists threaten scientific inquiry from the left. Anti-scientific movements attack evolutionary psychology, behavioral genetics, and other coalition-valued fields. University administrators capitulate to activist pressure in ways that damage free inquiry. Students arrive at university unprepared to engage rigorously with difficult questions. The coalition is beleaguered. Serious intellectual work requires courage to produce. Bloom’s writing deploys this narrative at specific points. His appearances on podcasts like Lex Fridman’s and Sam Harris’s often feature extended discussion of the coalition’s besieged status. His essays sometimes include coalition grievances as framing material.

The narrative is not empty. Some of what the coalition describes is real. Specific cases of academic capture, specific instances of activist overreach, specific failures of university governance. But the function of the narrative is support mobilization, and the intensity of deployment exceeds what specific instances support when examined individually. The coalition’s actual institutional position is dominant. Its members hold senior appointments at elite schools. Their books receive positive reviews in mainstream prestige venues. Their work is taught in the curricula they influence. Their research is funded at substantial rates. The beleaguered framing captures specific genuine frustrations but miscounts the coalition’s actual position.

Competitive victimhood runs between Bloom’s coalition and its rivals. Progressive psychology formations narrate their own marginalization by the cognitive science mainstream. Religious formations narrate their exclusion from academic discourse by secular gatekeepers. Continental philosophical traditions narrate their displacement by analytic philosophy and cognitive science. All three rival formations produce victim narratives. All three narratives point at real phenomena. All three exceed the specific evidence in ways that serve coalition mobilization.

Attributional biases govern Bloom’s treatment of moral and psychological phenomena. Specific examples are instructive.

Human cruelty, which Bloom addressed in his book on the subject, gets treated through frameworks that emphasize specific cognitive and social features. The treatment draws on evolutionary psychology, moral psychology, and social psychology in ways the coalition recognizes as sound. The treatment does not draw on theological frameworks that would locate cruelty in original sin, on continental philosophical frameworks that would locate it in structural features of modernity, on critical theory frameworks that would locate it in specific historical formations like colonialism and capitalism, or on psychoanalytic frameworks that would locate it in unconscious conflict. The absence of these frameworks is coalition-rational. Incorporating them would require taking seriously the intellectual traditions Bloom’s coalition treats as rivals. The choice of framework is not neutral. It is coalition work.

Moral development, which Bloom addressed extensively in earlier work including Just Babies, gets treated through frameworks that emphasize the innate, the evolved, and the universal. The treatment draws on research findings that support specific views about the biological basis of moral cognition. The treatment does not engage substantially with cultural anthropological work that would emphasize cross-cultural variation, with sociological work that would emphasize the social construction of moral categories, or with developmental work in the Vygotskian tradition that would emphasize cultural mediation. The framing is not arbitrary. It serves the coalition’s ongoing project of establishing cognitive science as the authoritative framework for understanding moral life, against the rival frameworks the coalition wants to displace.

Pleasure, which Bloom addressed in How Pleasure Works, gets treated through specific frameworks that emphasize cognitive mediation and essentialist reasoning. The treatment is sophisticated and contains real content. It does not engage substantially with hedonic traditions in philosophy, with phenomenological accounts of pleasure in the continental tradition, or with religious traditions that treat certain forms of pleasure as spiritually significant. The choice of frame is coalition-rational. It locates Bloom’s work inside the cognitive science tradition and against the rival traditions.

The strange bedfellows inside Bloom’s coalition are worth naming. The coalition contains evolutionary psychologists whose work has specific political implications some members of the coalition prefer to avoid. It contains public-facing figures like Pinker whose political interventions have drawn criticism the coalition has had to manage. It contains heterodox liberals who have moved rightward in specific ways over the last decade, producing tension with members who remain firmly on the left. It contains figures like Sam Harris whose specific engagements with Islam and with other topics have placed strain on coalition cohesion. It contains researchers whose work on IQ and behavioral genetics produces results the coalition holds with varying degrees of public willingness to engage. The coalition manages these tensions through the standard Pinsof mechanisms: emphasis on external rivals, downplay of internal disagreement, selective engagement with specific members’ more controversial work, and the maintenance of a broad coalition vocabulary that permits members to hold their specific positions without forcing the coalition into explicit positions on the disagreements.

Bloom’s specific function within this management is to occupy a position that appears to transcend the tensions while actually managing them. His prose does not endorse the most controversial positions of Pinker or Harris. It also does not repudiate them in ways that would split the coalition. His specific book projects address topics where the coalition can be relatively united (empathy, cruelty, pleasure) while leaving the more contested areas to other figures. This specialization permits Bloom to maintain broad coalition support while avoiding the specific controversies that attend other coalition members. The specialization is strategic, whether or not Bloom experiences it strategically.

The podcast Psych, which Bloom co-hosts with David Pizarro, is worth examining as coalition infrastructure. The show interviews figures who are typically coalition members or coalition-adjacent. The topics track coalition concerns. The tone registers coalition evaluative habits. Readers and listeners inside the coalition experience the show as intellectual exchange. Readers and listeners outside the coalition hear it as coalition coordination, or they do not listen. The show supplies the vocabulary, the reference set, and the evaluative habits coalition members need to maintain shared orientation. The show is real intellectual exchange inside the coalition’s range of permissible positions. It is also coalition maintenance.

What truths would Bloom have to give up if his current coalition shifted? The answer is substantial. His appointment at Toronto and his ongoing affiliations with Yale depend on continued recognition by the coalition that credentials such positions. His book contracts depend on publishers who select for coalition-congenial work. His speaking invitations flow through networks the coalition controls. His podcast operates within the coalition’s broader ecosystem. If the coalition moved, or if he moved against it, the professional rewards would erode together. The coalition would direct its attention to figures who better served its current needs. His theoretical concepts would stop circulating. The specific influence he has accumulated would thin.

Bloom is unlikely to say that the coalition’s specific forms of empiricism are themselves coalition products that serve specific interests rather than neutral methods of inquiry. He cannot say that the research traditions the coalition dismisses contain intellectual resources the coalition could benefit from engaging. He cannot say that specific findings in evolutionary psychology and behavioral genetics have political implications the coalition has chosen to minimize rather than engage. He cannot say that the coalition’s victim narrative about academic conditions misrepresents the coalition’s actual institutional dominance. He cannot say that his own selection of topics and framings over the years has tracked coalition interests more consistently than independent inquiry would predict. He cannot fully engage with the question of whether his work’s specific success within the coalition reflects its quality or its coalition function. These are the costly truths. Writers do not tell them. Bloom does not tell them. The not-telling is not dishonesty. It is the condition under which coalition intellectual work operates.

The generational dimension is worth noting because Bloom occupies a specific generational position inside his coalition. He is senior enough to have influenced the coalition’s development but younger than Pinker and Kahneman. He came of intellectual age during the cognitive revolution’s consolidation in the 1990s and the rise of evolutionary psychology as a public-facing enterprise. His career tracks the coalition’s ascendance through the 2000s and 2010s. He now occupies the position of senior coalition member, which carries specific obligations: mentoring younger coalition members, defending the coalition against external attacks, managing the coalition’s public face. Bloom performs these obligations skillfully. The skill is part of what his coalition values in him.

Bloom’s work is better than work that is consciously produced as coalition propaganda would be. The sincerity of his engagement with the questions is part of what makes his work effective. A scholar who knew himself to be producing coalition material would produce less effective material, because the awareness would alter the work in detectable ways. Bloom’s work does not carry the marks of conscious coalition performance. It carries the marks of sincere intellectual engagement that happens to produce coalition-serving conclusions with high reliability. The framework treats this as the condition under which coalition work operates at its most effective. The sincerity is the propaganda apparatus, not a check on it.

Robin Dunbar, Leda Cosmides, and John Tooby occupy other positions inside the evolutionary psychology formation. Their work has been more methodologically committed to specific evolutionary claims than Bloom’s, with corresponding effects on their coalition positions. They have taken more direct hits from coalition critics because their claims are more falsifiable. Bloom’s specific positioning, which avoids the most controversial evolutionary claims while maintaining association with the evolutionary tradition, produces a specific form of protection against coalition-rival criticism. The positioning is strategic in the sense the framework identifies.

What makes Bloom analytically interesting beyond his specific case is that he represents a high-skill version of the type of figure the contemporary cognitive science public intellectual formation produces. The type is the senior academic at an elite school whose public writing reaches educated general audiences, whose coalition position is secure, whose specific topic selections permit broad coalition support while managing specific controversies, whose prose meets high literary standards without sacrificing academic substance, and whose career trajectory traces the coalition’s consolidation. The type is not unique to Bloom. It exists across coalitions with different specific features in each. Bloom fills the type at a high level of craft. His skill does not make him less of a coalition intellectual. It makes him a more effective one.

Paul Bloom is a serious psychologist whose work has advanced specific conversations in moral psychology, developmental psychology, and the psychology of pleasure and pain. His prose is among the best produced by his generation of academic psychologists. His intellectual generosity toward interlocutors, including those who disagree with him, is genuine within the coalition’s range of permissible disagreement. His books contain real insights that reward careful reading. None of this is diminished by noting that his work consistently serves a specific coalition, that his propagandistic biases run in the directions his coalition requires, that his specific topic selections and framings display coalition logic more than independent inquiry would produce, and that his self-presentation as careful empirical researcher operates alongside, rather than instead of, his function as coalition intellectual. The seriousness is real. The coalition function is also real. The framework insists on holding both.

The wars are real. So, possibly, is what the combatants are fighting about.

What Then Shall We Do

Bloom analyzes individual cognition with precision but brackets how institutions exploit those biases. Newsrooms, advocacy organizations, legal storytelling, political campaigns, all build machinery around the very cognitive vulnerabilities Bloom describes.
Moral judgment is usually signaling within groups. When a member of an academic department expresses outrage at a colleague’s paper, or when a journalist amplifies a particular victim’s story rather than a statistically more representative one, the behavior is shaped by what the coalition rewards, not just by what the individual feels. Bloom’s empirical findings about empathy’s biases are compatible with a sociology that treats those biases as coalition resources. The extension would ask: when is biased empathy “working correctly” from the standpoint of coalition maintenance, even when it is failing from the standpoint of accurate moral judgment?
Descartes’ Baby and Just Babies argue that core features of moral and social cognition are innate and universal. But evolutionary theory predicts not only universals but variation, as populations with different histories and selection pressures diverge in measurable ways across behavioral and psychological traits. Behavioral genetics has documented substantial heritability for political orientation, empathy, religiosity, harm aversion, and a range of moral intuitions. Bloom acknowledges modest, hardwired sex differences and occasionally engages with heritability findings in public. But the synthesis between his developmental claims and the behavioral genetics literature remains incomplete. If cognitive biases and moral intuitions are partly heritable and vary across individuals, then certain persistent social outcomes that current frameworks attribute entirely to external discrimination or systemic factors require a more complicated and pluralistic explanation.
If essentialism and in-group preference are built in, then the cosmopolitan self-image of elite institutions is a reclassification rather than a transcendence of tribal thinking. Hiring committees, editorial boards, and academic tenure decisions express the same early-emerging biases Bloom documented in six-month-olds, repackaged in the language of merit and diversity rather than naked in-group favoritism.
Bloom dissolves other people’s intuitions. He is less explicit about what grounds the intuitions guiding his preferred alternative. Why trust aggregation, cost-benefit reasoning, or statistical concern? Those reasoning styles are embedded in specific institutions, favored by specific personality types, and vulnerable to their own characteristic distortions: the bloodlessness that abstracts away morally relevant particulars, the technocratic confidence that converts contested value judgments into optimization problems, the class bias of people for whom policy levers feel real and individual suffering is data.
Bloom shows that beliefs shape enjoyment. The extension is to show how entire status hierarchies are stabilized through that process. Taste is coordinated belief about what is worth enjoying, and the coordination tracks social position. People learn to experience pleasure in the ways their coalition rewards.
If the mind develops through resistance and if meaning arises from effort and contrast, then environments that systematically remove friction should produce measurable deficits in patience, frustration tolerance, theory of mind, and moral judgment. Those predictions are testable. Longitudinal studies tracking these traits in populations with differential AI exposure would treat AI not as a philosophical risk but as a natural experiment in cognitive ecology.

‘A Big Misunderstanding’

Against Empathy opens by telling critics they have misunderstood the term. Bloom opposes a specific cognitive operation: feeling what another feels, taking on their perspective emotionally, letting that emotional identification guide judgment. Rational compassion, the book says, is what we want. Emotional empathy is what we should distrust. People who defend empathy, the book suggests, are defending something he is not attacking.
The move relocates the argument. The substantive dispute is about which moral sentiments should govern policy. Defenders of empathy hold that emotional identification with suffering grounds moral life, that the mother who feels her child’s pain is the template for ethics, that the cosmopolitan who calibrates distant suffering through aggregation has severed the root of morality. That is a moral argument between rival coalitions. Bloom’s reply, that his critics have misunderstood his technical term, turns it into a definitional argument. The coalition that wins the definitional fight wins the moral fight without having to make it.
The frame does three things at once.
It relocates the dispute. Moral disagreement about which sentiments should guide policy becomes definitional disagreement about what empathy means.
It relocates the deficit. The side that loses the definitional argument looks conceptually confused rather than morally rival. The religious moralist, the particularist, the nationalist, the tough-on-crime voter are not moral rivals with a different value system. They are men who have not read the studies and have conflated their terms.
It relocates the status hierarchy. The clarifier occupies the position of reason. The confused opponent occupies the position of unclear thinking. Bloom sits at the top of the hierarchy his frame creates.
This matters because the framed-as-technical dispute never resolves. Decades of Bloom’s patient clarification have not ended the defense of empathy. Religious moralists keep defending religious morality. Traditionalists keep defending traditional sacrifice. If the disputes were really misunderstandings, clarification would end them. They persist because they are coalition fights over which moral vocabulary should have public authority. The clarifier frame suppresses that recognition in its users. The persistence of the disputes, despite decades of explanation, is evidence that the frame is wrong about what the disputes are.
Against Empathy targets particular kinds of empathy. Empathy for crime victims that drives harsh sentencing. Empathy for near kin that crowds out distant suffering. Empathy for the identifiable child over the statistical many. Each target maps onto the moral intuitions of Bloom’s coalition rivals. Tough-on-crime voters. Religious particularists. Nationalists. Parents who prioritize their own children. The book delegitimizes rival moral sentiment in the vocabulary of cognitive bias while presenting as moral refinement.
David Pinsof’s argument about morality clarifies what is happening here. Moral vocabularies are coalition weapons. They cannot function as weapons while announcing that they are weapons. The nice part has to live on the surface. The mean part has to live underground. Participants in a moral coalition cannot experience their moral vocabulary as a coalition weapon, because the experience of moral seriousness is part of what makes the weapon work. Rational compassion is not nice. It is the vocabulary by which an educated, analytically trained coalition delegitimizes rival moral sentiment. It looks nice because the coalitional function has to stay hidden or the tool breaks.
The religious-grounding question is treated this way too. Bloom is openly atheist and says so in print. The books explain religious belief as a cognitive artifact of innate dualism. The register is measured rather than combative. The register does not change what is happening. Readers draw the conclusion the books imply. The argument that religious belief has natural cognitive explanation does coalition work against religious moral authority while presenting as descriptive psychology. A religious reader who objects gets told he has misunderstood, that the book describes psychology and does not adjudicate metaphysics. The misunderstanding frame lets the coalition work proceed without triggering the coalition defense that a direct attack would trigger.
The substantive arguments religious moralists make, that secular naturalist morality corrodes social trust, weakens family bonds, or fails to produce the virtues religious traditions produce, do not get engaged. Bloom engages a simpler claim, that morality requires God to exist at all, and answers it with infant helper-preference studies. That is the version of the opponent his framework can defeat. The version his framework cannot defeat goes unaddressed.
The Sweet Spot performs the same move on the question of meaning. The book argues that chosen suffering produces meaning: endurance sports, difficult art, demanding parenthood. A reader might take this as endorsement of the traditional valorization of sacrifice, duty, religious asceticism. The reader has misunderstood. Bloom means chosen suffering in the pursuit of self-authored projects. The frame rules out sacrifice for God, for nation, for a patriarchal family structure, for ancestral obligation. Self-authorship remains the coalition’s moral criterion. The book appears to engage traditional intuitions about sacrifice while gutting them.
The same pattern runs through Bloom’s podcast appearances. He presents disagreements as mutual learning. He concedes small points. He acknowledges that a critic has a fair concern. He then restates his position with a clarification that neutralizes the objection. The critic who thought he had landed a punch discovers the punch concerned a misunderstanding. The substantive disagreement remains unaddressed because the disagreement has been relocated to the definitional register where Bloom is always the patient clarifier.
Consider Bloom’s handling of Sam Harris’s critics. Harris’s critics say he harbors animus toward Islam, that his utilitarian defenses of torture reveal darker commitments, that his rationalist pose masks political preferences. Harris replies that critics misunderstand the arguments, misread the context, quote out of order. Bloom affirms the frame. Harris is misunderstood. The critics have not done the reading. Two clarifiers validate each other’s misunderstanding frame. The rival coalitions remain, by this rhetorical procedure, permanently in the position of not having understood.
The frame requires a clarifier who looks neutral. Canadian mildness, pauses, qualification, willingness to say “I could be wrong about this but,” first-person voice, small personal stories: all signal the disinterested explainer. The neutral explainer is the coalition’s most valuable kind of carrier. He appears not to be fighting the fight his vocabulary wins.
Andrew Gelman’s 2010 post on How Pleasure Works shows a related version of the frame working at the level of book reception. The subtitle promises “The New Science of Why We Like What We Like.” A Vanessa Thorpe article quotes the book as saying humans cannot get pleasure from the way something looks. Gelman finds the strong version silly and notes that a weaker version, that aesthetic response is always mediated by social context and belief, is defensible. The strong version carries the popular reception. The weak version survives scrutiny. When challenged, the weak version can be offered as what Bloom really meant. The strong version had done the work of selling the book. The frame lets the book function at two different levels of claim simultaneously.
Susan Gelman’s response to The Lure of Luxury shows the frame operating through omission rather than definitional retreat. Bloom’s essay argues that essentialist reasoning drives luxury consumption: objects touched by admired figures gain value through their histories. Susan Gelman agrees with the analysis and objects that it is incomplete. The same essentialist machinery drives negative contagion: organs from members of despised groups feel contaminated; objects touched by stigmatized populations carry their stigma. Bloom wrote the connoisseurship application of essentialism. He left the discrimination application aside. The essentialism research program is one he helped build. The selective application of the shared theory to its coalition-compatible half is a choice the theory itself does not require.
Bloom’s response to Susan Gelman thanks her for raising the dark side, says he shares the interest, cites his own work on negative contagion from admired and despised figures, and moves on. The framing of the original essay remains unchanged. The concession operates at the level of interest. The framing operates at the level of which half of the theory reaches the popular audience. Concession absorbs critique without revising the selection.
Virginia Postrel’s response to the same essay shows yet another version. Bloom offers three explanations for luxury consumption: status, aesthetic pleasure, history. He omits a fourth, which Postrel’s own work emphasizes: social meaning, identity signaling, glamour. Bloom’s choice to emphasize history, Postrel writes, “suggests the rationalist’s yearning for objectivity.” History has dates and provenance. Meaning and glamour resist the analytical method. Bloom writes the version of the phenomenon the method can process.
Four sympathetic critics, all inside the empirical cognitive science world Bloom inhabits, independently notice the selection pattern. Andrew Gelman notices it at the level of strong-claim-hiding-behind-weak-claim in How Pleasure Works. Susan Gelman notices it at the level of positive-essentialism-without-negative-essentialism in The Lure of Luxury. Postrel notices it at the level of history-without-meaning. L.A. Paul, in the Transformative Experience exchange, notices that Bloom’s empirical answers do not meet her philosophical questions. None of the four are hostile. None are outside the coalition. All describe, in their own vocabularies, the same selection.
The misunderstanding frame is the rhetorical procedure that handles these critiques without revising the pattern. The critic is thanked. The interest is shared. The framing stays as it was. The coalition-compatible half of each book remains the half that reaches the audience. The uncompatible half stays in the footnotes, the responses, the conceded-but-not-incorporated margin.

The Tacit

Bloom is a master practitioner of the tacit codes of his profession. He knows, without being able to state the rules, what a public intellectual in academic psychology can and cannot say. He knows which findings can be emphasized and which must be muted. He knows how to frame a politically charged claim so that the framing absorbs the charge. He knows which colleagues can be cited approvingly and which cannot. He knows what tone to strike with religious traditions, with conservative moral claims, with nationalist sentiment. He has not learned these things from explicit instruction. He has absorbed them across decades of apprenticeship, graduate school, tenure, editorial relationships, and public performance. The tacit grasp is his most valuable professional possession. It lets him move through charged terrain without triggering the protections his field maintains against its own examination.
Bloom and his fellow public-intellectual psychologists do not share a rulebook. Each has absorbed his own version of the tacit codes. Paul Bloom, Steven Pinker, Jonathan Haidt, Adam Grant, Dan Gilbert: each reads the limits differently. Each runs a slightly different calibration of where the electric fence sits. When they converge on similar positions, they converge because each has learned from overlapping training environments to sense the same dangers. It is the convergence of many individually learned survival habits on similar outputs.
Andrew Gelman’s case shows the same structure. Gelman could not name the tacit codes at Columbia because from inside them the codes do not look like codes. They look like his own judgment about what is worth saying. If you asked Bloom to specify the rules that govern what he can publish in The New Yorker, he would describe his decisions as his own editorial judgment about what makes an interesting essay. He could not list the rules because the rules operate tacitly. The rules are not the kind of thing that could be listed even by the most introspective practitioner. They exist as a set of acquired sensitivities that surface as judgments about what seems interesting, worth saying, appropriate.
Bloom writes about moral psychology. Moral psychology studies how people learn to classify, judge, and react without being able to state the rules they follow. Bloom’s research on infants shows preferences for helpers over hinderers. The preferences are tacit. Bloom extracts them through behavioral measures. His career involves articulating the tacit structure of moral cognition. Bloom’s method works on infants because infants cannot hide their tacit responses behind articulate justifications. The method works less well on adults, who cover their tacit responses with post-hoc rationalizations.
Bloom’s charisma operates tacitly. His calm, his self-deprecation, his mild manner: these are not deployed from a list of charisma techniques. He concedes the small point because his tacit grasp of the interview situation tells him that a concession here will land well. The tacit grasp is the product of thousands of prior performances in which concessions were rewarded and defensiveness punished. The charisma looks natural because it runs below the level of explicit planning. The naturalness is not natural. It is the residue of long training in a specific ecology of professional performance, most of whose rules Bloom could not state.
Bloom’s audience participates in the same tacit codes. The New Yorker reader knows, without having to be told, what counts as a thoughtful public intellectual. The TED audience knows, without explicit instruction, which register of voice signals rigor and which signals sentimentality. The podcast listener recognizes, in Bloom’s pauses and qualifications, the affect of considered thought. Bloom performs the affect without thinking through its components. The audience reads the affect without thinking through what they are reading. The communication succeeds because both parties have been trained in the same ecology of signals. Much of what transmits is tacit recognition of shared class-coded signals, and that the substantive arguments ride on top of the recognition. The reader who accepts Bloom’s position often accepts it because Bloom performs the tacit signals of a trustworthy source, not because the reader has followed the argument through its premises.
Critics of empathy from traditionalist or religious positions get read as cranks. Bloom’s same criticisms get read as sober psychology. The traditionalist critic signals the wrong codes — too passionate, too particularist, too tied to unfashionable authorities. Bloom signals the right codes. The argument survives scrutiny because the codes have already secured assent before scrutiny begins.

Charisma and Social Paradoxes

Bloom on a podcast admits uncertainty early. He laughs at his own prior view. He says he has changed his mind on some question over the years. A threatened academic hoards his certainties. A secure one distributes them. The audience hears the self-correction and thinks: this man pursues truth. The coalition hears it and thinks: this man holds the high ground so firmly he can concede ground on the low slopes.
Bloom’s kindly manner functions as charisma. The scholar who does not shout, does not mock, does not sneer has his critiques received as observations. A Dawkins scolds and pays for it. A Harris prosecutes and pays for it. Bloom describes and is thanked for his patience. Bloom plays the diplomat.
Consider Bloom’s handling of interviewers who push him. He does not bristle. He reframes the question. He finds a kernel of agreement. He concedes a small point. He returns to his position with the kernel folded in. The interviewer feels heard. The audience sees generosity. The position goes untouched. The charismatic man metabolizes challenges into evidence of his own openness.
Bloom writes in clean declarative sentences. He uses first person. He tells small personal stories. He admits when a study is preliminary. He says things like “I could be wrong about this, but…” The reader meets a man rather than a credential. The charismatic writer harvests trust and spends it on claims the coalition needs made.
Sam Harris speaks in clipped certainties. Bloom speaks in qualified musings. The doubter who resists Harris often surrenders to Bloom. Charisma lets the coalition extract concessions that force could not extract.
Bloom is the rigorous scientist who is also the warm humanist. Academic psychology rewards technical precision, statistical care, controlled experiments. Popular writing rewards feeling, story, moral weight. A man who writes only in the technical mode does not reach The New Yorker. A man who writes only in the humanist mode does not hold a chair at Yale. Bloom writes in both modes and lets each appearance cover the other. His popular essays reference his lab. His lab work references its humanist stakes. The paradox disappears.
Bloom is the critic of empathy who is visibly compassionate. Against Empathy risks looking cold. Bloom performs warmth throughout. He talks about his children. He expresses concern for suffering. He emphasizes that rational compassion is still compassion. The reader cannot catch him being the heartless rationalist his argument might produce in lesser hands. The paradox of the warm critic of warmth dissolves in his person.
Bloom is the secular naturalist who speaks respectfully about religion. Descartes’ Baby argues religious belief is a cognitive artifact. Bloom delivers with care. He cites religious thinkers. He acknowledges the moral weight of religious traditions. He avoids the Dawkins register. The paradox: he undermines the truth claims of religion while honoring its practitioners. The paradox is not resolved. The practitioners are still being undermined. The courtesy lets the undermining proceed without triggering coalition defense from religious rivals. The smooth performance buys the argument cover.
Bloom is the rationalist who values meaning. The Sweet Spot argues for chosen suffering as the path to meaning. Bloom writes meaning talk in rationalist prose. He cites psychology, evolution, and experiment. The paradox: rigorous argument for something rigorous argument tends to explain away. The reader gets rigor and meaning without having to choose.
Bloom is the independent thinker who never strays from coalition consensus. Bloom writes against empathy, against the blank slate, against sentimental views of childhood. Each move signals independence. Each move lands within coalition tolerance. The coalition prizes independence that confirms its priors. Pinsof’s paradox: the coalition demands that members look independent and be loyal. The smooth performer stages independence on pre-approved topics. Bloom has mastered the staging.
Bloom is the public intellectual who is also the serious scholar. Public intellectuals get dismissed by scholars as popularizers. Scholars get dismissed by the public as pedants. Bloom holds both titles. He publishes in journals. He publishes in magazines. He teaches graduate students. He writes trade books. Each role gives the other cover. The paradox runs: depth requires withdrawal from the public; reach requires simplification scholars distrust. Bloom distributes his attention so the paradox never surfaces. He never appears to be cashing scholarly chips for popular fame, even as he does. The smoothness is the charisma.
The coalition’s ideal member is the man who performs contradictions without visible strain. The strain shows up in lesser performers as defensiveness, as brittleness, as the sharp edge that appears when the paradox bites. Bloom shows no strain. The absence of strain is what makes him the valuable coalition member. He can carry loads that crack other carriers.

Convenient Beliefs

Start with academic psychology as a profession. The field operates on beliefs its practitioners cannot easily examine. That the replication crisis reveals something structural about the field’s epistemic practices rather than a set of sloppy labs that can be fixed. That the field’s secular liberal demographic monoculture shapes which hypotheses get formulated, funded, and published. That core constructs like empathy, bias, prejudice, and open-mindedness are folk concepts elevated to scientific status through coalition preference rather than conceptual refinement. That the research base on moral psychology runs on WEIRD samples and cannot support the universal claims drawn from it. A psychologist who pursued these questions rigorously would find his scientific identity in question.
Stephen Turner’s point about convenient beliefs is that they become visible only under pressure the institution does not normally apply. The beliefs feel obvious from inside because the institution is organized to make them feel obvious. They are not held as conclusions of inquiry. They are the conditions for being recognized as a serious inquirer in the first place. Examining them is not prohibited by rule. Examining them is what a serious researcher does not do, by the internal logic of what counts as serious research.
Bloom writes trade books grounded in the academic research base. His Substack pieces on developmental psychology and on academic monoculture show that he examines the field’s methodological and political problems. The critiques are real, some republished in the Chronicle of Higher Education. What he does not do, and what a rigorous application of his own framework would suggest doing, is examine whether the generalizations the trade books draw from the research base are supported by the base. That examination is a different kind than the replication-crisis critique. It asks whether the WEIRD-sampled, elite-university-conducted, published-in-certain-journals body of research can underwrite claims about human moral cognition generally, and whether the popular reception of those claims treats them as more robust than the research community does. The examination is available. It is not taken.
Consider the specific books.
Against Empathy rests on the belief that rational compassion and emotional empathy are separable cognitive operations that can be ranked on rigor. The separation lets the book rank them and place rational compassion higher. The ranking depends on prior moral commitments the book does not defend. Rational compassion weights distant suffering equally with near suffering. Emotional empathy weights the near over the distant. The weighting is a moral commitment. A moralist who weights near over distant is not cognitively confused. He holds a rival moral view.
Defending rational compassion as a moral commitment would require arguing that cosmopolitan universalism is morally superior to particularist loyalty. That argument has to be made on moral grounds. It has no empirical settlement. Framing the question as one of cognitive rigor rather than moral commitment lets the book skip the argument. Andrew Gelman’s 2015 exchange with L.A. Paul over transformative experience shows a version of the same move in a different domain. Paul raises the philosophical question. Bloom answers with empirical research on how parents feel after the decision. Gelman sides with Paul on the philosophical question. The empirical answer does not reach it.
Just Babies rests on the belief that showing moral intuitions in infants establishes that secular naturalist morality has the same foundations as religious morality, so the religious grounding is dispensable. The infant studies show preferences for helpers over hinderers and rudimentary fairness responses in six-month-olds. The studies are compatible with many moral systems and decisive among none. Preferences for helpers do not ground cosmopolitan universalism any more than they ground family loyalty, honor culture, or religious-tribal morality. The book’s moral payoff, secular naturalism can do the moral work religion claimed exclusively, is not supplied by the research. It is supplied by the coalition commitments of the author and his readers. The research provides the frame. The coalition provides the conclusion.
Descartes’ Baby rests on the belief that explaining religious belief as a cognitive artifact of innate dualism does not touch the truth of religious claims. In the book’s explicit framing, psychological explanation and metaphysical assessment are separate. In the book’s reception, and in the coalition reading that carries the book, the explanation does corrode the truth claim. Bloom is openly atheist. Readers draw the implication the book supports. The separation between explanation and assessment is rhetorical. The claim of neutrality lets the work proceed without triggering coalition defense from religious rivals. The work proceeds regardless.
The Sweet Spot rests on the belief that chosen suffering produces meaning and that self-authorship defines what makes the choosing legitimate. The framework rules out the forms of suffering most human cultures have treated as meaning-generating: sacrifice for God, family duty, national service, ancestral obligation, acceptance of fate. The book classifies these as unchosen and therefore less generative of meaning. This is a coalition commitment dressed as a universal finding about meaning. The research base does not contain a finding that self-authorship is the universal meaning-giving structure. The claim arrives from the coalition’s moral vocabulary and exits wearing the clothing of psychology.
The Lure of Luxury is the clearest case. Susan Gelman, one of the developers of psychological essentialism research alongside Bloom, reviewed the essay and agreed with the analysis as far as it went. Her objection was that it did not go far enough. The same essentialist machinery that makes a Kennedy watch valuable makes a donated organ from a member of a despised group feel contaminated. Positive contagion was in the essay. Negative contagion was not. Bloom’s reply conceded the interest and left the framing unchanged. Virginia Postrel’s critique pointed at a different omission. Bloom gave three explanations for luxury consumption. He left out identity and social meaning, which her own work on glamour emphasizes. Bloom’s preference for history, Postrel wrote, suggested “the rationalist’s yearning for objectivity.” History is tractable. Meaning resists the method. The book wrote the tractable half.
In all four book cases and the Boston Review exchange, the pattern is consistent. The coalition-compatible framing reaches the popular audience. The framing whose implications would trouble the coalition stays in footnotes, responses, conceded interests, and unstated elsewhere-in-the-literature. Sympathetic critics inside the empirical cognitive science world, Andrew Gelman, Susan Gelman, Postrel, L.A. Paul, independently notice the selection. The critics do not accuse Bloom of bad faith. They point at the pattern and ask for the other half.
Turner’s frame suggests why the pattern persists under critique. Convenient beliefs do not survive by being unexamined once. They survive by being held as one’s own considered positions, because the institution does not reward positions that feel institutionally produced. Bloom’s calm, his measured register, his willingness to concede small points, his first-person voice, his “I could be wrong about this but” all signal that his views have been examined and held on their merits. Turner’s point is that this signal is structurally required. The convenient belief most structurally required for a public intellectual in Bloom’s position is that his public positions are his own considered conclusions. The positions are conclusions he reached. They are also the positions his institutional location makes available for him to reach. Both can be true at once, and the framework does not require deciding between them.
Bloom’s convenient beliefs are not idiosyncratic. They are the convenient beliefs of his profession, his publishing ecosystem, his podcast network, his university, and the editorial offices that commission his essays. He did not invent them. He inherited them as part of what it means to occupy the position he occupies. A different man in a different institutional ecology would hold different convenient beliefs and would experience them, in turn, as his own considered conclusions. The point is not that Bloom is unusually captured. The point is that the position produces the positions, that the positions are compatible with the evidence without being dictated by it, and that the sympathetic-critic evidence shows the selection pattern clearly enough that an honest account of what his work does requires naming the pattern.
That is the work his work does not do. It is the work his framework most clearly calls for. It is the work he cannot do from his current position without giving up the position. The essay’s claim is not that he should. The claim is that the work is absent, that the absence fits a pattern visible across the books, and that the pattern can be described without claiming access to his motives. The pattern is what his own discipline’s tools, turned on his own profession, would find.

Watergate as Democratic Ritual and Cultural Trauma

Bloom edits Behavioral and Brain Sciences. He sits at the symbolic center of the academic-media prestige system. His calm, his kindness, his refusal of the backlash register: these place him in the zone of sacred civic discourse. The zone grants him the right to define what counts as rational moral sentiment and what counts as bias.
Bloom generalizes constantly. Just Babies moves from baby studies to the moral foundations of humanity. Against Empathy moves from experimental findings about emotional identification to claims about how a society should feel. Descartes’ Baby moves from cognitive psychology to metaphysical religion. The Sweet Spot moves from chosen suffering to meaning. Each book takes the same upward step: specific psychological finding, then civic and moral value. The generalization pitches his coalition’s positions at the sacred register, where rivals look partisan by comparison.
Bloom’s writing sorts constantly. Rational compassion goes on the pure side. Emotional empathy goes on the impure side. The tough-on-crime voter goes on the impure side. Effective altruism spreadsheet reasoning goes on the pure side. Careful footnotes go on the pure side. Shouted conviction goes on the impure side. He does not announce the sorting. He performs it through example, tone, and selection. The sorting is the work his coalition needs done.
Bloom constructs anti-traumas. He takes what his coalition’s rivals experience as sources of moral weight — religious conviction, particularist loyalty, emotional identification with the near — and recodes them as errors. The rival’s claim to moral pain becomes, in Bloom’s hands, evidence of cognitive bias. The tough-on-crime voter’s rage at the criminal appears as an empathy miscalibration. The religious moralist’s horror at secular licentiousness appears as a cognitive artifact of innate dualism. The particularist’s love of his own people appears as a parochial limitation on rational compassion. A trauma narrative grants moral standing to its victims. An anti-trauma narrative strips moral standing from what someone else calls their pain. Bloom’s coalition gains a spokesman who can delegitimize rival pain claims in the vocabulary of science. Bloom’s work is an anti-trauma counter-narrative to the trauma narratives his rivals tell.
Bloom carries his coalition’s claims through specific institutional channels: Yale, Toronto, The New Yorker, The Atlantic, TED, Making Sense with Sam Harris, the trade book market. Each channel shapes the claim. The New Yorker essay differs from the academic paper differs from the podcast appearance. Each venue does the anti-trauma-construction work in a different key. Bloom’s career shows a carrier moving through aesthetic, pedagogical, and scientific arenas, carrying the same coalition claims in different registers.
Bloom operates across the scientific and the aesthetic. His lab work licenses his New Yorker essays. His New Yorker essays license his TED talks. His TED talks license his trade books. The scientific arena gives him the appearance of disciplined rigor. The aesthetic arena gives him reach. Each arena covers for what the other cannot do alone. The social-paradox performance that Pinsof describes looks, in Alexander’s vocabulary, like cross-arena translation. The paradox of the rigorous scientist who is also the warm humanist gets resolved by sliding between arenas with different rules.

Hybrid Vigor

Bloom is a psychologist who has built a career arguing that much of what we call morality is less noble than it appears, most famously in Against Empathy and The Sweet Spot. The hybrid vigor essay pushes on several of his moves.
Bloom argues that empathy is a poor moral guide because it is parochial, innumerate, and easily manipulated. He stops short of the full evolutionary deflation. The essay goes further. Human moral emotion is a debt-accounting system shaped by selection for detecting cheaters. Guilt, shame, indignation, and gratitude manage reciprocal exchange rather than evidence genuine altruism. Bloom keeps a residual commitment to reason and compassion as legitimate moral guides once empathy is set aside. The Trivers reading suggests reason and compassion are in the same evolutionary ledger as empathy, differing in sophistication rather than in kind.
The costly signaling section reframes his work on moral behavior. Bloom has written about moral circle expansion, effective altruism, and the psychology of giving. Zahavian signaling turns every public act of virtue into a handicap display establishing fitness. The billionaire who gives away half his fortune demonstrates that he can afford to. This is uncomfortable for Bloom’s framework because his case against empathy preserves the idea that reasoned beneficence is available as an alternative. Costly signaling treats reasoned beneficence as another signal in the same market.
His work on the origins of moral judgment in infants fits kin selection and Hamilton’s rule more cleanly than he usually emphasizes. His Just Babies argued for an innate moral sense visible in pre-verbal children. The essay’s kin selection framing predicts exactly that: a selection-shaped psychology that treats genetic relatedness as the primary criterion for cooperation and generates moral responses from that base. His data fits. His interpretation is more charitable to the moral sense than the underlying selection pressure warrants.
Parasite stress challenges his universalism. Bloom writes for an educated American audience and treats his conclusions as applicable across cultures. The parasite stress hypothesis suggests that in-group preference, conformity pressure, and outgroup hostility are adaptive immune responses in high-pathogen environments and that the progressive story of contact dissolving prejudice might be true in low-pathogen environments and false in high-pathogen ones. His framework does not carry this qualifier.
Life history theory pressures his chapters on class and parenting. Bloom acknowledges class differences in outcomes but tends to treat them as products of environment in the policy-intervention sense. Life history theory treats impulsivity, short-termism, high mating effort, and low parental investment as adaptive calibrations to mortality environments rather than as failures of character or cultural deficits. Interventions that treat fast life history strategies as simply wrong will fail because they address the expression rather than the calibration. Bloom’s work does not generally engage this literature.
The frequency-dependent selection section makes a quiet point against The Sweet Spot. Bloom argues that suffering and effort contribute to meaningful lives. Frequency-dependent selection suggests that cooperators and defectors stabilize at ratios that reward the cheater strategy when it is rare. The top of most professional hierarchies contains more of the cheater phenotype than his model of meaning-through-effort predicts. Meaning might be available to most people. The positions that confer status and resources select against it.
Bloom writes carefully and avoids the hardest biological readings. The essay pushes him toward them. His psychology is compatible with the selection story. His moral commitments resist the selection story carrying all the way through. That tension is the productive place for his next book.
Signal parasitism operates on Bloom’s credentials in familiar ways. The MIT PhD under Susan Carey, the Yale tenure, the Cognition papers, and the APA awards all signal rigorous cognitive science. The signals travel with him into trade books, podcasts, and public commentary on moral and political questions. The borrowing gives his moral philosophy arguments the aura of science even where the arguments are philosophical rather than empirical. The aura serves his coalition’s project of presenting secular rationalist morality as the scientific default that religious and traditional alternatives must meet. The coalition that embraces this framing does not typically demand the same empirical rigor of its own political conclusions that it demands of traditionalist opponents.
Descartes’ Baby in 2004 integrated developmental psychology with philosophy of mind to argue that infants are natural dualists. How Pleasure Works in 2010 crossed psychology with aesthetics to argue that pleasure depends on beliefs about essences. Just Babies in 2013 brought evolutionary moral psychology together with developmental data to argue that infants have rudiments of moral sense. Each book did something that purebred versions of either parent tradition could not have done alone. Developmental psychology without the philosophy produced less interesting claims. Philosophy without the developmental data had no empirical ground. The crossings produced combinatorial capacity neither pure line possessed.
Against Empathy in 2016 represents the limit case of how far the crossing could go without triggering expulsion. The argument attacked empathy as a moral guide, called it biased and innumerate, and recommended what Bloom termed rational compassion in its place. The argument drew on utilitarian philosophy the coalition treated with ambivalence, on evolutionary reasoning the coalition had partially excommunicated, and on behavioral economics the coalition tolerated without loving. It landed a direct hit on a central vocabulary item of progressive moral discourse. Empathy had been built into the coalition’s self-description for two generations. Bloom said it was the pathology, not the remedy.
The immune response this might have triggered did not trigger, or triggered only weakly, for reasons the biology illuminates. The crossing produced a hybrid that looked compatible with coalition premises at the surface. Rational compassion could be read as an upgrade of empathy rather than as an attack on it. A coalition member could agree with Bloom without feeling she had betrayed the coalition. The book’s argument was sharper than its reception suggested, but the framing had been engineered for coalition survival. This was adaptive countershading at the intellectual level. The surface did not trip the detection system. The content underneath did the work the countershading concealed.
His countershading differs from Baker’s in an instructive way. Baker paints the surface flat to appear agenda-less. Bloom does the opposite. He states positions, takes arguments where they lead, answers critics directly. What he countershades is the coalition-threat signal. He criticizes particular coalition pieties in language calibrated to sound like coalition-internal self-correction rather than foreign attack. A progressive reader could finish Against Empathy believing Bloom had strengthened her worldview by correcting a local error. A conservative reader could finish the same book believing Bloom had exposed the coalition’s moral confusion. Both readings had textual support. The book countershaded not on position but on coalition affiliation, and both populations could classify Bloom as the organism they wanted him to be.
Horizontal gene transfer fits Bloom’s method. He imports developmental psychology’s experimental rigor into moral philosophy. The apparatus was built to track how children form concepts, acquire language, and develop theory of mind. The tools retain their shape when moved into moral philosophy. The host environment changes what the tools can show. Developmental experiments with infants can measure preferences for helpers over hinderers. They cannot settle which moral framework adults should adopt. Bloom is careful about the gap in his academic work. In his trade books the gap narrows. Readers take the empirical results as settling normative questions the results cannot settle. The method migrates and carries authority into a domain where its authority does not fully apply.
Phenotypic plasticity shows across his venues. In Cognition and Psychological Science he publishes experimental papers with standard disciplinary conventions. In his trade books he writes in the conversational register of American popular psychology. On his Substack Small Potatoes he writes shorter pieces with more personal voice. On the Psych Podcast he performs the role of interested professor in dialogue with guests. On Twitter and in media appearances he calibrates tone for the specific audience. Same man, different phenotypes shaped by venue. The phenotypes are mutually reinforcing. The trade books cite the academic work. The podcast promotes the trade books. The Substack sustains the broader public engagement between books.
Exaptation describes what he does with developmental psychology’s findings. The research program emerged to answer questions about how children acquire cognitive structure. The questions had clear scientific motivations. Bloom repurposes the findings to address philosophical and political debates about moral reasoning in adults. The infant morality work, which he popularized as evidence that humans have innate moral intuitions, gets deployed against cultural-relativist accounts of morality. The move serves a specific coalition project, the defense of universal human nature against postmodern constructivism. The original research aimed at developmental mechanisms. The deployed research serves philosophical warfare against rival schools. The trait evolved for one function and gets used for another.
Exaptation also fits his use of rationalist moral philosophy. The Peter Singer-Derek Parfit-Peter Unger tradition of utilitarian moral reasoning developed within analytic philosophy departments with specific training, assumptions, and argument conventions. Bloom borrows the conclusions without the argumentative infrastructure. Against Empathy presents rational compassion as the alternative to empathy without engaging the deep arguments within moral philosophy about whether utilitarian calculation can actually work as a decision procedure for humans embedded in specific communities. The conclusions travel. The dialectical context that gave the conclusions their meaning does not.
The niche Bloom constructed rewards this crypsis strategy. The public intellectual psychologist niche requires institutional backing, popular readability, contrarian edge, and coalition-compatibility calibrated finely enough to extend across audiences. The niche did not exist in its current form when Bloom began his career. Steven Pinker at Harvard, Jonathan Haidt at NYU, Dan Gilbert at Harvard, Dan Ariely at Duke, and a handful of others constructed it across the two decades following the late 1990s. Bloom occupies a sub-niche within it, distinguishable from the others by his specific calibration of contrarianism and coalition-compatibility. Pinker ran further from the coalition and took more immune-response damage. Bloom ran less far and took less damage.
The endosymbiotic relationship Bloom has with the publishing and media ecosystem deepens this. He needs the publishers, podcast networks, and magazine outlets for distribution. They need him for credible intellectual product that carries the stamp of empirical science while remaining accessible to general audiences. The relationship has co-evolved over decades into something neither party can easily exit. A publisher that could not place Bloom’s books on its list would lose a significant genre. Bloom could produce his work without the publishers only at reduced reach and reduced coalition-membership signal. Each party’s dependency on the other shapes what Bloom produces and what the publishers publish, though the shaping operates through selection rather than through explicit direction.
Bloom operates a mixed life history strategy. The academic side runs pure slow life history: tenure, long book projects, doctoral supervision, journal publication. The public intellectual side runs faster: podcast episodes, Substack posts, interviews, book-tour appearances. He sustains both because the slow side provides the institutional substrate that makes the fast side credible, and the fast side provides the audience and income that make the slow side financially viable in the current academic environment. Neither side alone would sustain the career. Together they produce a combined strategy that matches the current ecosystem’s rewards better than either pure strategy would.
Psych in 2023 is the fullest expression of the mixed strategy. The book is his Yale introductory course rendered for general readers, and it fuses the two sides of his career into a single artifact rather than keeping them in separate channels. A textbook runs on slow life history time: committee-approved, citation-dense, written to survive adoption cycles across hundreds of syllabi. A trade psychology book runs on fast life history time: narrative-driven, personality-forward, calibrated to bookstore display tables and podcast appearances. Psych does both. It teaches the material a semester covers while sounding like a man talking to you. Academic reviewers treated it as a credible introduction to the field. Trade reviewers treated it as a readable book by a recognizable author. Adoption in intro courses proceeded alongside general-audience sales. Neither market forced the book into its own idiom. The artifact survives in both because Bloom built it to survive in both, and he could build it because he had spent twenty years running the two life history strategies in parallel until each developed the traits the fused product needed. Peers who ran only one track produced either textbooks no general reader picked up or trade books no department adopted.
The comparison with Mickey Kaus sharpens the framework’s point. Kaus crossed for intellectual vigor and refused the countershading that might have preserved his institutional standing. Bloom crossed for intellectual vigor and developed sophisticated countershading that protected his standing while allowing the crossing to continue. Neither man was more honest than the other in any morally relevant sense. Both believed their arguments. Both produced work with genuine hybrid vigor. The difference lay in how they handled the coalition’s detection systems. Kaus walked through the detection grid in visible form and accepted the consequences. Bloom learned to move through it in a way the detection system could not reliably classify as threat. The biology does not rank these strategies as better or worse. It observes that they produce different fitness outcomes under the selection pressures each man faced.
The conditions that allowed Bloom’s strategy to work are specific and temporary. The crossings Bloom performed were across disciplines, not across the coalition’s most heavily guarded political topics. He criticized empathy, not affirmative action. He brought in evolutionary psychology, not sociobiology applied to group differences. He took on moral philosophy, not the moral status of specific coalition alliances. The countershading works better on adjacent topics than on central ones. Whether the niche remains viable for the next generation of heterodox academic psychologists remains an empirical question the framework keeps open.

‘E Pluribus Unum: Diversity and Community in the Twenty-first Century’

Against Empathy builds on the empirical literature showing that empathic concern is biased toward in-group members, attractive individuals, identifiable victims, and people who resemble the empathizer. Bloom treats these biases as reasons to replace empathic moral reasoning with rational compassion that weighs distant and unattractive beneficiaries equally with near ones. Putnam’s data suggest the argument carries costs the book does not develop. The in-group bias Bloom treats as a bug is what Putnam measures as social capital. Thick trust, civic engagement, and communal solidarity all depend on preferential attention to nearby others. A society that successfully shifted from empathic to rational compassion would be a society with less of what Putnam measures. The empathic bias toward the near is the engine of the civic substrate that makes societies work. Rationalizing moral attention toward distant strangers may produce better global utilitarian outcomes. It may also dissolve the local trust that allowed utilitarian calculation to matter in the first place.
Putnam’s framework sharpens the analysis of Bloom’s Haidt disagreement. Jonathan Haidt’s moral foundations theory argues that human morality rests on multiple foundations, including care, fairness, loyalty, authority, and sanctity, with liberals emphasizing the first two and conservatives drawing on all five. Bloom has pushed back against this framework, preferring an account that treats care and fairness as more fundamental and the other foundations as contingent elaborations. Putnam’s data favor Haidt’s reading for specific purposes. The loyalty, authority, and sanctity foundations all address in-group cohesion, the legitimacy of traditional structures, and the bounded communities that produce social capital. Putnam measures the outputs these foundations support. Societies that honor loyalty, authority, and sanctity produce more of the social capital Putnam documents than societies that treat these as atavistic leftovers. Bloom’s narrower moral framework fits a liberal universalist coalition that treats social capital as either a given or an inconvenience. Haidt’s broader framework fits the civic conditions Putnam’s data describe. The Bloom-Haidt dispute is not only an empirical-psychological dispute. It is also a coalition dispute about which moral vocabulary suits the conditions the country actually lives in.
Bloom’s treatment of empathy merits one further note through the frames. He distinguishes emotional empathy, which feels what another feels, from cognitive empathy or perspective-taking. He argues the first is biased and the second is morally useful. The distinction is real and defensible. Putnam’s data suggest a caveat the book does not develop. Emotional empathy is what creates the neighborhood watch, the church casserole for the bereaved family, the volunteer coach, and the local civic association. Cognitive empathy without emotional engagement produces the remote technocrat who understands the distant problem intellectually and does nothing about the neighbor in need. Rational compassion, if practiced at scale, might produce a cohort of morally articulate people who rarely help anyone within walking distance. The civic erosion Putnam measures partly reflects exactly this pattern. Educated professionals report high concern about distant suffering and low engagement with local civic life. Bloom’s preferred moral framework systematizes this pattern and defends it as the mature option. Putnam’s data suggest the pattern is not mature. It is symptomatic of the civic substrate’s thinning.
The Sweet Spot addresses why people choose painful experiences. The book examines marathons, horror movies, spicy food, and other voluntary suffering. The frame fits Putnam’s data in an interesting way. Many of the voluntary sufferings that once gave lives meaning were embedded in communal life: religious fasting with a congregation, physical labor alongside neighbors, military service with a unit, childbirth attended by family and community. The meaning came from the shared context as much as from the suffering itself. Bloom’s examples are mostly individual or small-group. The atomized voluntary suffering of the marathon runner or the horror-movie viewer substitutes for the communal suffering the receding civic infrastructure no longer provides. The book does not name this substitution. Putnam’s framework would. The question of why contemporary people need to manufacture voluntary pain receives part of its answer from the civic decline Putnam documents. The meaning communities once provided through shared ordeal has thinned enough that individuals now seek the ordeal without the community.
Psych offers the general-audience survey of his discipline. The book presents psychology as Bloom’s tribe understands it: experimental, cumulative, broadly replicable after the replication crisis corrections, morally progressive in its implications. The presentation reflects coalition norms about what counts as legitimate psychology. Behavioral genetics gets cautious treatment. Group differences receive the minimum attention the field’s coalition permits. Religious psychology appears mostly as a topic to explain away rather than engage. Traditional moral frameworks appear as objects of study rather than as candidates for truth. The presentation is not dishonest. It reflects the norms of the coalition Bloom belongs to. The norms filter what counts as included in the textbook survey. A psychology textbook produced by a different coalition would emphasize different findings, frame the replication crisis differently, and treat different topics as central. Bloom’s version is the version his tribe produces and the tribe it serves accepts.
One final point the frames make visible. Bloom’s public persona is unusually genial for his coalition. He engages critics charitably, admits uncertainty, and avoids the sharper polemics of his tribe. The persona is a real feature of the man and also a coalition asset. It positions him as the reasonable rationalist voice that skeptics from other tribes can engage without feeling attacked. The positioning serves the coalition’s persuasion project better than sharper rhetoric would. Putnam’s framework helps locate why the persona matters. In a low-trust, fragmented society, charismatic moderates who cross coalition lines carry more weight than partisan advocates. Bloom occupies that niche for his tribe. The niche is valuable precisely because the civic substrate for cross-coalition persuasion has thinned. Charitable engagement becomes scarce and thus prized. The frames predict the niche will become harder to occupy as the civic conditions continue to erode. Younger scholars in Bloom’s coalition have more trouble sustaining his tone. The conditions for his kind of public intellectual work are themselves a product of the civic substrate whose decline his coalition’s broader positions have not reversed.

Hero System

Paul Bloom’s hero system is rational compassion as moral progress, defended by the cognitive scientist who strips away sentimental illusion and explains the mind to the educated public.
The cosmology. The mind is comprehensible through experiment. Babies arrive with innate moral equipment, so morality is not a social construction all the way down. Adults nevertheless get confused by feeling, and most moral errors trace to empathy doing work reason should do. Religion is false. The afterlife is false. Meaning comes from pleasure, struggle, and the small satisfactions of family, craft, and honest inquiry. The Enlightenment project, properly pursued, yields a better morality than the sentimental piety of either pulpit or progressive activism. Science is cumulative. Psychology, at its best, tells us true things about human nature, and those things liberate us from the folk theories that mislead us.
The hero role is the cognitive scientist as public sage. Not the activist, who subordinates findings to conclusions. Not the clinician, who treats symptoms rather than asking how minds work. Not the philosopher, who proceeds from armchair intuition without running the experiment. The hero runs the experiment, writes the book for the smart lay reader, teaches the large lecture class, and keeps his tone civil while saying things that make empathic liberals uncomfortable. He descends from William James, Gordon Allport, Daniel Kahneman, and, most proximately, Steven Pinker. He models a voice: reasonable, warm, willing to offend when the evidence demands it, unwilling to be drafted into either the culture-war right or the activist left.
Symbolic immortality comes through four channels. Experimental findings in the Yale Infant Cognition Center that enter textbooks and shape how the next generation of psychologists thinks about moral development. Trade books that teach educated readers how minds work: Descartes’ Baby, How Pleasure Works, Just Babies, Against Empathy, The Sweet Spot, Psych. The Open Yale Intro Psych course that reaches millions who never set foot in New Haven. The Substack, Small Potatoes, which accumulates subscribers and extends the teaching relationship indefinitely. Each channel places Bloom inside a lineage of psychological popularizers whose names survive because they explained something real to people who wanted to understand themselves.
The damned in Becker’s sense are the empathic moralists who let sentiment override evidence, the religious believers who mistake revelation for knowledge, the postmodernists who deny cognitive science can access truth, the activist academics on either flank who sacrifice findings to politics, and the empathy-driven humanitarians whose caring impulses produce worse outcomes than cooler utilitarian calculation might. A subtler class of the damned: the ideologues inside his own liberal coalition who refuse to acknowledge inconvenient findings about infant morality, sex differences, or the limits of social engineering. Bloom positions himself as willing to notice what his coalition denies, but without ever crossing into the Pinker-style culture-warrior posture that costs reputational capital on the left.
The rituals of election. Yale tenure, two decades. A named chair. The Jacobs Prize. Presidency of the Society for Philosophy and Psychology. Co-editorship of Behavioral and Brain Sciences. Open Yale Course selection. Trade-book blurbs from Pinker, Daniel Gilbert, and Laurie Santos. Appearances on NPR and Conversations with Tyler. Aspen Ideas Festival slots. A United Nations Women’s International Forum lecture on Against Empathy. The Substack’s growth. Each token signals that Bloom has been chosen by the coalition of educated rationalist readers who decide which psychologists matter.
The work gives Bloom’s life its meaning. A man who professes no afterlife must locate his significance somewhere inside the world, and Bloom locates his in the teaching relationship. The Intro Psych course, the books, the Substack essays, the graduate students: these extend his presence past his death. They carry his voice into conversations he will never hear. That is as close to immortality as his cosmology allows, and his cosmology does not allow any closer approximation. The work therefore has to carry more weight than a religious believer’s work has to carry. It is not a rehearsal for the next life. It is the whole of the symbolic life.
The vulnerabilities are four. The replication crisis, which damaged the moral-intuition and priming literatures and which forces a careful psychologist to acknowledge that some of the findings his public persona rests on might not hold. The possibility that rational compassion is itself a sentimental posture, coalition-coded to educated liberal rationalists, that simply redistributes empathy rather than replaces it. The possibility that the civil, reasonable, avuncular public-intellectual voice is a late-Enlightenment niche closing as attention fragments and as both populist right and activist left treat such voices as compromised by their refusal to pick a side. And the possibility that pleasure, meaning, and rational compassion cannot finally bear the weight a godless cosmology asks them to bear, that the Bloom hero system underestimates how much of human flourishing rests on transcendent commitments his rationalism cannot supply.
These vulnerabilities do not destabilize him in the short run. The Substack grows, the books sell, the students apply. But they mark the edges of the territory the hero system can hold. What Bloom cannot write, inside his frame, is a convincing account of moral courage under persecution, religious vocation, or the kinds of meaning that come from obedience to something larger than one’s own considered preferences. He can study such things from outside. He cannot narrate them from inside. That is the cost of the particular hero role he has taken up, and the reason his work, for all its clarity, leaves some readers feeling it has explained the furniture of the mind without quite explaining why the house was built.

‘Morality is Not Nice’

David Pinsof’s essay argues that morality is a weapon. It did not evolve to make people cooperate. It evolved to let coalitions dominate rivals while denying that domination was the point. The nice part lives on the surface. The mean part lives underground. Status goals have to be pursued covertly, because admitting them defeats them. Starbucks does not sell coffee by saying it sells coffee for profit. Morality does not work as a coalition weapon by announcing itself as a coalition weapon.
Bloom’s entire moral vocabulary, rational compassion included, is a coalition weapon whose function requires that its weapon-nature stay hidden. Rational compassion is not nice. It is the vocabulary by which Bloom’s coalition delegitimizes rival moral sentiment. It looks nice because the mean part has to stay underground or the tool breaks.
Against Empathy performs a moral attack while presenting as moral refinement. The attack targets particular kinds of empathy: empathy for crime victims that drives harsher sentencing, empathy for near kin that crowds out distant suffering, empathy for the identifiable child over the statistical many. Each target maps onto the moral intuitions of Bloom’s coalition rivals. Tough-on-crime voters. Religious particularists. Nationalists. Parents who prioritize their own children.
The book delegitimizes rival moral sentiment in the vocabulary of science. It does not say “your moral coalition is my rival and I want to dominate it.” It says “your cognitive bias leads to worse aggregate outcomes.” The second framing is required for the tool to work. Pinsof’s argument is that this is how morality always works. The mean part cannot come to the surface without destroying the weapon.
Bloom participates in a coalition-level moral tool whose function is domination of rival coalitions, and whose operation requires that participants not experience it as domination.
Bloom’s vocabulary is a coalition weapon, and the weapon is part of a weapons system that produces relative peace. Rational compassion, empathy criticism, essentialism critique, all of these are tools in a larger moral armament that keeps coalitions in check by threatening mobilization. The cultural war is the peace. Bloom is a combatant, and the combat is why nobody gets massacred.

Bloom Under Hugo Mercier and John M. Doris

Bloom sits in an unusual position for a subject of Mercier-Doris analysis. Unlike most figures examined in previous essays, Bloom is working within the same broad intellectual tradition that produced Mercier’s own work and that Doris draws from. Bloom is an evolutionary-developmental cognitive psychologist whose conclusions about moral cognition and human nature overlap substantially with what Mercier and Doris have argued. The Mercier-Doris application here is not primarily a critique of a framework that runs against the evidence. It is more an assessment of how Bloom’s specific project within the shared evidentiary base has operated, where it has succeeded, where it has fallen short, and what the integrated framework predicts about his career trajectory.
Take Against Empathy first, which is the book that made Bloom widely known beyond academic psychology. The book argues that empathy, understood as feeling what others feel, is a poor guide to moral decision-making. Empathy is biased toward the near and similar, susceptible to manipulation by vivid particulars at the expense of statistical realities, and systematically produces bad moral judgments when deployed in place of more deliberate moral reasoning. Bloom argues for what he calls rational compassion, a concern for others’ well-being that can be deployed more consistently than empathic identification.
The argument is substantially correct about the specific empirical claims Bloom makes. Empathy does have the biases he documents. The experimental and observational evidence supports his claims about how empathy operates in moral decision-making. Bloom has done the careful scholarly work of reviewing the evidence and drawing appropriate conclusions.
Mercier’s framework adds a specific observation about what the book does and does not accomplish. Bloom’s argument is aimed at how readers think about moral judgment and decision-making. The book assumes that readers who come to understand empathy’s limitations will update their moral reasoning and decision-making accordingly. This is the standard assumption of the rationalist literature on improving moral judgment: present the evidence, show where intuitions mislead, and readers will adjust.
Mercier’s framework suggests this assumption overestimates what such arguments can accomplish. Readers who come to Bloom’s book already hold positions on empathy and moral reasoning that are shaped by their situations and coalition commitments. Those with analytical commitments and stakes in critiques of emotional reasoning find Bloom’s arguments congenial and absorb them into existing frameworks. Those whose commitments are to empathy-centered moral and political positions encounter the arguments as threats to coalition positions and either resist them or absorb them reflectively without updating operational commitments. The book has been influential within specific intellectual communities and has largely failed to penetrate communities whose commitments run the other way.
More importantly for Doris, the book’s behavioral implications have not materialized in the ways its arguments would suggest. Readers who accept Bloom’s critique of empathy do not thereby become more effective moral reasoners or decision-makers. Their moral and political behavior continues to track their situational features, coalition affiliations, and material interests. The acceptance of the critique is reflective belief. The behavior is situational. Bloom has produced sophisticated arguments for specific empirical and conceptual claims. Whether those arguments can alter how readers reason and behave depends on factors the arguments do not address.
Bloom himself has gestured at this in various discussions of his work. He has acknowledged that changing moral reasoning is difficult, that readers often come to his work with commitments that make genuine updating unlikely, and that the practical implications of his arguments for how we should actually organize moral and political life are not straightforward. The acknowledgments suggest he understands some of what Mercier and Doris specify. The understanding has not fully shaped how the work is framed, because the framing still positions the arguments as capable of improving readers’ moral reasoning in ways the cognitive and behavioral evidence suggests they cannot.
Take The Sweet Spot next, which engages the puzzle of why humans voluntarily seek out experiences that involve suffering: horror movies, endurance sports, difficult art, challenging relationships, child-rearing, morally demanding work. Bloom argues that suffering that is chosen, meaningful, and bounded can contribute to lives that are rich and satisfying in ways that lives of pure pleasure cannot be. The book engages philosophical questions about the good life while drawing on psychological research on motivation, meaning, and well-being.
The book is a good example of what academic psychology can contribute to public understanding of human nature when it operates within appropriate epistemic limits. Bloom reviews the evidence, draws conclusions that are defensible given the evidence, and presents his arguments with appropriate acknowledgments of uncertainty. The book is not trying to derive strong normative conclusions from weak evidence. It is trying to help readers think more carefully about the relationship between suffering and meaning in their own lives.
The Mercier-Doris framework produces a specific reading of what the book accomplishes. Readers who approach the book with stakes in questions about their own well-being, their own life choices, their own relationships to suffering and pleasure, can engage the book with genuine vigilance. The stakes are personal and operational. The reader who is deciding whether to pursue a demanding career, whether to have children, whether to engage with difficult art, has real operational stakes in the questions Bloom discusses. For these readers, the book can contribute to decisions that reflect serious engagement with the evidence.
Readers without personal stakes in the specific questions engage the book differently. The book has entertainment value, intellectual interest, and provides vocabulary for discussions that readers will have with friends and colleagues. It does not shape their behavior because their behavior is produced by their situations rather than by their views on the relationship between suffering and meaning. A reader who lives a comfortable suburban life continues to live that life after reading the book. The book has given him interesting framings to apply to occasional reflective moments, but the situations that produce his life continue unchanged.
This pattern is not a failure of the book. It is the standard condition of what trade books in psychology can accomplish. Bloom’s book is honest about what it is trying to do, which is contribute to readers’ thinking about questions they already care about. The book succeeds at this goal for readers whose stakes permit the engagement. The framework’s observation is not a critique of the book but an accurate specification of its actual scope.
Take Bloom’s broader pattern of public engagement. He has been one of the more visible academic psychologists in recent years, with a substantial presence on podcasts, a popular Substack, and consistent engagement with contemporary cultural and political questions from a psychological perspective. He has taken positions on various questions that place him somewhat awkwardly within academic psychology, particularly his willingness to engage seriously with ideological and political critiques of his field, his skepticism about various ideologically motivated research programs, and his willingness to criticize specific trends in academic discourse.
Mercier’s framework notes that Bloom’s willingness to take positions that impose some coalition cost within academic psychology is valuable. A scholar whose conclusions can be predicted from his institutional affiliation produces less useful work than a scholar whose conclusions reflect his own engagement with the material. Bloom has demonstrated intellectual independence on questions where the safer professional move would be silence or conformity. This has made him more useful to audiences who want to think about psychological questions independently of professional orthodoxy.
The framework also notes that Bloom’s situation has permitted this independence. He has had the security of tenure at Yale for most of his career, substantial publishing success, a broad audience that does not depend on narrow academic approval, and more recently the additional security that comes with professional recognition. The situation has allowed him to take positions that less secure scholars would find too costly. The independence is real, and the framework credits it, while noting that it is the output of a specific career situation that has made it possible.
Bloom’s engagement with questions of moral development in children is worth examining because it represents his most substantial scholarly contribution. Work from his Yale lab with Karen Wynn on moral cognition in infants has shaped how developmental psychology thinks about the origins of moral judgment. The finding that very young children show preferences for helpful over harmful actors, that they track fairness and deservingness in their evaluations of others, has been genuinely influential. The work has been replicated, extended, and occasionally contested, but its core findings have held up and have shaped subsequent research.
The Mercier-Doris framework produces a specific reading of what this work has contributed and what it has not. The work has contributed substantially to academic understanding of moral development. It has established empirical findings that subsequent researchers build on. It has trained generations of graduate students who have produced their own substantial work. These are real contributions to academic psychology.
The work has contributed less to practical understanding of how moral behavior is produced in actual adults making actual moral decisions. The findings about infant moral cognition establish that moral evaluation has deep cognitive roots, but they do not explain how those cognitive roots relate to the moral behavior of adults in specific situations. The gap between moral cognition and moral behavior is precisely what Doris’s situationism addresses, and the work from Bloom’s lab does not substantially engage that gap. The work tells us that humans have evolved cognitive equipment that does moral evaluation. It does not tell us why adults with that equipment so often behave in ways that violate their own moral evaluations when the situations produce the violating behaviors.
Bloom’s more recent writing has increasingly engaged questions at the intersection of psychology and contemporary political and cultural debates. His Substack essays, his podcast conversations with figures across the political spectrum, and his occasional magazine pieces have addressed questions about identity, meaning, progress, and the specific controversies within academic and public life. The writing has been substantive and has contributed to ongoing discussions in ways that most academic psychological work does not.
Mercier’s framework produces a specific observation about this writing. Bloom is working at the edge of what academic psychology can legitimately say about questions the public cares about. The expertise he brings is genuine but specific. His training gives him authority on questions about cognitive and developmental psychology, moral judgment, and the experimental and observational evidence in his field. His training does not give him special authority on broader questions about how to organize society, what political arrangements are just, or how cultural conflicts should be resolved.
Bloom is generally careful about this. His public engagement tends to stay close to psychological evidence and to acknowledge the limits of what psychology can contribute to political questions. He is less prone to the overreach that characterizes some prominent academic psychologists who use their credentials to speak authoritatively on questions their training does not actually address. This restraint is intellectually responsible and the framework credits it.
The restraint also has a situational explanation. Bloom’s audience includes people across political lines, and his career has not been built on taking strongly partisan positions. His Substack and podcast appearances reach audiences that would not read narrowly partisan academic writing. Maintaining this broad audience requires staying within the expertise his training supports and avoiding the kind of overreach that would alienate parts of the audience. The situation rewards the restraint. A Bloom placed in a different situation, perhaps with tenure at a more ideologically homogeneous institution or writing for a more narrowly partisan audience, might have produced different work. The specific Bloom we have is the output of a situation that has rewarded careful engagement with broad audiences rather than stronger positioning within narrower audiences.
Take Bloom’s move from Yale to Toronto. He has written about this move in ways that acknowledge dissatisfaction with aspects of contemporary academic life at elite American universities. The move suggests that his situation at Yale had become sufficiently constraining that the move was worth the substantial disruption. Other academics have made similar moves in recent years, often citing ideological pressures and the narrowing of acceptable positions within American academia.
The Mercier-Doris framework produces a specific reading of these situational shifts. Academic institutions have situations that reward specific kinds of contributions and impose costs on others. When the situational costs for the kind of work a scholar wants to do become too high, the scholar either adapts the work to the situation or changes situations. Bloom appears to have chosen the latter. The change of situations is a rational response to changed incentives. It does not require ascribing particular virtues or vices to Bloom or to Yale. It is the kind of adjustment that scholars make when their productive capacities and the institutional rewards diverge.
What the move does illustrate is that the situations within which academic psychology is produced are themselves variable and contested. Different institutions offer different situations. Scholars have some ability to sort themselves among institutions based on what the institutions will reward. The resulting distribution of scholars across institutions reflects ongoing negotiations between individual researchers and institutional rewards. Bloom’s move is one data point in a larger pattern of such negotiations.
Bloom’s overall career trajectory is worth comparing to the previous subjects. Unlike Balkin, Levinson, Dworkin, and Rawls, Bloom is not building a theoretical architecture that requires specific cognitive or behavioral assumptions the evidence does not support. His work operates within the evidence-based cognitive and developmental psychology tradition that Mercier’s work also comes from. The framework does not have major quarrels with Bloom’s central claims. It specifies what those claims can and cannot do, which is an elaboration of what the evidence supports rather than a critique of the framework.
The work’s limitations are more modest than the limitations of the theoretical projects examined in previous essays. Bloom’s specific claims are largely correct. His restraint about their implications is appropriate. His public engagement is responsible. The gap between what the work accomplishes and what careful readers want the work to accomplish is smaller than the analogous gap for more ambitious theoretical projects. Bloom has generally not promised what he cannot deliver.
What he has occasionally promised, implicitly through the framing of his trade books and his public engagement, is that careful reading of the psychological evidence can help readers make better moral and practical decisions. The Mercier-Doris framework is somewhat more skeptical than Bloom’s framings sometimes suggest. Careful reading can help readers think more precisely about their situations and choices. It cannot reliably alter the situations that produce most of their behavior. Readers who absorb Bloom’s arguments continue to live lives produced by their situations, with the arguments providing better vocabulary for reflective moments but not substantially altering the behavioral trajectories. Bloom generally does not claim stronger effects than this, but his trade books are often framed in ways that invite readers to hope for stronger effects than the evidence supports.
Take Bloom’s specific intellectual virtues as the framework identifies them. He is willing to engage evidence that does not fit his prior commitments. His work on disgust and moral judgment has treated conservative moral positions seriously rather than dismissing them as irrational. His work on empathy has criticized a tendency central to the political and intellectual community he operates within. His writing on various contested questions has avoided the temptation to produce work that flatters his expected audience. These are real virtues, and they are rarer than they should be in contemporary academic psychology.
The framework credits these virtues specifically. A scholar who tests his positions against evidence that might revise them is doing the cognitive work that vigilance requires. Bloom has done this consistently across a long career. The consistency produces work that is more reliable than work from scholars whose conclusions track their commitments without serious engagement with contrary evidence. Bloom’s work will hold up better than work from less intellectually independent scholars, not because Bloom has any special access to truth but because his cognitive operations have been less shaped by coalition commitments than the operations of scholars whose work was built on those commitments.
Take Bloom’s specific contribution to the discussion of how psychology relates to politics and moral philosophy. He has written explicitly about the limits of what psychology can tell us about how to organize society. He has been skeptical of moves that derive strong normative conclusions from psychological research. He has acknowledged that the psychology of moral judgment is compatible with many different normative positions, and that specific normative conclusions require arguments beyond what psychology can provide.
The Mercier-Doris framework endorses this restraint strongly. One of the failures of prominent academic psychology in recent decades has been the tendency to present psychological findings as having specific normative implications that the findings do not actually support. Jonathan Haidt’s moral foundations theory, for example, has been deployed to support normative positions that the empirical theory does not entail. Robert Sapolsky’s work has been presented with stronger determinist implications than his evidence supports. The general move of using psychological research to claim authority on questions beyond what psychology can address has been common and has damaged public trust in the field.
Bloom has generally avoided this move. His restraint is not a small achievement. It has cost him some potential influence. Scholars who are willing to make stronger claims than their evidence supports often achieve broader public influence in the short term. Bloom’s more careful engagement has built a different kind of reputation, one that holds up better over time as the more aggressive claims come to be seen as overreach. The framework credits this trajectory specifically because it rewards the kind of cognitive virtue the framework identifies as valuable.
Bloom’s career has been successful within the terms the framework specifies as available. He has produced substantial scholarly work that will hold up in his field. He has written accessible trade books that have contributed to public understanding of psychological questions without promising more than the evidence supports. He has maintained intellectual independence within an increasingly ideologically constrained professional environment. He has taken on public engagement responsibilities that most academics decline. The career has been built on doing work that is genuinely good rather than on positioning himself within the coalition dynamics that often shape academic careers more than the quality of work does.
What Bloom has not done is build a grand theoretical framework that organizes the field around his specific claims. He has not produced the equivalent of Dworkin’s or Rawls’s architecture. This is a reasonable choice given what the framework suggests such architectures can actually accomplish. The frameworks tend to overreach in specific ways that the cognitive and behavioral evidence does not support, and the overreach eventually becomes visible even as the frameworks persist in institutional settings that reward them. Bloom’s more modest contributions will age better than the more ambitious theoretical projects, even if they achieve less institutional influence in the short term.
The integrated Mercier-Doris framework produces a mostly positive assessment of Bloom’s work and career. The work operates within the broad tradition of cognitive and developmental psychology that the framework endorses. The specific claims are largely defensible given the evidence. The public engagement has been responsible. The career has reflected genuine intellectual virtues. The move from Yale to Toronto reflects rational response to shifting institutional situations rather than failure or decline.
The critical observations are more subtle than the critiques of the previous subjects. Bloom occasionally frames his trade books in ways that invite readers to expect stronger effects on their own reasoning and behavior than the evidence supports. His lab’s work on infant moral cognition, while substantial, engages the cognitive half of moral life more than the situational half. His public engagement, while responsible, inherits some of the framings of the academic psychology tradition that the Mercier-Doris framework refines. These are minor limitations rather than major failures. The work is better than most contemporary academic psychology precisely because Bloom has been more intellectually honest than most of his peers about what the evidence supports.
A specific comparison worth making is between Bloom’s trajectory and the trajectory of other prominent academic psychologists of his generation. Sapolsky has produced popular work that overreaches in deterministic directions his evidence does not support. Haidt has built an academic and public career on normative conclusions the empirical work does not entail. Steven Pinker has made strong claims about historical progress that go beyond what the evidence supports. Jordan Peterson has moved from academic psychology into public intellectual work that has lost most of its connection to the evidence his training required.
Bloom has avoided these traps. His public work stays closer to the evidence. His trade books do not promise effects the evidence does not support. His positions on contested questions acknowledge uncertainty where it exists. He has not built a brand on overreach. The framework credits this specifically because it represents the kind of cognitive virtue that produces reliable work across time. Bloom’s work will hold up better than the work of his more aggressive contemporaries because it has not overinvested in claims the evidence does not support.
Bloom’s influence will continue to grow as the overreach of his more aggressive contemporaries becomes increasingly visible. Scholars whose work depended on claims the evidence did not support are losing credibility as the evidence continues to accumulate. Scholars like Bloom, whose work stayed closer to the evidence, are positioned to have their contributions recognized as more valuable than they sometimes appeared at the height of the more aggressive claims. The tortoise-and-hare dynamic applies within academic psychology as within other fields. The careful work persists. The overreaching work erodes.
Bloom’s current situation at Toronto, his continued public engagement, and his substantial body of work position him to continue producing valuable work in the years ahead. The framework does not predict specific accomplishments but does predict that the work will continue to reflect the intellectual virtues that have characterized his career. A scholar who has built his career on careful engagement with evidence, restraint about what the evidence supports, and willingness to take positions that impose some coalition costs, will continue to produce work that reflects those virtues.

Buffered & Porous Selves

Bloom is the buffered self studying porous phenomena. His professional work examines porous cognitive operations from buffered analytical distance. Descartes’ Baby treats religious belief as cognitive artifact. Humans are “intuitive dualists” who treat minds as separate from bodies, which explains religious and afterlife beliefs. The treatment is buffered analysis of porous phenomena. Religion gets explained rather than engaged. The buffered stance toward the porous material is the work’s defining feature.
Just Babies argues that moral intuitions have evolutionary roots. The argument is a naturalistic account of phenomena that religious traditions have treated as porous connection to transcendent moral order. The buffered account provides natural-selection explanation for what porous accounts treat as participation in objective moral reality. Bloom’s framework requires that the porous account be wrong or at least unnecessary. If porous access to moral truth were real, the evolutionary explanation would be incomplete rather than sufficient. The framework treats sufficiency as achieved through naturalistic explanation alone.
Against Empathy attacks empathy as an unreliable moral guide. The argument proposes that rational compassion should replace emotional identification. This is the buffered stance in its purest form. Emotional identification is how porous selves experience moral engagement with others. Rational compassion is how buffered selves manage moral engagement while maintaining analytical distance. Bloom argues the buffered mode is morally superior. This is buffered modernity declaring its superiority to porous alternatives.
Bloom is not just buffered. He is advocate for buffered selfhood as the ethically superior mode. This is more ambitious than simply operating within buffered framework. Gelman operates within buffered framework without advocating for it. Myers operates within buffered framework while attempting to recover porous dimensions. Welch operates within buffered framework while defending it against porous political return. Bloom operates within buffered framework and argues that everyone should operate this way. The prescriptive stance is distinctive.
His work functions as argumentative apparatus for buffered modernity. His popular books provide accessible cases for the position that buffered cognition is better than porous cognition. Empathy is unreliable. Religion is cognitive byproduct. Moral intuitions are evolutionary artifacts. Each claim buffers the porous experience by providing a naturalistic account that makes the porous experience dispensable. Readers who adopt Bloom’s framework acquire tools for managing their own porous tendencies through buffered analysis.
The contrast with Haque sharpens the point. Haque argues that porous commitments produce better empirical outcomes. Bloom argues that buffered cognition produces better moral outcomes. Both men deploy empirical arguments in service of normative claims about how humans should cognize. The arguments run in opposite directions. Haque wants buffered institutions to accept porous commitments. Bloom wants porous cognizers to adopt buffered methods. Both positions are defensible. Both reflect prior commitments that the empirical evidence does not settle. The empirical evidence provides ammunition for each position rather than adjudicating between them.
Taylor’s framework suggests that buffered cognition is not more natural than porous cognition. Buffered cognition is the historical achievement of particular conditions. The conditions produce buffered selves. The buffered selves then mistake their historically contingent condition for the normal human condition. Bloom’s work exemplifies this mistake. He treats buffered cognition as the mode to be rationally advocated and porous cognition as the mode to be rationally overcome. Taylor would reframe this. Both modes are human capacities. The historical conditions of modernity privilege buffered cognition. The privileging is not rational superiority. It is institutional fit with modern social organization.
Against Empathy holds for buffered institutional contexts where abstract reasoning about large numbers of distant strangers is the appropriate moral frame. The argument holds less well for face-to-face contexts where empathic attunement to particular others is the appropriate moral frame. Bloom’s examples focus on large-scale contexts (policy, distant suffering, statistical victims). He treats these as the paradigm cases. Taylor would observe that these cases are the cases that buffered modernity generates as morally salient. Pre-modern contexts generated different cases as morally salient. The face-to-face cases that empathy serves well were the dominant moral cases in porous pre-modern contexts. Bloom’s argument works for buffered conditions and works less well when generalized to porous conditions where different kinds of moral cases dominate.
The uncomfortable implication is that Bloom’s argument about empathy reflects the conditions of buffered modernity rather than the universal truth he presents it as. The argument is useful for policy decisions made by buffered professionals operating at large scale. The argument is less useful for ordinary human relationships where empathy is what allows moral attunement to others. Bloom conflates these contexts and argues as if the policy context were the paradigm for all moral reasoning. Taylor’s framework identifies the conflation. The conflation is characteristic of buffered thinking about moral questions because buffered thinking privileges abstract reasoning about large-scale contexts.
Bloom treats religious belief as cognitive artifact requiring naturalistic explanation. The treatment characterizes religion from outside religious experience. It does not engage religious experience from within. Taylor’s central methodological claim in A Secular Age is that outside explanations of religious experience miss what religious experience is. The outside explanation treats religion as something to be explained. The inside engagement treats religion as how meaning comes through the self. The buffered outside explanation is standard in contemporary cognitive science. The inside engagement is absent from most cognitive science including Bloom’s.
This is not unique to Bloom. It is characteristic of the cognitive science of religion generally. Pascal Boyer, Jesse Bering, Robert McCauley, Justin Barrett all operate this way. The field treats religion as cognitive phenomenon requiring naturalistic explanation. The field does not engage religion from within. Taylor’s framework illuminates what the field misses. Bloom is one instance of the general pattern. The pattern is characteristic of buffered cognitive science engaging porous phenomena.
Bloom and Haque disagree at the level Taylor’s framework makes visible. Haque treats religious commitment as legitimate epistemic input. Bloom treats religious commitment as cognitive byproduct to be explained rather than engaged. Neither disputes the empirical evidence about what religious believers do or how religious practice correlates with various outcomes. They disagree about how to interpret the evidence. Haque takes the evidence as showing that porous commitments track real features of human flourishing. Bloom takes the evidence as showing that evolved cognitive mechanisms produce religious phenomena that can be understood without treating them as true. The disagreement operates at the metaphysical rather than empirical level. Taylor’s framework clarifies this. The empirical evidence does not settle buffered vs porous interpretation. Prior metaphysical commitments determine which interpretation gets adopted. Both Bloom and Haque operate with prior metaphysical commitments. Both deploy empirical evidence in service of those commitments. Neither acknowledges this in those terms because doing so would undermine the rhetorical force of the empirical evidence they deploy.
Bloom’s audience is secular cosmopolitan readers who want intellectual permission to treat religion as explained away. The Sam Harris podcast audience. The New Yorker readership. TED audiences. The buffered elite. The audience does not want to engage religion from within because doing so would require adopting the porous cognitive mode that the audience has either never had or left behind. Bloom provides what the audience wants. The provision is skillful. The skill consists in making the buffered stance feel like rigorous scientific inquiry rather than the coalition preference it functions as. Pinsof’s framework identifies this function. Taylor’s framework explains why the function appeals so strongly to the audience that receives it.
Bloom’s work exemplifies what Taylor calls the closed world structure of modern secular thought. The closed world structure treats secular naturalistic explanation as the default frame within which all phenomena must fit. Religion, morality, meaning, suffering, love, beauty all get explained through naturalistic mechanisms rather than engaged as potentially porous openings to what the naturalistic frame excludes. Bloom operates entirely within the closed world structure. His books reinforce the structure for his readers. The structure is not argumentatively demonstrated. It is phenomenologically assumed and rhetorically maintained. Taylor’s central argument is that the closed world structure is not self-grounding. It depends on historically specific conditions that the structure itself cannot justify from within.
Bloom’s work does not engage this critique. It proceeds as if the closed world structure were self-evidently correct. This is characteristic of work operating within closed world assumptions. The assumptions are invisible from within. Taylor’s framework makes them visible from outside. Bloom would not find Taylor’s critique compelling because finding it so would require operating outside the framework that makes Bloom’s work possible. The structural feature operates across most secular cognitive science. Bloom is an unusually successful instance of the general pattern.
Taylor’s framework predicts that work operating within the closed world structure will encounter increasing difficulty as porous cognition returns to cultural prominence. The difficulty will not take the form of rational refutation because the frameworks operate at different phenomenological levels. The difficulty will take the form of decreasing cultural resonance. Populations operating in porous modes will not find Bloom’s arguments compelling because the arguments do not address what porous populations experience as central. His audience will remain the persisting buffered elite. That elite will likely retain institutional power for some time. Bloom will continue to enjoy success within that institutional context. The broader cultural influence his work implicitly claims to have extends only as far as buffered cognition extends. Taylor’s framework suggests that extension is less than Bloom’s work implicitly assumes.
Bloom is where Taylor’s framework makes visible what no other framework we have applied quite captures. Pinsof’s coalition analysis identifies who Bloom’s work serves. Turner’s convenient beliefs framework identifies what Bloom cannot say given his position. Alexander’s cultural trauma framework identifies how Bloom’s work functions in civic ritual space. Taylor’s framework identifies what Bloom’s work presupposes about human cognition itself. The presupposition is that buffered cognition is the mode human beings should aim for and the mode that produces the best outcomes. The presupposition is not self-evidently true. It is a historically specific stance that Bloom treats as universal. Making this visible is what Taylor’s framework adds that other frameworks do not.
Where Gelman is so thoroughly buffered that the framework adds little, Bloom actively advocates for buffered cognition against porous alternatives, which the framework has more to say about. The advocacy is where Taylor’s framework has the most analytical purchase. The advocacy operates within assumptions that the framework questions. Making the assumptions visible constitutes the analytical contribution. For Bloom this is substantial. The contribution reframes Bloom’s prescriptive project as defending a historically contingent achievement rather than advocating for universal human improvement.

Posted in Psychology | Comments Off on The Patient Man – Paul Bloom and the Misunderstanding Frame

What Then Shall We Do: The Work Adlerstein Left

Rabbi Yitzchok Adlerstein built the most sophisticated coalition architecture in American Orthodox intellectual life in the past three decades. He held together Haredi seriousness, Modern Orthodox professional ambition, evangelical interfaith alliance, and secular academic respectability without triggering defection from any of them. His prose introduced genuine tensions and resolved them through calls for humility, procedural fairness, and higher synthesis.
Multiple coalitions that cannot speak to each other directly require a figure who can speak to all of them. That figure must frame the friction between those coalitions as misunderstanding rather than structural conflict, because the misunderstanding diagnosis preserves his access to all sides while the structural diagnosis destroys it. The moment Adlerstein wrote plainly on Cross-Currents that the Slifkin ban was coalition enforcement conducted in theological costume, or that the draft crisis is an economic model sustained by subsidies rather than a principled stand for Torah study, or that significant portions of what is presented as timeless mesorah are the product of historical contingency and institutional self-preservation, he would have been reclassified.
Coalitions do not primarily exist to discover truth. They exist to maintain boundaries, coordinate action, and reproduce the conditions of their own survival. The belief that Orthodox friction stems from misunderstanding rather than structural conflict is not merely a strategic position. It is a convenient belief in Turner’s precise sense: a belief that keeps the holder inside the coalitions that provide platform, salary, and social embeddedness. Adlerstein does not experience his convictions as convenient. He experiences them as honest assessments of reality. The alignment between belief and coalitional interest is not felt as alignment.
The structural analysis Adlerstein could not publish on Cross-Currents is therefore the first obligation of the work he left. It requires naming what his position made unnameable. The Haredi economic model is sustained by state subsidies and a status hierarchy in which military service functions as a marriage-market disqualifier. The draft crisis is not a misunderstanding between communities with different values. It is a conflict of interest between an economic arrangement and a civic obligation, conducted in theological language because theological language is the register in which Orthodox power is legitimated. The Slifkin ban was not a failure of communication. It was a jurisdictional enforcement action by rabbinical authorities who understood precisely what Slifkin was doing and acted to prevent the method from spreading. The Sinai silence in Modern Orthodox education is not epistemic modesty. It is institutional self-preservation. The gap between what Orthodox scholars know and what Orthodox students are taught is not a regrettable accident of curriculum design. It is the operational condition on which the system’s authority rests.
Pursuing truth requires refusing to let tradition dictate what the evidence may show. The documentary hypothesis, multiple authorship and post-Mosaic redaction of the Pentateuch, the archaeological record that fails to match biblical conquest narratives, the demonstrable historical development of halakha across centuries, the documented instances of doctrinal revision and retrospective unanimity that Shapiro has catalogued with meticulous care: these are not fringe provocations by hostile academics. They are data. Treating them as data does not destroy the intellectual and spiritual resources of the tradition. It subjects those resources to the only form of engagement that is honest. A tradition that can survive only by managing what its educated members are permitted to know is not intellectually serious.
The Modern Orthodox educational system depends on a set of unspoken assumptions about how texts are read and what questions are appropriate. These assumptions are not taught explicitly. They are absorbed through participation: through years of shiurim, Shabbat tables, school cultures, and communal life. A student who has gone through the system knows without being told which questions produce approving nods and which produce discomfort. Adlerstein absorbed these norms so thoroughly that he could navigate four or five simultaneous norm systems at once: the Haredi yeshiva world, the Modern Orthodox professional class, the interfaith diplomatic register, and the secular academic environment at Loyola. Every sentence he wrote was tested subconsciously against the norms of every audience that might encounter it, which produced the distinctive texture of his prose: measured, generous to multiple sides, and strangely frictionless.
The work he left requires making that tacit system visible as a system rather than as the natural order of things. A head of school can read a syllabus. He cannot read the quality of attention in the room. Adlerstein changed the quality of attention for his readers without changing the explicit content. The work he left is to complete that change: to convert the tacit discomfort of a generation of educated Orthodox adults into an explicit collective account of what was managed on their behalf.
Etshalom opens the wound without completing the narrative. Adlerstein prevents the wound from crystallizing into a grievance by offering a more attractive story: your discomfort is sophistication, not evidence of institutional failure. That narrative pre-emption has been extraordinarily effective. For decades it converted the raw material of potential trauma into the experience of elite participation.
Each cohort that passes through managed disclosure adds to the reservoir. Each controversy that is reframed as complexity rather than named as a wound deposits more unprocessed experience. The reservoir grows as more students encounter the full evidence in university settings, as Shapiro’s documentation circulates, as the gap between private knowledge and public theology widens beyond what any synthesis can bridge. The narrative pre-emption that worked in one generation does not automatically work in the next. At some point a carrier group emerges that can complete the spiral: naming the pain, identifying the victim, attributing responsibility, and producing a narrative that makes the accumulated experience collectively legible.
Adlerstein’s multi-coalition speech was not primarily a function of his arguments. It was a function of emotional energy deposited in him by four distinct interaction ritual chains: the Chofetz Chaim yeshiva world under Rav Henoch Leibowitz, the Modern Orthodox professional community of Los Angeles, the interfaith diplomatic circuit of the Wiesenthal Center, and the secular academic environment of Loyola Law School. Each chain deposited a specific emotional charge. Haredi audiences detected the yeshiva formation. Modern Orthodox professionals detected the communal embeddedness. Evangelical partners detected the confident-difference energy.
The rituals that produced social energy in Adlerstein’s formation no longer exist in the configurations that generated it. A successor who occupies the same institutional positions will carry different energy deposits from different ritual chains. The audiences will detect the difference before they can articulate it.
What then shall we do?
The first obligation is to stop framing the translator’s constraint as a moral achievement. Adlerstein’s moderation was the precisely calibrated speech required to hold incompatible audiences in the same discursive space. That space served a real population. When the constraints that produced it tighten or the energy that sustained it dissipates, the honest response is not to mourn the lost equilibrium but to ask what truths it suppressed and whether those truths can now be said plainly.
The second obligation is to do the regime analysis his position made impossible. Name the structural drivers of Orthodox communal conflict rather than translating them into misunderstandings. Acknowledge that the texts through which these conflicts are conducted are not the engine of the conflicts but the costume in which the engine is dressed. Donor pipelines, marriage markets, status hierarchies, institutional survival calculations, and the economic arrangements that sustain full-time Torah study as a lifestyle: these are the causal forces.
The third obligation is to complete what Etshalom began without completing. The pedagogical approach of teaching evidence at full strength while withholding conclusion is valuable for students who need the graduated exposure. It is insufficient for adults who have already absorbed the evidence and need the conclusion stated plainly. Significant portions of the Pentateuch show clear signs of editorial layering and post-Mosaic compositional process. Halakhic authority is historically constructed rather than received. The unified mesorah is a retrospective projection. A tradition that can be described honestly is a tradition that can be inhabited honestly. A tradition that requires managed disclosure to survive is already in a different kind of trouble than honesty would create.
The fourth obligation is to build or join institutional forms that do not depend on the same coalition for their survival. Cross-Currents could not host the essay that names what the Slifkin ban protected. New venues must. Individual scholarship outside institutional reward structures, independent platforms, cross-denominational spaces where the evidence can be examined without coalition veto, are not luxuries. They are the only settings in which the work Adlerstein left can actually be done.
The fifth obligation is the reflexive one. If convenient beliefs are coalitionally maintained rather than individually chosen, then the scholar who writes this essay is also navigating a coalition whose incentives shape what he can say. The claim to fearlessness is itself a status signal within a particular audience. What coalition rewards this framing, who benefits if it wins, what truths would cost the analyst his own position, and whether those truths are being said or managed.
Adlerstein’s career produced decades of nuanced, multi-coalition compatible speech that served a real population during a specific historical window. The window is narrowing. Generational change, digital access to academic biblical scholarship, drifting tacit norms, and the slow exhaustion of interaction-ritual energy deposits that cannot be replenished are shrinking the overlap zone he occupied.

Posted in R. Yitzhock Adlerstein | Comments Off on What Then Shall We Do: The Work Adlerstein Left

What Then Shall We Do: The Work Etshalom Left

Rabbi Yitzhak Etshalom occupies a position in Modern Orthodox intellectual life that the system simultaneously requires and cannot afford to promote. He teaches the evidence at full strength. He refuses premature resolution. He produces students who cannot unsee what he has shown them. And then he stops, precisely where the coalition requires him to stop, at the boundary between method and conclusion.
Etshalom trained at Yeshivat Har Etzion under Rabbi Aharon Lichtenstein, absorbing the Breuer-Gush tradition of holding multiple textual voices simultaneously without flattening them into harmonization. He returned to Los Angeles, where the Orthodox institutional landscape is less centralized than New York and more tolerant of hybrid intellectual identities. He teaches at Shalhevet and YULA, distributes content through the OU Torah platform classified as “Advanced,” delivers shiurim at Young Israel of Century City, and maintains connections to Herzog College and Har Etzion’s Virtual Beit Midrash.
His method takes the data that academic biblical criticism uses, the doublets, the divine name shifts, the stylistic seams, the archaeological gaps between Joshua’s swift conquest and the incomplete settlement documented in Judges, and presents it without euphemism. He then applies Mordechai Breuer’s Two Voices framework, arguing that the phenomena the Documentary Hypothesis treats as evidence of multiple human authors are better understood as deliberate divine multivocality. The contradictions are not compositional accidents. They are pedagogical structures that force the reader to hold complex truths in tension. That move is a reframing device rather than an explanation. The question the fearless extension must ask is whether the reframing is required by the evidence or by the coalition that employs him.
Coalitions do not primarily exist to discover truth. They exist to maintain boundaries, coordinate action, and reproduce the conditions of their own survival. The Modern Orthodox educational coalition needs a product that delivers simultaneously: elite secular preparation and Orthodox continuity. Etshalom’s defensive sophistication is that product. It inoculates students against intellectual humiliation at university while stopping short of the conclusions that would trigger exit from the tradition. From the standpoint of the motto that the signature of God is truth, it is a managed partial disclosure that has confused its own discipline with its own convenience.
Etshalom does not tell students their discomfort stems from misunderstanding revelation. He shows them that better reading deepens the problem rather than dissolving it. His implicit claim is that the right method, literary-structural analysis, the Two Voices framework, close attention to Hebrew and ancient Near Eastern context, will hold the tension. The method becomes the resolution. The sophisticated reader becomes the essential guide. The student who has not yet learned to read as Etshalom reads still needs Etshalom. That is a form of intellectual authority that the fearless extension must interrogate rather than inherit.
Each generation modified the tacit content slightly. Soloveitchik transmitted the insistence that Torah and Western philosophy are not enemies. Lichtenstein transmitted the discipline of holding both without flattening either. Etshalom transmits something that has shifted further: the willingness to let tension remain visible and unresolved in the classroom. His students leave with a trained attention to difficulty, a habit of noticing compositional features that the system’s tacit norms were designed to keep below the surface. The student who learns to see editorial layers in Tanakh acquires a capacity that will not stay within Tanakh. He will eventually notice compositional layering in halakhic development, in rabbinic canon formation, in the institutional narratives that present themselves as continuous and unified.
The same analytic tools that reveal the seams in the biblical text, when applied without coalition constraint to the tradition that transmits that text, produce a picture that the Modern Orthodox world officially cannot hold. Halakhic development is historically conditioned. Marc Shapiro’s documentation in The Limits of Orthodox Theology and Changing the Immutable shows that doctrinal positions presented as immemorial have been constructed, revised, and occasionally fabricated to serve the needs of particular communities at particular moments. The Thirteen Principles that function as Orthodox orthodoxy were controversial at their formulation and were never universally accepted until the printing press and communal boundary enforcement made dissent costly. The chain of transmission that the system presents as a unified mesorah is, on close inspection, a series of reconstructions, each shaped by the political and social pressures of its moment.
Etshalom teaches students to see the seams in Tanakh. The fearless extension applies the same method to the tradition itself. If the signature of God is truth, then truth about how the tradition formed is more sacred than the convenient belief that it arrived intact.
Human minds did not evolve to track the compositional history of Bronze Age texts. They evolved to manage coalition membership, status signaling, and reproductive strategy. The experience of sacred literature is a byproduct of cognitive systems designed for other purposes. Counter-intuitive agents, a God who speaks and commands, activate the cognitive systems that track intentional agents in the environment. Ritual obligation coordinates group behavior through costly signaling that separates genuine members from free-riders. The emotional energy that Randall Collins identifies in Etshalom’s classroom is real, but its source is not the text’s divine origin. Its source is the evolved capacity for collective effervescence that Durkheim described and that humans generate in any setting of shared focused attention to a charged object.
The coalition architecture that keeps these explanations from circulating inside Modern Orthodox institutions operates through specific enforcers, not just diffuse social pressure. A head of school at Shalhevet has different tolerance thresholds than a head of school at YULA, and Etshalom has learned to code-switch accordingly. A board member who funds the Tanakh Masters Program at YULA has expectations that shape what can be said in that program. The OU platform’s “Advanced” classification is an administrative decision made by specific curators who apply specific criteria. The fearless extension names those mechanisms and traces their logic.
Etshalom opens the wound, shows the evidence, produces the cognitive disruption that comes from discovering that the text one believed was singular and ahistorical has fingerprints on it. He then withholds the narrative that would let students organize that disruption into a collective claim. The result is a population carrying unprocessed experience with no official language for it. These students attend shiurim. They sit on boards. They send their children to day schools. They are the most intellectually serious members of the community. And they share an experience that has never been publicly acknowledged. That reservoir grows as more students pass through serious Tanakh education, as Shapiro’s documentation circulates, as the gap between private knowledge and public theology widens. A carrier group will eventually emerge to complete the spiral, to name the pain, identify the mechanism, and produce a narrative that makes the accumulated experience collectively legible. When that happens, the reaction will draw on a generation’s worth of suppressed disruption and will be disproportionate to any immediate trigger.
The fearless extension can choose to be that carrier group rather than waiting for it to emerge spontaneously under worse conditions. Completing the spiral means stating what the evidence indicates when not reframed to preserve institutional equilibrium: that the Pentateuch shows clear signs of editorial layering and post-Mosaic compositional process; that the conquest narratives in Joshua use the hyperbolic conventions of ancient Near Eastern military literature in ways that cannot be fully explained as divine multivocality; that halakhic authority is historically constructed rather than received; that the unified mesorah is a retrospective projection rather than a continuous chain.
What does tradition become if these claims are accepted? It becomes something more interesting and more honest than what the coalition currently offers. It becomes a record of a community’s sustained engagement with texts it treated as sacred, making and remaking meaning across radically different conditions, preserving and discarding and reinventing as the situation demanded. That is a more accurate picture of human religious life, and it corresponds better to the evidence than the static transmission model that the coalition enforces.
The practical requirements of the fearless extension are concrete. Platform independence from OU Torah, day school employment, and donor-sensitive synagogues is a precondition. Substack, independent chaburot, cross-denominational venues, and non-institutional publishing allow the method to be completed without subjecting completion to coalition veto. Collaboration with Shapiro on halakhic history and with academic biblical scholars on compositional questions produces the specific scholarly content that fearlessness requires. The system cannot host a pedagogy that produces fully independent interpreters at scale without undermining the interpretive authority on which it depends. Etshalom knows this. It is why his work stays within the perimeter.
His scholarship is remarkable. The work left is the decision he has not yet made: to follow the method to its conclusion, to accept the costs that follow, and to trust that the people his teaching has already changed are ready for the completion he has withheld. His motto should be the one this essay borrows. The signature of God is truth. Everything the tradition has built that can survive truth is worth keeping. Everything that can only survive by managing it was never worth as much as the management cost.

Posted in R. Yitzchak Etshalom | Comments Off on What Then Shall We Do: The Work Etshalom Left

What Then Shall We Do: The Work Shapiro Left

Marc B. Shapiro has shown, with names, editions, footnotes, and before-and-after texts, that Orthodoxy actively manages its own past in order to present itself as unchanging. The Limits of Orthodox Theology (2004) demonstrated that Maimonides’ Thirteen Principles were never the rigid, universally binding creed later Orthodoxy claimed. Changing the Immutable: How Orthodox Judaism Rewrites Its History (2015) documented systematic censorship, textual alteration, and historical revisionism enforced by Haredi and right-wing Modern Orthodox publishers. His biographies of R. Jehiel Jacob Weinberg and Saul Lieberman, and his recent Renewing the Old, Sanctifying the New (2025) on Rav Kook, reveal the accommodations and creative syntheses Orthodoxy has always performed while denying them.
Once you see what Shapiro has documented, you cannot unsee it. The question is no longer whether revision happens. The question is what kind of system needs it, when it intensifies, and what happens when the practice becomes visible to insiders. Those questions demand tools Shapiro never deployed: cultural-evolutionary theory, coalition psychology, decisionist political philosophy, and the sociology of tacit knowledge. The extensions below are not polite interdisciplinary add-ons. They are what the project requires if it is to move from archival exposure to predictive explanation.
Orthodoxy does not preserve an unchanging tradition. It preserves the authority to decide what counts as unchanging.
In the early 2000s, Natan Slifkin published books reconciling traditional Jewish texts with modern science: evolution, the age of the universe, zoological claims in the Talmud. As a result, leading Haredi rabbis issued bans. Bookstores pulled the books. Schools warned students. Rabbis who had given initial approbations went silent or distanced themselves. Others hardened their positions. A few defended Slifkin cautiously, usually from outside the Haredi core.
If rabbinic texts can be openly reinterpreted to align with modern science, the boundary between inside and outside knowledge becomes porous. That is a structural threat in a high-cost, high-commitment community. The ban functioned as a signal. It told insiders where the line was drawn. It raised the cost of defection. It demonstrated that authority could still act decisively. Under a doctrinal model this looks inconsistent. Under a coalition model it looks like controlled recalibration: the initial overreaction establishes the boundary, and later flexibility becomes possible once the signal has been received and internalized.
Coalitions survive by enforcing costly commitment signals. The more demanding the membership requirements, the stronger the internal solidarity and the more aggressive the response to perceived defection. Slifkin did not defect from practice. He defected from the narrative of textual univocality, and that narrative is a load-bearing wall. If the tradition always permitted multiple interpretations and accommodated outside knowledge, then the current leaders’ authority to declare what the tradition requires is exposed as a contingent political achievement rather than a faithful transmission. The bans were jurisdictional claims.
Shapiro describes the bans but does not model them. He treats them as instances of a recurring phenomenon rather than as data points in a testable account of when and why coalition enforcement intensifies. Enforcement intensifies at precisely the moments when boundary-crossing claims gain traction among high-status insiders.
Open a Haredi edition of a nineteenth-century rabbinic work and compare it to earlier printings. Passages about secular knowledge trimmed. Samson Raphael Hirsch presented as if his openness to general culture was narrower than it was. Ambiguous language clarified in a stricter direction. These are not random edits. They track the demands of a community that survives in a high-choice modern environment by maintaining strong boundaries. In modern conditions they must be reproduced culturally, and texts are among the tools.
The belief in Orthodoxy’s unchanging nature is not a hypothesis members consciously endorse. It is a background assumption trained into participants through yeshiva socialization, peer networks, and institutional reward. Shapiro’s findings remain institutionally inert within Orthodoxy not because they are factually contested but because they serve no major coalition’s interests. Modern Orthodoxy might seem to benefit from exposure of Haredi revisionism. But Modern Orthodoxy has its own convenient beliefs, its own elisions, its own presentations of figures like Rav Kook that minimize the particularist and biopolitical elements of his thought to keep him usable for liberal synthesis. The predictive implication is direct: the academic coalition that finds Kook’s redemptive universalism attractive will systematically underweight the passages in Orot where his essentialism about the Jewish soul is sharpest. Shapiro circles this problem in his Kook book without fully theorizing it. A fearless extension applies the coalition framework upward, to the scholars as well as the rabbis.
Haredi communities have fertility rates approaching six to seven children per woman and strong retention. Modern Orthodox communities have lower fertility and higher exit rates. A high-fertility, high-commitment community must maintain a thick narrative of continuity. Children raised in that environment need to inherit not just practices but a sense that those practices are anchored in something immovable. Historical contingency is destabilizing in that context. It introduces the idea that what exists now could have been otherwise, and therefore could be otherwise again. The system responds by adapting constantly while narrating its adaptations as continuity.
Haredi communities exemplify successful group-level selection under modern conditions: high in-group fertility, rigorous education, ritual markers of separation, and selective historical memory combine to out-reproduce both secular Jews and most other religious populations while maintaining endogamy and cultural coherence. Gregory Cochran and Henry Harpending’s analysis of Ashkenazi cognitive selection, whatever its controversies, points to an underlying reality: endogamous communities under strong selection pressure develop distinctive profiles of traits and behaviors that reinforce group boundaries. David N. Myers’s American Shtetl documents how separatist enclave strategies convert legal and political ingenuity into demographic dominance. Modern Orthodoxy, with greater openness to secular knowledge and social integration, shows sub-replacement fertility and higher attrition.
Communities with higher fertility and higher exit costs will display more aggressive historical revision and stronger intolerance for exposure of historical contingency. Communities with lower fertility and higher permeability will tolerate more historical messiness but suffer long-term demographic attrition. If this is right, we should expect the Haredi response to Shapiro’s findings to intensify as Haredi populations grow from enclaves into pluralities, because the stakes of boundary maintenance grow with the size of the community that depends on it. We should also expect a point of scaling failure: you can ban a book for ten thousand people, but an idea circulating among a million requires different enforcement tools. The shift toward de-emphasizing literacy in favor of deference to living authorities, Daas Torah as a substitute for textual mastery, is partly a response to this scaling problem. So is the push for internet filters.
Tools like HebrewBooks and Otzar HaChochma give high-literacy insiders instant access to unredacted earlier editions. The gap between official memory and accessible archive has widened to a point where the most capable defenders of the coalition can often see exactly what was changed and why. The system faces what we might call an elite dissonance loop: the people best equipped to defend the tradition are increasingly able to verify that the defense requires them to ignore evidence they can see for themselves. Some resolve the dissonance by doubling down. Others drift. The ones who drift are often among the most intellectually capable, which means the demographic and cognitive composition of the community shifts in ways the simple fertility numbers do not capture.
The sovereign is whoever decides on the exception, the moment when normal rules are suspended to preserve the system that generates those rules. In Orthodoxy, that function is distributed across a network of rabbis, publishers, and communal gatekeepers who collectively decide when adaptation is necessary and how it will be justified. The decision itself is not derived from the texts in any mechanical way. It is a judgment made under pressure, shaped by coalition interests and demographic calculations. But the system cannot openly present it as such, because that would expose the gap between the ideal of immutability and the reality of decision. So the judgment is laundered through the language of interpretation. It appears as if the text always contained the answer.
Shapiro documents this repeatedly without naming it decisionism. Hirsch was openly committed to secular education and cultural engagement as positive goods. Later editions narrow him, trim the most forthright passages, and present him as more aligned with current norms of separation. The editorial intervention is a sovereign act: this is what Hirsch now means for us. But it cannot be presented as an act of will without undermining the authority it claims to exercise. It must be presented as recovery of what Hirsch always meant, or at minimum as appropriate emphasis. The exception is hidden inside the interpretation.
Different Orthodox communities draw different lines on smartphones, internet use, and filtered devices. The justifications are framed as applications of existing halakhic principles to new conditions. But the decisions track community-specific assessments of the risks to boundary maintenance, education, and economic survival. A leader in a community heavily dependent on technology-mediated earning will draw different lines than a leader in a community that can afford greater separation. Shapiro’s framework shows that the text is always more flexible than its current custodians acknowledge.
High-fertility separatism is not an indefinitely stable strategy. As Haredi populations reach demographic weight in Israel and in some American cities, the coalition faces pressures it was not designed to handle at scale. Economic dependence on a secular host economy introduces the very secular logic the censorship was designed to exclude: workers exposed to outside norms bring those norms home. Women entering the workforce to sustain large families acquire economic independence and external social networks that complicate the tight internal hierarchy. Children who attend secular colleges for professional credentials encounter the unmediated archive in environments where the community’s usual social enforcement tools are weak.
Shapiro occupies a specific niche: deeply credentialed, fluent in the sources, careful in his claims, committed to historical honesty, and institutionally located in a university rather than a yeshiva. That position grants him access and credibility. It also constrains him. To move from showing that texts are rewritten to arguing that this is an evolved strategy for maintaining a high-cost coalition is to cross a line that would cost him readers and relationships within the communities whose cooperation his research depends on. He stays within the historical method not only because he is a historian by training but because the historical method allows him to present findings as facts about the past rather than structural claims about how the system works in the present.
When does exposure of revisionism strengthen Modern Orthodoxy’s claim to authenticity and when does it accelerate Haredi consolidation? The answer depends on who is doing the exposing, in what venue, and with what coalition backing.
Run the Slifkin model forward: identify the next dispute likely to trigger coalition enforcement and specify in advance which communities will harden, which will accommodate, and what the enforcement signal will look like.
Track the digital dissonance problem with longitudinal data: as high-literacy insiders gain access to the unredacted archive, what are the retention and attrition patterns, and do they vary systematically by community fertility and exit costs? Fourth, apply the framework to Rav Kook directly: specify which elements of his thought Renewing the Old presents as central and which it treats as secondary, then ask what coalition pressures shape that emphasis on both the Modern Orthodox left and the religious Zionist right.
Shapiro’s Kook book is his most ambitious because Kook was both radically synthetic and deeply particularist. His vision of Jewish redemption absorbed secular Zionism into a theological frame while insisting on the ontological distinctiveness of the Jewish soul in terms that make later readers uncomfortable. The academic coalition sympathetic to Modern Orthodoxy needs Kook as a liberal hero: open, inclusive, willing to engage modernity. The religious Zionist right needs him as a nationalist saint: committed to the land, the people, and the priority of Jewish particularity. Shapiro shows that Kook was more complex than either coalition admits. What a full extension would add is the prediction: the passages about Jewish spiritual distinctiveness that are most uncomfortable for progressive readers will receive the least analytical attention in liberal academic treatments, while the passages about universal redemption will receive the least attention in right-wing religious nationalist contexts.
Exposure without a model of why the revision is stable tells you what happened but not what will happen next.
What then shall we do? Build the predictive model his archive makes possible. Apply it forward, not just backward. Name the coalition constraints that shape the scholars as well as the rabbis. Follow the demographic and institutional logic wherever it leads. Now explain why that complexity keeps getting compressed, who does the compressing, and what will happen when the compressor meets a force it cannot contain.

Posted in Marc B. Shapiro | Comments Off on What Then Shall We Do: The Work Shapiro Left

What Then Shall We Do

The unfinished work of:

Allan V. Horwitz
Carl Schmitt
Clinton Rossiter
David Myers
Marc B. Shapiro
Paul Bloom
Stephen P. Turner
Yitzchok Adlerstein
Yitzhak Etshalom

Posted in Academia | Comments Off on What Then Shall We Do

What Then Shall We Do: The Work Rossiter Left

Clinton Rossiter committed suicide in 1970 at age 52 having spent two decades explaining how a liberal republic survives. His core argument was temperamental before it was institutional. In Conservatism in America (1955), he described a pragmatic disposition rooted in prescription, suspicion of abstraction, and respect for inherited forms. He called it the thankless persuasion, not because it was wrong but because it offered nothing transcendent. It preserved rather than transformed. It asked elites and citizens to accept limits whose logic was partly opaque. In Constitutional Dictatorship (1948), he acknowledged that republics cannot always operate within normal procedure and that emergency power, concentrated and temporary, was a permanent feature of serious politics. In Seedtime of the Republic (1953), he argued that the American order rested on a particular historical synthesis: English inheritance, Puritan covenantalism, and Enlightenment reason fused by six Revolutionary thinkers into a concrete political culture. In The American Presidency (1956), he showed that the presidency was the institutional vessel for the capacity to act when legislatures and courts could not.
Presidency scholars cite him ritualistically. Moderate conservatives invoke him nostalgically. Rossiter’s questions are more urgent now than in 1955. How does a republic survive recurrent crises without losing its character? What temperamental and institutional resources make pragmatic conservatism viable? What happens when the emergency never ends?
Rossiter understood that the thankless persuasion wins no mass applause. He did not fully theorize why it loses even when events vindicate it. The answer lies in the sociology of prestige markets. In universities, media organizations, bureaucracies, and professional networks, status accrues to those who dramatize moral conflict and promise transformation. The language of preservation sounds bloodless next to the language of justice, liberation, or restoration. The person who says “maintain the inherited balance” loses reputationally to the person who says “repair the world” or “take the country back,” not because the former is wrong but because the latter signals coalition commitment and moral seriousness in ways that institutions reward. Rossiter’s mode of thought recurs in moments of crisis and rarely dominates institutions because it is selected against in the prestige economy that shapes elite formation.
Rossiter’s order depended on a class of actors who saw their interest in preserving the system rather than exploiting it: judges who resist overreach, executives who relinquish powers, legislators who accept procedural limits even when they could break them. Once no such class exists, or once every major faction concludes that the other side treats the system as a tool rather than a constraint, the logic of preservation collapses.
Rossiter understood emergency power as something exercised by identifiable leaders, above all the president, in visible crises. He imagined that constitutional norms could reabsorb those powers once the crisis passed. What he did not anticipate, and what Stephen Turner and George Mazur’s 2026 analysis of Weber’s Russian writings now makes vivid, is that the modern exception is administrative, diffuse, and disguised as technical necessity.
Turner and Mazur read Weber’s commentary on the 1905 Russian crisis as a diagnosis of what they call pseudo-constitutionalism. The Tsarist bureaucracy faced demands for genuine constitutional reform. It responded by creating new bodies with vague powers and diverse membership: councils, commissions, advisory organs. These gave the appearance of representation and accountability while obscuring responsibility for specific decisions. The Duma received veto powers over permanent laws, but the boundary between permanent laws and ordinary regulations remained undefined. The Imperial Council, reformed to include members from nobility and academia not appointed by the Tsar, created what Turner and Mazur describe as the illusion of consent beyond the bureaucracy. The effect was to expand bureaucratic discretion by legitimating it through the apparent participation of non-state actors. Weber’s image for the Tsar’s position in this system is the skittle-player who can knock down all nine officials but must set them back up himself, because there is no practical alternative to the bureaucratic machine.
The modern exception is not exercised by a president declaring emergency and concentrating power in himself. It is exercised through regulatory agencies, public health authorities, intelligence systems, compliance regimes, HR bureaucracies, university administrations, NGO networks, payment processors, and platform governance. Each of these actors speaks the language of expertise, safety, or compliance rather than sovereignty. Together they form a structure that is difficult to locate, difficult to hold accountable, and nearly impossible to reverse.
Bureaucrats do not simply follow law. They act within a zone defined by what they can get away with: what will not provoke legislative, judicial, or public backlash sufficient to restrict their discretionary powers. This zone is not defined by formal authority. It is defined by the interaction between bureaucratic action and the responses of multiple principals, including courts, voters, legislators, and organized constituencies. As Turner and Mazur note, Frank Knight pointed out that democratic bureaucracies face many principals simultaneously, which makes the principal-agent problem far more complex than the Pharaoh-slave model suggests. Each principal has partial authority to restrain. None has complete authority. The result is a gray zone of bureaucratic discretion that wears the face of law without being its clear product.
Crises select for new instruments. Those instruments create bureaucratic constituencies with career interests in their continuation. Those constituencies moralize the instruments as safeguards. Rollback then becomes cognitively and institutionally costly: it looks reckless, even irresponsible, to dismantle tools that experts have declared necessary. The exception does not announce itself as permanent. It simply stops receding. New crisis follows old crisis, each one legitimating a further expansion of the administrative zone.
Relinquishment requires more than constitutional language. It requires rituals, incentives, and elite self-restraint strong enough to make giving up power feel obligatory rather than suicidal. Those conditions depend on shared norms among the relevant elite class, on reputational penalties for those who hold power past its legitimate term, and on public expectations calibrated to distinguish temporary concentration from permanent aggrandizement. When those conditions erode, no constitutional text can substitute for them. The forms remain. The substance drains away.
Rossiter argued that the American order depended on a successful synthesis of concrete practices and transmitted traditions.
The American order survived across generations through specific vehicles: religious moral formation, local civic associations, family discipline, regional cultures of responsibility, legal continuity, shared historical narratives, habits of self-command modeled by institutional leaders.
Religious authority weakens as a source of civic discipline. Civic associations hollow out, as Robert Putnam documented in a different register. Family structures destabilize across class lines. Education shifts from formation to credentialing. National historical narratives fracture into competing moral histories with incompatible heroes and villains. The result is not immediate collapse but thinning. Norms that once operated through habit now require explicit enforcement. Trust declines. The system compensates by expanding formal rules and administrative oversight. That expansion feeds the very bureaucratic apparatus Rossiter did not theorize, which then generates further pseudo-constitutional insulation from democratic accountability.
Rossiter assumed a citizenry capable of sustaining constitutional forms through habit, civic virtue, and self-interest. But modern democratic populations form under different selection pressures. Media environments reward immediacy and outrage over deliberation. Political identities become expressive: what you signal about who you are matters more than what policies you support. Time horizons shorten. Voters respond to narratives that promise recognition or redress rather than stability. Under those conditions, tolerance for procedural delay collapses, and the demand for decisive action rises, not only from leaders but from citizens who experience normal politics as perpetual failure.
Political orientation correlates robustly with stable personality traits, including threat sensitivity, openness to experience, and conscientiousness. These traits are moderately heritable and predict political attitudes with uncomfortable consistency across cultures. The problem Rossiter failed to anticipate is that the distribution of these traits across institutions is not random. Elite institutions, through selection and socialization, concentrate personalities oriented toward novelty, moral drama, and coalition signaling. That concentration makes the thankless persuasion structurally homeless in the institutions that shape governance. The people temperamentally suited to Rossiter’s conservatism are less likely to end up in universities, regulatory agencies, or media organizations. The people who end up there face incentive structures that reward transformation over preservation.
Rossiter’s framework assumes reciprocity. It assumes that enough actors across the relevant coalitions share a commitment to preserving the system as a system, even when they lose within it. That commitment is what makes restraint rational: if I give up power today, the norms I honor will protect me when the other side wins. But if one coalition treats constitutional norms as instruments while the other treats them as real constraints, the latter handicaps itself without receiving any reciprocal protection. Restraint becomes not wisdom but a form of unilateral disarmament.
A republic must have the capacity for decisive action when normal procedures fail. It must have cultural and institutional conditions that make relinquishment of extraordinary power possible. It must maintain a class of actors for whom system preservation is a real interest, not an abstract virtue.

Posted in History | Comments Off on What Then Shall We Do: The Work Rossiter Left

What Then Shall We Do: The Work Myers Left

Historian David N. Myers has inquired into the tension between history and memory under Yerushalmi’s long shadow, the invention of national historiography under Zionism, the recovery of suppressed diaspora-nationalist voices like Simon Rawidowicz, the institutional forces shaping Jewish studies as a discipline, and most recently the concrete political theology of American Hasidic separatism in American Shtetl and the post-October 7 imperatives of applied history through the Luskin Center and UCLA’s Initiative to Study Hate.
The secondary engagement with his work remains derivative: contextualist exegesis, moral positioning on Israel/Palestine, or instrumentalization for progressive or Zionist polemics. What is missing, and urgently required, is a fearless synthesis that treats Myers’ core questions as empirical problems in human evolutionary biology, cultural evolution, coalition theory, and group selection.
The place to start is not theory but a scene Myers documented without quite theorizing in the way this essay will push. In Kiryas Joel, the Satmar enclave in uprate New York, municipal law bends to accommodate a high-fertility, tightly bounded religious community. Zoning rules, school district lines, and public funding streams get reinterpreted through sustained legal pressure. The liberal state does not collapse. It adapts. The result is not assimilation but its opposite: a pocket of intensified difference funded in part by the surrounding system. Myers describes this as political ingenuity. High fertility, strong boundary maintenance, and aggressive institutional capture produce persistence. No amount of discourse about pluralism explains that as cleanly as the simple demographic fact that one group reproduces at three times the rate of its neighbors and organizes accordingly. American Shtetl brilliantly maps the legal and political architecture of Satmar separatism. The next step is to model it as what cultural evolution theory predicts when intergroup competition intensifies: a high-fertility transmission strategy operating under conditions of partial isolation, with boundary maintenance functioning as a coalitional immune system rather than mere theological preference.
The biopolitical stakes of this observation are rarely stated directly in Jewish studies, and Myers has not stated them. Haredi fertility runs at roughly six to seven children per woman. Diaspora liberal fertility sits near or below 1.4. That is a reproductive ratio of roughly five to one per generation. Over fifty years, compounded, it does not merely shift the balance. It replaces the subject. The modal Jewish person that Myers writes about, secular, historically conscious, committed to liberal universalism and the creative tension between memory and critique, may no longer be the modal Jewish person who exists by the time his historiography fully matures as a field. His recovered voices, Rawidowicz’s diaspora nationalism, the binational tradition, the “ever-dying people” who persist through dispersion rather than sovereignty, are becoming a minority taste within a shrinking subpopulation. This extends his own insistence, stated most clearly in The Stakes of History, that history must serve life. Serving life requires measuring it. By 2075, if current fertility differentials hold, the institutional center of gravity for global Jewry shifts toward populations that select for boundary maintenance, theological certainty, and high reproductive investment. A historiography centered on complexity and ambiguity must ask whether it possesses the cultural fitness to survive in that environment, or whether it becomes, like Rawidowicz himself, a brilliant voice that the future will admire without inhabiting.
The selection problem requires more precision than biopolitical realism usually supplies. High fertility under isolation preserves traits and transmits norms with exceptional fidelity. It also risks locking in local optima that prove catastrophic under regime change. A serious evolutionary treatment models tradeoffs rather than simply noting that one strategy outreproduces another. Haredi separatism works well under conditions of external tolerance, welfare state subsidy, and low intergroup violence. Remove those conditions and its vulnerabilities become acute: low secular educational attainment, high economic dependency, limited capacity for rapid environmental adaptation. Diaspora professional liberalism works well under conditions of open meritocratic institutions, low ethnonational competition, and stable international norms. Remove those conditions and its vulnerabilities are different but equally serious: sub-replacement fertility, high assimilation and intermarriage, weak boundary maintenance, and a coalitional style optimized for status competition within universities rather than survival under pressure.
The coalition section of this analysis cannot remain symmetrical, because coalitions are not mirror images. They have different resource bases, different reputational risks, and different enforcement structures. The progressive Jewish academic coalition draws its primary resource from moral and intellectual prestige. It gains status by demonstrating independence from Israeli state narratives, by naming Palestinian suffering, by policing its own community’s excesses, and by signaling sophistication through complexity. Its primary risk is reputational excommunication from peers. The mainstream institutional coalition operates under a different constraint set. It is tied to donors, communal organizations, and a baseline expectation of solidarity under threat. Its members gain status by defending legitimacy, emphasizing antisemitism, and closing ranks when violence spikes. Its primary risk is withdrawal of financial and political capital. These are different games with different payoffs, and Myers’ signature move, insistence on complexity, has variable fitness across them. In a seminar room it reads as sophistication. In a moment of perceived existential threat it can read as hesitation or worse.
Trace a career path and the structure becomes visible from the inside. A graduate student trained in a top Jewish studies program learns quickly which arguments are legible. Archival recovery of marginal voices is safe. Critique of nationalist historiography is safe if framed within accepted moral vocabularies. Direct engagement with genetics, group selection, or differential fertility is not merely intellectually risky. It is socially radioactive, not because it is false but because it destabilizes the moral equilibrium of the field. Myers stops short of that line. It is not sufficient to say he has not yet gone there. The more precise account is that he operates within a coalition that makes that move costly in ways that are entirely predictable from the theory he implicitly uses elsewhere. His coalition rewards moral capital and punishes biological realism.
Turner’s tacit knowledge framework bites hardest at the meso level that most biopolitical analysis skips: the layer of graduate training, hiring committees, journal editorial boards, and informal sanctions that sits between individual psychology and macro institutional forces. This is where norms get reproduced without explicit instruction, where the boundaries of the sayable get transmitted through tone and reaction rather than rule. Myers has analyzed this layer with exceptional care when the subject is Zionist historiography or Holocaust memory politics. The extension is to turn that same analytical instrument on his own field in real time, asking how the post-October 7 moment is restructuring what can be said, who gets hired, which grants get funded, and which frameworks get tacitly excluded.
The Rawidowicz thread deserves sharpening because it is where the stakes of Myers’ recovery project become most concrete. Rawidowicz offered a vision of Jewish existence that refused both total assimilation and total sovereignty: Jews as an ever-dying people who persist through dispersion, whose strength lies in their refusal of the territorial absolute. Myers recovers this as a lost alternative. The uncomfortable question is why it was lost, not merely politically but structurally. Binationalism and diaspora nationalism require a specific environment to function as stable strategies: low intergroup violence, high economic interdependence, external enforcement of minority rights. Remove those conditions and the strategy becomes fragile quickly. After October 7, the environment shifts toward high threat and low trust. Under those conditions, strategies that emphasize clear boundaries and rapid mobilization outcompete those that emphasize ambiguity and coexistence. The tradition Myers recovers may be intellectually rich and morally serious and evolutionarily nonviable under current pressures. If so, saying that directly is more respectful of Rawidowicz than treating him as a permanent symbol of roads not taken.
The decisionist turn becomes unavoidable when the analysis reaches October 7 and its aftermath. Schmitt argued that the exception reveals the true structure of politics by stripping away the procedural and moral language that normally conceals it. October 7 functions that way. It collapses the distance between analysis and action. Israeli decision-makers were not asking which narrative was most historically nuanced. They were deciding how to respond under conditions of fear, urgency, and international scrutiny. Diaspora institutions were not asking which historiography was most elegant. They were deciding what to say to students, donors, and hostile audiences within hours of the attack. In those moments, historical context either stabilizes judgment or paralyzes it. That is the genuinely uncomfortable edge of applied history. There are cases where insisting on complexity prevents catastrophic overreaction. There are cases where it reduces the capacity to identify and respond to real threat. A serious extension of Myers would try to specify empirically when each is true rather than asserting the permanent value of nuance as a professional reflex.
A campus Hillel director drafts a statement the morning after a major incident. One version emphasizes historical background, cycles of violence, mutual suffering. Another names the attack as evil and calls for solidarity without qualification. The first satisfies faculty allies and certain students. The second satisfies donors and those who feel directly threatened. The director cannot publish both. This is a constrained optimization inside a coalition structure, and the choice made reveals which coalition the director depends on for status and continued operation. Myers gives you the language to see the narratives at work. The extension this essay pushes forces you to see the tradeoffs as structural rather than personal.
The reflexive turn cannot be avoided. If coalition theory is accurate, this essay is not outside the system it describes. It is a bid for a certain kind of status, signaling impatience with moralized scholarship, reaching for the authority of evolutionary biology and game theory, risking association with arguments that are professionally dangerous within Jewish studies.
What you end up with is not a rejection of Myers but a hardening of his project. History and memory are not merely narratives communities tell themselves. They are tools deployed by populations with different reproductive strategies, by institutions with different funding streams, by individuals navigating reputational risk under constraint. Some tools fail because the environment shifts faster than the tradition can adapt. The work Myers left is the work of measuring which category applies in each case, of treating the stakes of history with the empirical seriousness that the phrase demands, and of following the analysis past the point where it remains professionally comfortable.

Posted in David N. Myers | Comments Off on What Then Shall We Do: The Work Myers Left